Page 1 Agenda Item 4

London Borough of Sutton Local Development Framework

Development Plan Document

Site Development Policies

Planning and Transportation Environment and Leisure March 2012

Agenda Item 4 Page 2

Note:

For speed of preparation and ease of comprehension all document number and site allocation numbering has been retained. Any amendments required will be undertaken when the final print versions of the documents are prepared.

)XUWKHUPRUHWKH&RXQFLOLVDZDUHRIWKH,QVSHFWRU¶VUHFRPPHQGDWLRQ (paragraph 8) that references to the draft version of the London Plan need to be replaced and updated to reference the Replacement London Plan (July 2011). This will be done for the final print version of the document.

This document is may be subject to formatting changes and minor corrections prior to adoption.

Page 3 Agenda Item 4

Contents Page

ONE Introduction What is a Local Development Framework (LDF)? Relationship between different LDF documents Structure of the Document

TWO Planning Policy Context Introduction National Planning Policy Regional Planning Policy The London Plan South London Sub-Regional Development Framework Sutton Strategy/Sutton Partnership Core Planning Strategy

THREE Development Management Policies Improving the Street Scene and Living Environment DM1 Character and Design DM2 Protecting Amenity DM3 Enhancing the Street Scene and Public Realm DM4 Historic Environment

Achieving Environmental Sustainability DM5 Sustainable Design and Construction DM6 Climate Change Mitigation DM7 Flood Risk DM8 Climate Change Adaptation DM9 Water Supply, Water Quality and Sewerage Infrastructure DM10 Air Quality DM11 Contaminated Land DM12 Noise and Vibration

Agenda Item 4 Page 4

DM13 Light Pollution DM14 Hazardous Substances DM15 Green Belt/Metropolitan Open Land DM16 Open Space DM17 Biodiversity, Habitats and Species DM18 Agricultural Land and Diversity

Promoting Sustainable Transport & Accessibility DM19 Promoting Sustainable Transport and Accessibility DM20 Assessing the Transport Impact of New Development DM21 New Development and the Highway Network DM22 Parking

Developing Active, Healthy and Inclusive Communities DM23 Loss of Housing DM24 Conversions DM25 Maximising Affordable Housing Provision DM26 Housing Mix DM27 Communal Accommodation DM28 Gypsy and Traveller Site Provision DM29 Housing Standards DM30 Housing and Backgarden Land DM31 Social and Community Infrastructure DM32 Telecommunications

Encouraging Enterprise and Employment DM33 Strategic and Established Industrial Locations DM34 Other Land in Industrial Use DM35 Development in Town and Local Centres DM36 Office Provision through Mixed Use Conversion or Redevelopment DM37 Shopping Frontages in Town Centres DM38 Promoting Local Shopping Provision in Local Centres DM39 Local Shopping provision outside Town and Local Centres DM40 Minerals DM41 Site Allocations

Page 5 Agenda Item 4

FOUR Proposed Site Allocations Housing Supply Other Housing Matters Employment Retail and Town Centre Uses Open Spaces Education Health, Well Being and Recreation Sustainability Issues Transport Infrastructure Figure 2: Borough Location Map of the Proposed Site Allocations Proposed Site Allocations Schedule FIVE Implementation and Monitoring Implementation Monitoring

APPENDICES (See separate document)

Appendix 1 Improving the Street Scene and Living Environment

Appendix 2 Achieving Environmental Sustainability

Appendix 3 Promoting Sustainable Transport & Accessibility

Appendix 4 Developing Active, Healthy & Inclusive Communities

Appendix 5 Encouraging Enterprise & Employment

Appendix 6 Other Proposed Changes to the UDP Appendix

Appendix 7 Replacement of Saved UDP Policies

Appendix 8 Schedule of International, National and Regional Guidance

Appendix 9 Glossary of Terms

Agenda Item 4 Page 6

The Relationship of Development Management Policies with the Core Planning Strategy

The Site Development Policies DPD is one of the main delivery vehicles for the vision and objectives set out in the Core Planning Strategy. On many topics, the policies in this document provide additional detail and guidance on how the approach set out in the Core Planning Strategy will be implemented through decisions on planning applications. Therefore, the two documents should be read in conjunction.

The table below has been provided for guidance purposes to show how the policies in this document relate to policies in the Core Planning Strategy. It should be noted that some Development Management policies will contribute to implementing a number of Core Planning Strategy policies. The table only deals with direct relationships between Core Planning Strategy policies and Development Management policies.

Core Planning Strategy Policy Principal Development Management Policies

PMP1: Housing Provision DM23: Loss of Housing DM24: Conversions DM41: Site Allocations PMP2: Suburban Heartlands DM1: Character and Design DM2: Protecting Amenity DM3: Enhancing the Street Scene and Public Realm PMP3: Community Regeneration DM3: Enhancing the Street Scene Areas and Public Realm DM19: Promoting Sustainable Transport DM31: Social and Community Infrastructure PMP4: Main Locations for Industry DM33: Strategic and Established Industrial Locations DM34: Other Land in Industrial Use DM35: Development in Town Centres DM41: Site Allocations PMP5: Wandle Valley DM16: Open Space DM17: Biodiversity DM19: Promoting Sustainable Transport DM33: Strategic and Established Industrial Locations DM40: Minerals PMP6: Sutton Town Centre DM3: Enhancing the Street Scene and Public Realm DM19: Promoting Sustainable Transport

Page 7 Agenda Item 4

DM31: Social and Community Infrastructure DM35: Development in Town Centres DM36: Office Provision through Mixed Use Conversions or Redevelopment DM37: Shopping Frontages in Town Centres DM1 - Character and Design; DM4 - Historic Environment; DM5 ± Environmental Sustainability; DM16 ± Open Space; DM21 ± New Development and the Highway Network; DM22 ± Parking; and DM41 ± Site Allocations PMP7: Hackbridge DM3: Enhancing the Street Scene and Public Realm DM16: Open Space DM19: Promoting Sustainable Transport DM31: Social and Community Infrastructure DM33: Strategic and Established Industrial Locations DM35: Development in Town Centres DM37: Shopping Frontages in Town Centres DM41: Site Allocations PMP8: Other District and Local DM3: Enhancing the Street Scene Centres and Public Realm DM4: Historic Environment DM24: Conversions DM31: Social and Community Infrastructure DM35: Development in Town Centres DM36: Office Provision through Mixed Use Conversions or Redevelopment DM37: Shopping Frontages in Town Centres DM38: Promoting Local Shopping Provision in Local Centres DM41: Site Allocations PMP9: The Open Spaces Network DM15: Green Belt/Metropolitan Open Land DM16: Open Space DM17: Biodiversity DM29: Housing Standards DM41: Site Allocations

Agenda Item 4 Page 8

BP1: Housing Density DM1: Character and Design DM2: Protecting Amenity DM23: Loss of Housing DM24: Conversions DM35: Development in Town Centres BP2: Affordable Housing DM25: Maximising Affordable Housing Provision BP3: Gypsy and Traveller Sites DM28: Gypsy and Traveller Sites BP4: Education and Skills DM31: Social and Community Infrastructure DM41: Site Allocations BP5: Improving Health and Well- DM19: Promoting Sustainable Being Transport DM21: New Development and the Highway Network DM31: Social and Community Infrastructure BP6: One Planet Living DM5: Sustainable Design and Construction DM6: Climate Change Mitigation DM8: Climate Change Adaptation BP7: Flood Risk & Climate Change DM5: Sustainable Design and Adaptation Construction DM6: Climate Change Mitigation DM7: Flood Risk DM8: Climate Change Adaptation DM9: Water Supply, Water Quality and Sewerage Infrastructure BP8: Waste Reduction & See South London Joint Waste Management Plan BP9: Enabling Smarter Travel DM19: Promoting Sustainable Choices- an Area-Based Approach Transport DM41: Site Allocations BP10: Transport ± Strategic and DM19: Promoting Sustainable Borough-wide Proposals Transport DM21: New Development and the Highway Network BP11: Leisure & Cultural DM31: Social and Community Development Infrastructure BP12: Good Urban Design & DM1: Character and Design Heritage DM2: Protecting Amenity DM3: Enhancing the Street Scene and Public Realm DM4: Historic Environment BP13: Taller Buildings DM1: Character and Design DM2: Protecting Amenity DM3: Enhancing the Street Scene and Public Realm DM4: Historic Environment

Page 9 Agenda Item 4

DP1: Effective Partnership Working DM41: Site Allocations DP2: Planning Obligations DM20: Assessing the Transport Impact of New Development DM21: New Development and the Highway Network DM25: Maximising Affordable Housing Provision DP3: Infrastructure Requirements & DM3: Enhancing the Street Scene Delivery and Public Realm DM21: New Development and the Highway Network DM31: Social and Community Infrastructure DP4: Plan Monitoring & Review See Chapter Five

Agenda Item 4 Page 10

guiding and controlling new development. It identifies broad locations for new development to meet the needs of the ONE Borough, such as housing, employment, retail, leisure, community, essential public services and transport. The Core Planning Strategy was formally adopted on 7 December 2009. All other DPDs and SPDs must be consistent with the Core Introduction Planning Strategy. 1.3 The Site Development Policies What is a Local Development DPD both identifies a range of Framework? sites to meet the development 1.1 The Planning and Compulsory needs of the Borough and puts Purchase Act 2004 requires forward policies for managing local authorities to produce a development across the Local Development Framework Borough, in accordance with (LDF), which comprises a the Core Planning Strategy. portfolio of documents rather 1.4 The South London Waste DPD than a single document. The jointly prepared by the LDF sets out the spatial boroughs of Croydon, Kingston, strategy, and policies and Merton and Sutton, was proposals for the development adopted in March 2012. DQGRWKHUXVHRIODQG6XWWRQ¶V 1.5 The Council has produced a LDF together with the London range of SPDs which are Plan, will form the statutory intended to provide detailed Development Plan for the guidance on issues in DPDs, Borough, guiding change over such as affordable housing or the next 10 to 15 years. urban design. Relationship between different Structure of the Document LDF documents 1.6 Chapter 2 deals with the 1.2 6XWWRQ¶V/')FRPSULVHVD planning policy context to the number of Development Plan preparation of this DPD. Documents (DPDs) and Supplementary Planning 1.7 Chapter 3 puts forward planning Documents (SPDs). The Core policies for managing future Planning Strategy is the most development in the Borough, in significant DPD in that it sets accordance with the long-term out the key elements of the vision, strategic objectives and planning framework for Sutton, policies set out in the Core consisting of the long-term Planning Strategy. vision and strategic objectives 1.8 Chapter 4 includes a schedule for the Borough, together with of site allocations. The broad policies for shaping the schedule details individual sites future of the Borough and for

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 1 Page 11 Agenda Item 4

and the type of development the Council would like to be built on each site. Table 4.5 provides a summary of the proposed allocated sites. 1.9 Chapter 5 sets out in general terms how the Council will work to implement the Core Planning Strategy and this document. It sets out a monitoring framework showing how the Development Management policies relate to the Core Planning policies and relevant Strategic Objectives. It also shows how performance to achieve the objectives will be measured through the use of indicators and targets and how this will be reported.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 2 Agenda Item 4 Page 12

&OLPDWH&KDQJHņ addressing the climate change agenda; TWO Renewables ņ developments now expected to achieve a reduction in carbon dioxide emissions of 20% from on- site renewable energy;

'HFHQWUDOLVHGHQHUJ\ņ new policy expects development to link to decentralised Planning Policy energy sources for heating, cooling and power, or invest Context in such sources; 2.1 This document has taken into Sub-5HJLRQVņSub-Regional account a number of other Implementation Frameworks plans, strategies and replace Sub-Regional documents at the national, Development Frameworks; regional and local level into account in its formulation. It Revised boundaries for reflects the range of objectives, /RQGRQ¶Vsub-reJLRQVņ policies and guidance contained Sutton is now in the South within these documents. West London sub-region; National Planning Policy $IIRUGDEOHKRXVLQJņ to be 2.2 The Government has produced provided on sites with the a number of planning policy capacity to provide 10 statements and documents dwellings; which have been taken into account in the preparation of Play space ņdevelopments this document. A list of the including housing to provide relevant national guidance is HQKDQFHGFKLOGUHQ¶VSODy and provided at Appendix 8. informal recreation space; and Regional Planning Policy 2.3 The current London Plan1 Greater emphasis is placed (2008) contains a number of on the suburbs. major policy changes from the 2004 Plan, which have been taken into account in preparing London Plan (October 2009) this document. These include: 2.4 Since the publication of the Preferred Options version of the Site Development Policies 1 References to the London Plan will be DPD, a replacement London updated in line with paragraph 8 of the Plan has been adopted (July ,QVSHFWRU¶V5HSRUW 2011). The replacement

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 3 Page 13 Agenda Item 4

London Plan seeks to: of surrounding buildings as well Meet the needs of a growing as creating a high quality public population by setting revised realm that is secure, accessible housing completion targets, and easy to understand. new internal space standards Policies should aim to maintain and promoting housing choice and increase the contribution of through offering a range of the bXLOWKHULWDJHWR/RQGRQ¶V different sizes and types of new environmental quality and the housing with a particular Green Belt and Metropolitan emphasis on new affordable Open Land should be afforded family-sized accommodation; strong protection from Develop a London economy inappropriate development. that provides jobs, goods and South London Sub-Regional services that Londoners need Framework through measures including supporting and promoting the 2.5 The London Plan (February growth of town and local 2008) altered the boundaries of centres, supporting mixed-use the South London Sub-Region developments and protecting and changed the Sub-Regional the functioning of Strategic Development Frameworks into Industrial Locations; Sub-Regional Implementation Promote London as a city that Frameworks to be more becomes a world leader in focused on policy improving the environment, implementation. Previously, taking the lead in tackling Sutton was located within the climate change, reducing South London sub-region pollution, developing a low comprising the boroughs of carbon economy and Sutton, Merton, Kingston, consuming fewer resources and Croydon, Bromley and using them more effectively; Richmond. The London Plan Create a city where it is easy, (February 2008) altered the safe and convenient for boundaries to include Sutton everyone to access jobs, within a South West London opportunities and facilities by sub-region comprising Sutton, reducing the need to travel, Merton, Kingston, Croydon, improving the capacity and Richmond, Wandsworth and accessibility of public transport, Lambeth. This change was walking and cycling and made to align the sub-regional encouraging the use of more structure more closely with the sustainable modes of transport structure used by other as well as identifying and strategic service delivery safeguarding land for future agencies in London. transport schemes; and Sutton Strategy/Sutton Improve the quality of places Partnership people live, work and visit by requiring that new 2.6 The Sutton Strategy 2009-20 developments should respect (also known as the Sustainable the form, function and structure Community Strategy) sets out a of an area, place or street and vLVLRQWR³create a sustainable the scale, mass and orientation suburb in London where the

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 4 Agenda Item 4 Page 14 Borough Context

quality of life is better than any aspects set out in the other part of the capital´7KH Sustainable Community Strategy will be used to help Strategy. The key elements of promote the social and the Core Planning Strategy are: economic well-being of the Creating a sustainable people of Sutton. suburb by 2024; 2.7 The Sutton Partnership is the Sutton town centre will be the Borough's overarching strategic main focus for the partnership, bringing together development of high quality public sector organisations like commercial, residential and the Council, the police and the cultural facilities and will primary care trust; private benefit from improved public organisations such as local transport infrastructure and businesses; and voluntary and provide a high quality community organisations. The environment; Sutton Partnership is The retail and employment responsible for delivering the offer of all the district centres Sutton Strategy 2009-20, which will be strengthened and, sets out the BRURXJK¶VVKDUHG where necessary, renewed, vision for the future and the providing a sustainable BRURXJK¶VFRPPLWPHQWWR distribution of and access to a creating a fairer, safer and wide range of services; greener Borough. The Sutton Hackbridge will be the focus Strategy contains thH&RXQFLO¶V for a flagship sustainable Local Area Agreement. The regeneration project that agreement, negotiated between brings about the renewal of the Sutton Partnership and the the fabric of the area through Government, comprises 25 environmentally innovative targets covering 2008-11 which mixed-use redevelopment the Council is working to schemes; achieve. Some employment land will 2.8 The Partnership's activities are be developed to meet the co-ordinated by a central board BorougK¶VKRXVLQJQHHGVDQG - the Sutton Partnership Board - requirements of the London which is chaired by the Leader Plan. However, to secure a of the Council. Its membership balance between houses and is drawn from six themed jobs, the Council will provide partnerships: the Children & for the intensification of the Young People's Partnership; %RURXJK¶V6WUDWHJLF  the Safer Sutton Partnership Established Industrial Board; the Economic Renewal Locations for appropriate and Housing Partnership; the employment-generating uses; Sustainable Living Themed The attractive character and Partnership; the Community environment of the suburban Engagement Partnership; and heartlands, including the the Sutton Adults Partnership. heritage assets of the Borough, will be safeguarded; Core Planning Strategy As a sustainable suburb, 2.9 The Core Planning Strategy there will be a range of seeks to deliver the spatial excellent and accessible

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 5 Page 15 Agenda Item 4

services and facilities to meet the social, economic and environmental needs of the community and that include the provision of a new Stanley Park High School and better health care facilities; The communities within the

Little Woodcote and Cuddington areas will continue to be protected by national and regional green belt policy; A network of accessible open spaces will be maintained across the Borough and the Council will support the development of the Wandle

Valley Regional Park; Biodiversity and important habitats will be enhanced in line with London and local Biodiversity Action Plans.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 6 Agenda Item 4 Page 16

which could be repetitive and quickly become out-of-date. The focus, instead, should be generic policies such as protecting residential amenity etc. Furthermore, policies THREE should not repeat national policy statements but should explain how they apply to the local area. Policies should define clearly the circumstances in which planning permission will, or will not, be granted and should focus on achieving the

outcomes required to meet the Development DXWKRULW\¶VVSDWLDOYLVLRQ Management Policies 3.4 Therefore, in accordance with guidance, this document Introduction contains a set of generic, 3.1 The purpose of this part of the criteria-based, development document is to put forward management policies that are detailed development relevant to the consideration of management policies that will all types of development support the policies in the Core proposals. These policies deal Planning Strategy by ensuring with matters such as character that new development is in and design, impact on amenity, accordance with the spatial access etc. where the impact of vision for the Borough. most forms of development proposals can be assessed 3.2 Community and Local against a range of common *RYHUQPHQW¶V &/*¶V Planning criteria. However, where more Policy Statement 12 µLocal specific considerations are Spatial Planning¶ 2008) states required in relation to certain that in order to aid the delivery forms of development (e.g. of sustainable development, housing, employment), local authorities may prepare additional specific land use other development plan policies are also proposed. documents to provide additional 3.5 All policies set out in this detail that would not be suitable document are interdependent, in a core planning strategy and along with those set out in the that require the status of the Core Planning Strategy, and must development plan. be read together in order to 3.3 &/*¶VPlanning Policy understand their combined effect Statement 12 µ/RFDO on any planning proposal. 'HYHORSPHQW)UDPHZRUNV¶ Similarly, proposals need to take (2004) previously advised local into account government authorities against producing a guidance as set out in relevant compendium of use-related Planning Policy Statements development control polices, (PPSs) and relevant policies of

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 7 Page 17 Agenda Item 4

the London Plan 2008, which Improving the Street Scene and forms part of the Development Living Environment Plan for Sutton. This is important because the guidance and Policy DM1 - Character and Design policies contained therein are not Background included within this document. 3.9 Planning Policy Statement 1 While, in some cases, reference µ'HOLYHULQJ6XVWDLQDEOH may be made to such guidance 'HYHORSPHQW¶ 2008) states that or policies in this document, local authorities should plan responsibility rests with the positively for the achievement applicant to check whether they of high quality and inclusive contain any relevant information design for all development, that might be appropriate to the including individual buildings, consideration of a particular public and private spaces and development proposal. wider area development 3.6 The Council will also, where schemes. Good design should appropriate, seek planning contribute positively to making obligations from developments, in places better for people. Design accordance with Core Policy DP2 that is inappropriate in its (Planning Obligations) and the context, or fails to take opportunities available for &RXQFLO¶Vµ3ODQQLQJ2EOLJDWLRQV¶ SPD (2007). improving the character and quality of an area and the way it 3.7 The policies have been grouped functions, should not be according to the five key accepted. It further states that Themes of the Core Planning local authorities should prepare Strategy: robust policies on design and Improving the Streetscene access. Therefore in and Living Environment; accordance with PPS1 Achieving Environmental µ'HOLYHULQJ6XVWDLQDEOH Sustainability; 'HYHORSPHQW¶, London Plan Policy 4B.1 (Design Principles Promoting Sustainable for a Compact City), Core Transport and Accessibility; Planning Strategy Strategic Developing Active, Healthy Objective 17 and Core Policies and Inclusive Communities; BP12 (Good Urban Design and and Heritage) and BP13 (Taller Encouraging Enterprise and Buildings), the Council will Employment. apply the following policy: 3.8 Each proposed policy or group Policy DM1 - Character and Design of proposed policies includes: Planning permission will only be the background to the need granted for development that for a local policy, including maintains and enhances the local any relevant national or character and appearance of the regional policy context; surrounding area. Accordingly, new the wording of the proposed development, including extensions, will policy; and be expected to: the reasoned Respect and retain, where possible, justification/amplification of existing landforms and natural the proposed policy.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 8 Agenda Item 4 Page 18

features of the site, including trees scheme; of amenity value, hedges and other Optimise the use of natural and landscape features, and make technological measures to increase suitable provision for high quality sustainable living. additional landscaping; Justification Be of a scale, massing and height 3.10 In order to respond to the that is appropriate to the setting of incremental nature of the the site and/or townscape function. development process, this The areas considered as having policy seeks to ensure that potential for taller buildings are development proposals are not shown on the Proposals Map and designed in isolation from their set out in Appendix 1; context and that they make a Take the opportunity for positive contribution to the improvement within an area of poor context in which they are character, by creating development located. In accordance with of distinctive quality on suitable PPS1 µ'HOLYHULQJ6XVWDLQDEOH sites; 'HYHORSPHQW¶, it is considered Complement or improve the that the design of all new character of the area through the development; how it makes use use of high quality architectural of natural features of the site; design and layouts, ensuring and how the site is successfully integration with the surrounding land integrated into the local area, and buildings, together with the use are fundamental planning of high quality materials; considerations. However, new Protect any important local views development does not always and create new ones wherever have to replicate the form of possible; existing development and the Create attractive, functional and Council will welcome innovative clearly defined private and public design solutions, particularly space and ensure the design within areas of poor townscape provides for natural surveillance of quality to improve the local the latter; environment. Create convenient, safe and visually attractive areas for car and cycle 3.11 Core Policy BP1 sets out the parking without dominating the FRXQFLO¶VDSSURDFKWRZDUGV development or its surroundings; housing density which indicates that within the context of local Meet the highest standards of site characteristic higher density accessibility and inclusion and, development will be supported wherever possible, ensure the within town centres. The council development is linked to existing considers that the only location pedestrian, cycle and public within the Borough within which transport networks; Ensure that the design and layout of WKH0D\RU¶VFHQWUDOGHQVLW\ ranges should be applied is to the development incorporates the core area of Sutton town design principles that deter crime centre. Accordingly, the and reduce the fear of crime; boundaries of this area are Provide high quality hard and soft identified on the Proposals landscape treatment of the space Map. However, the council will around buildings, designed as an seek to protect the existing integral part of the development

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 9 Page 19 Agenda Item 4

human scale and character of Town Centre as an SPD in Sutton High Street itself in line order to complement and with the overall design augment the urban design aspirations for Sutton town principles in Core Policy BP12 centre currently set out in the and Policy DM1 and which will Sutton Town Centre Urban ensure: Design Framework (Gillespies, Specific guidelines for each 2009), which will be updated Quarter which secure the through the preparation of a development of different specific Sutton Town Centre character areas that encourage Urban Design SPD. diversity and interest. A brief 3.12 Those areas where the Council resume of each of the Quarters considers taller buildings could is set out in Appendix 5; form part of any future new Exemplary development which development in accordance creates a quality visual with Core Policy BP13 (Taller experience through street and Buildings) are shown on the building design, revealing and Proposals Map (set out in creating landmarks that Appendix 1 Maps 1.15a ± 1.22). FRQWULEXWHWRWKHWRZQFHQWUH¶V Whilst Areas of Taller Building identity; Potential have been identified in An improved public realm that Sutton town centre, the council enhances the connections will seek to protect the existing between spaces, landmarks human scale and character of and destinations; and Sutton High Street itself. A clear structure of routes, Applications for taller buildings specifically for pedestrians and should be accompanied by a cyclists, reducing existing design statement, which barriers to movement and demonstrates how the proposal HVWDEOLVKLQJDQDWWUDFWLYHµYLVLWRU meets the criteria set out in FLUFXLW¶ Core Policy BP13. In advance of such an SPD the 3.13 Generally, outside of the council will have regard to the designated Areas with Potential Sutton Town Centre Urban for Taller Buildings, the Design Framework prepared by Borough is characterised by Gillespies in 2009. development that is of two and 3.15 The Council will also expect the three storeys. The amplification design of new developments to to Core Policy BP13 indicates take every opportunity to retain that these areas are therefore important natural features of the sensitive to the development of site such as existing trees and taller buildings. Accordingly, an hedgerows and will require the exceptional case would have to submission and implementation be made by applicants for any of detailed landscaping proposal for development, schemes. Planting schemes which is four storeys and above should, wherever possible, use outside of the Areas with native and indigenous species. Potential for Taller Buildings. All planning applications for 3.14 The council will prepare urban new development, except design guidelines for Sutton householder applications, must

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 10 Agenda Item 4 Page 20

be accompanied by a Design centres. Core Planning Strategy and Access Statement which, Strategic Objective 17 promotes amongst other things, shows a safe and attractive living how the development can be environment for all by improving successfully integrated into its the design and layout of surroundings7KH&RXQFLO¶V buildings and public spaces µ8UEDQ'HVLJQ*XLGH¶63' throughout the Borough. (2008) sets out a range of Policy DM2 - Protecting Amenity detailed design guidance that should be considered when The Council will not grant planning preparing new development permission for any development that proposals. adversely affects the amenities of future occupiers or those currently 3.16 Promoting good design and occupying adjoining or nearby layout in new development is properties, or has an unacceptable one of the most important ways impact on the surrounding area. In in which the Council can assessing the impact of the proposed address crime issues. Good development, the Council will take into designs and layouts make consideration the following: crimes more difficult to commit, Overlooking causing loss of privacy increase the likelihood of and how this is addressed by design detection of criminal activity and or separation; improve perceptions of safety. Outlook/sense of enclosure; 7KH&RXQFLO¶Vµ'HVLJQLQJRXW Sunlight, daylight, overshadowing &ULPH¶63'  SURYLGHV guidance to ensure that all and the need for artificial light; development proposals apply Noise and vibration levels and times the principles of designing out when such disturbances are likely to crime. occur; Odours, smoke, fumes, dust, litter 3.17 Policy DM5 (Sustainable accumulation, refuse collection/ Design and Construction) sets storage and exterior lighting; out how the Council will The effect of traffic movement to, promote sustainable design and from and within the site and car construction. parking; Policy DM2-Protecting Amenity Microclimate (the climate of a very Background small or restricted area); The ability to and the effect of being 3.18 336µ'HOLYHULQJSustainable able to change use within the same 'HYHORSPHQW¶ states that policies should seek to protect Use Class (as set out in the Town and enhance the quality, and Country Planning (General character and amenity value of Permitted Development Order) the countryside and the urban (1995)) without the need to obtain areas as a whole and Planning planning consent. 3ROLF\6WDWHPHQWµ3ODQQLQJIRU Justification 6XVWDLQDEOH(FRQRPLF*URZWK¶ 3.19 In accordance with national (2009) states that local guidance, it is considered authorities should prepare important that this policy needs planning policies to help to protect both the future manage the evening and late occupiers of any development, night economy in appropriate as well as those occupying

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 11 Page 21 Agenda Item 4

properties in the vicinity. Such a (a) The Council will expect all new policy also needs to assess not development to contribute positively to just the impact of locating new the street scene in terms of the design residential development within and appearance of any buildings and an urban or suburban area but the public realm and may require the to consider the impact of more provision of public art, as set out in the intrusive uses, notably &RXQFLO¶Vµ3ODQQLQJ2EOLJDWLRQV¶63' associated with the evening (2007) (see paragraphs 7.6-7.12 economy. As well as taking into µ(QYLURQPHQWDO,PSURYHPHQWVWRWKH account the matters set out in 3XEOLF5HDOP¶DQG-µ3XEOLF this policy, the Council will have $UW¶  UHJDUGWRWKH0D\RU¶V µ0DQDJLQJWKH1LJKW7LPH (b) In shopping centres, the Council Economy¶Best Practice will grant planning permission for a Guidance (2007) when new or alterations to an existing shop considering applications of this front provided it: nature, in order to minimise Respects the character and their impact on adjoining appearance of the building in which occupiers and the surrounding it is located and surrounding area. In considering noise and shopping premises; vibration matters, the Council Is of a high standard of design will apply Policy DM12 (Noise appropriate to its location; and and Vibration). Complies with other relevant Policy DM3-Enhancing the Street guidance in the &RXQFLO¶Vµ8UEDQ Scene and Public Realm Design Guide¶63'(2008).

Background (c) Within main industrial areas, new 3.20 Public Art can make a development should contribute to the substantial contribution to the enhancement of the appearance of the enhancement of public spaces public realm in the vicinity of the site and give them identity, both as and, where appropriate, contribute to an integral part of the space any wider proposal of benefit to the itself (e.g. through a landmark industrial area. New development will or sculpture) and as part of the not be allowed unless it is of a high buildings that surround the standard of design and suitably space. London Plan Policy 4.6 landscaped. Open storage will not be sets ouWWKH0D\RU¶VVXSSRUWIRU permitted if it would be visually and enhancement of culture, intrusive or would result in the loss of sport and entertainment operational space. provision, and Core Policy BP12 (Good Urban Design and (d) In residential areas the Council will, Heritage) seeks to create a wherever possible, not allow the sense of welcome by seeking to following type of development where it ensure that development, would detract from the character of the amongst other things, includes area: public art. The unacceptable reducing or closing of the gap between properties thereby creating a terrace Policy DM3 - Enhancing the Street or a terracing effect; Scene and Public Realm The loss of important front walls,

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 12 Agenda Item 4 Page 22

railings, hedges or trees fronting the Justification street; 3.21 This policy is not specifically Developments that seek to pave restricted to the provision of front gardens for hardstanding, public art, but indicates how the unless they accord with the criteria Council will be likely to consider set out in the GLG µGuidance on the proposals for new permeable surfacing of front developments that are JDUGHQV¶ 2008). considered to have a particular impact on the public realm. The (e)The Council will not grant planning public realm is any part of a permission for advertisements that are site, area, village, town or city detrimental to the visual quality of the that everyone can use and Borough or do not meet public safety enjoy, including streets, requirements. In particular, squares and parks. It is very advertisements must respect the important for pedestrian design of the building on which they movement because it connects are erected and the character and various places and buildings. amenity of the surrounding area, as The Council would like the well as complying with other relevant public realm to be vibrant, JXLGDQFHVHWRXWLQWKH&RXQFLO¶V attractive, easy to move through µ8UEDQ'HVLJQ*XLGH¶63'   DQGILQGRQH¶VZD\DURXQGDQG be free from clutter. The &RXQFLO¶VµUrban Design Guide¶ SPD (2008) includes guidance on matters such as the public realm, shop fronts and advertisements. 3.22 Policy DM33 (Strategic and Established Industrial Locations) provides further guidance on both environmental and transport improvements that will be required arising from new developments within the main industrial areas. Policy DM4-Historic Environment Background 3.23 The Government indicates in 336µ'HOLYHULQJ6XVWDLQDEOH 'HYHORSPHQW¶WKDWRQHRIWKH four aims for sustainable development is effective protection of the environment. In accordance with guidance in 336µ3ODQQLQJIRUWKH+LVWRULF (QYLURQPHQW¶  DQGWKH London Plan, the preservation RI/RQGRQ¶VKHULWDJHDVVHWVDQG settings are material

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 13 Page 23 Agenda Item 4

considerations when replacement building. The Council will determining planning also require landscaped areas, applications. gardens, trees, hedges and boundary treatments that form an integral part of 3.24 The &RXQFLO¶VµHeritage Report a conservation area, to be retained as of Studies¶ (2008) identifies the criteria for the designation of part of any redevelopment. conservation areas, along with the local criteria for the (b) The Council will grant planning identification of areas of special permission for development in areas of local character and locally listed special local character (as shown on buildings. It also sets out the the Proposals Map) that respects the results of a comprehensive key elements that contribute to the review of the heritage assets of character of the area. the Borough and recommends a number of boundary (c) The Council will safeguard and amendments to conservation encourage the preservation and areas and areas of special local enhancement of the character and character, together with the appearance of locally listed buildings designation of a number of and structures (as set out in Appendix additional areas of special local 1) and will promote their status for character. In addition, in 2010 inclusion on the national list. the Council undertook a comprehensive review of (d) Within historic parks and gardens buildings and structures to be (as shown on the Proposals Map), identified on the Local List. development proposals must respect Proposed boundaries and the special historic character and additional areas/sites are quality, including historic views and shown in Appendix 1. vistas.

3.25 In accordance with Strategic (e) The Council will grant planning Objective 16 and Core Policy permission for development within BP12 (Good Urban Design and archaeological priority areas (as Heritage) and in order to shown on the Proposals Map) if safeguard the distinctive accompanied by an archaeological suburban character of the evaluation, which assesses the Borough, the Council will apply archaeological implications of the the following policy: development and which proposes Policy DM4 - Historic Environment effective mitigation measures to safeguard the area from adverse (a) The Council will grant planning development. The Council will expect permission for development that the applicant to have sought pre- preserves and enhances the character application advice from the Greater and appearance of conservation areas London Archaeological Advisory (as shown on the Proposals Map). The Service before submitting an Council will refuse applications for the archaeological evaluation. Where demolition of locally listed and unlisted mitigation includes archaeological buildings of merit where the loss of excavation, a scheme should be such buildings would adversely affect submitted for the excavation, analysis, the character or appearance of a publication and archive deposition of conservation area, and where there is the records made, and for the public no permission for an appropriate

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 14 Agenda Item 4 Page 24

dissemination of the results, to further appraisal of the crossroads understanding. area in Sutton town centre and, with the support of English (f) New development should be Heritage, has designated a new designed in a way that respects the Conservation Area stretching setting and reinforces the from Sutton Station northwards distinctiveness of the adjoining to Trinity Square. In view of the heritage designation. IDFWWKDWIRXURIWKH%RURXJK¶V town and district centres are Justification. now identified as Conservation 3.26 The Council will keep its Areas, the council will prepare heritage assets under review. an SPD to provide specific The Council has produced detailed guidelines on new shop character appraisals that fronts and advertisements in identify and analyse the special Conservation Areas architectural and historic interest of four of its 3.28 The Council will exercise a conservation areas, and has presumption in favour of the prepared management plans conservation of designated (which identify environmental heritage assets in accordance improvement schemes and with the requirements of PPS5 funding arrangements and (Policy HE9).Consequently, detailed policy guidance) for consent for substantial or total Sutton Garden Suburb and demolition of a listed building Wallington Green Conservation will only be granted in the most Areas. Character appraisals exceptional circumstances and will be prepared, in accordance only where the applicant has with the English provided the Council with clear Heritage/Planning Advisory evidence to justify why consent Service best practice, for all the should be granted. other conservation areas and 3.29 Historic buildings are an the Council will prepare irreplaceable part of our history management plans as and contribute to the local supplementary planning character of the Borough. documents where required. In Therefore, while the planning accordance with PPS5 the system provides protection to Council will require applicants prevent inappropriate changes to submit Statements of to listed buildings, loss of Significance when applying for historic and architectural fabric development proposals which can also occur if they are affect a heritage asset. The neglected and allowed to level of detail required should decay. Consequently, the be proportionate to the Council will adopt a flexible importance of the heritage approach towards the change asset and should be sufficient of use of a listed building, to understand the potential providing this is the only course impact of the proposal on the of action in order to secure the significance of the heritage EXLOGLQJ¶VVXUYLYDO asset. 3.30 Three listed buildings in Sutton 3.27 The council has undertaken an are on (QJOLVK+HULWDJH¶V

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 15 Page 25 Agenda Item 4

µBuildings at Risk Register¶ surface water run-off; (2009): the Orangery Wall in waste; Beddington; the Hermitage in pollution; Carshalton; and the Grotto in health and well-being; Carshalton Park. Restoration management; and strategies have been prepared ecology. for the Orangery and the Grotto, which are owned by the 3.33 The Code uses 6-star rating Council. system, with the highest rating 3.31 Mitigation measures required to (Code Level 6) reflecting safeguard the archaeological H[HPSODUµ]HURFDUERQ¶3 assets will normally be secured development. The Code is by way of planning condition, designed to form the basis for however in certain future improvements in the circumstances it may be Building Regulations towards necessary to secure these by PHHWLQJWKH*RYHUQPHQW¶V way of planning obligation, in target of achieving zero carbon DFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKH&RXQFLO¶V standards in all new dwellings µ3ODQQLQJ2EOLJDWLRQV¶63' by 2016. Mandatory minimum (2007). performance standards are set at all six levels of the Code in Achieving Environmental relation to the dwelling emission Sustainability rate (ENE1)4 and indoor water 5 Policy DM5 - Sustainable Design and use (WAT1) . Minimum Construction standards are also set at Code entry level for materials, surface Background water runoff and waste, which 3.32 The updated Code for must be achieved to gain at Sustainable Homes (CLG2, least a Level 1 rating. The November 2010) is a national remaining two issues with standard for assessing and mandatory requirements are certifying the sustainability Fabric Energy Efficiency performance of new dwellings 6 (ENE2) and Lifetime Homes at both the design stage (HEA4) which apply at Code (leading to an interim certificate) levels 5 and 6 and at Code level and at the post-construction 6 respectively. stage (leading to a final certificate). The Code assigns 3.34 For non-residential assessment criteria, targets and developments, the Building associated credits for a range of Research Establishment (BRE) issues falling under the has established a range of following categories:

energy and carbon dioxide 3 WKH*RYHUQPHQW¶VGHILQLWLRQRID µ]HURFDUERQ¶KRPH will shortly be confirmed by forthcoming legislation emissions; 4 water; the percentage reduction in carbon dioxide emissions (kgCO2/m2/year) compared to the target emission rate materials; (TER) set by Building Regulations 2010 (Part L) based on SAP 2009 (Standard Assessment Procedure) 5 litres per person per day (l/p/day) 2 Department for Communities and Local Government 6 kWh/m2/year

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 16 Agenda Item 4 Page 26

BREEAM7 schemes for rating demonstrate that sustainable the environmental performance design standards are integral to of different building types, which the proposal, including its are reviewed and updated on a construction and operation, and regular basis. BREEAM 2008 ensure that they are considered introduced a number of major at the beginning of the design changes, including a new process. Major development µ2XWVWDQGLQJ¶UDWing for proposals should meet the buildings demonstrating minimum standards outlined in exemplary performance, WKH0D\RU¶V63*RQ mandatory benchmarks for Sustainable Design and reducing carbon dioxide Construction8 including emissions aligned with the new measures to minimise carbon Environmental Performance dioxide emissions, avoiding Certificate (EPC) ratings and overheating and contribution to requirements for post- the urban heat island effect, construction assessment. making efficient use of natural 3.35 Government guidance in the resources, avoiding pollution, Supplement to PPS1 on minimising waste, avoiding impacts from natural hazards µ3ODQQLQJDQG&OLPDWH&KDQJH¶ (2007) indicates that local (such as flooding), ensuring requirements for sustainable developments are comfortable buildings should be defined in and secure for users, securing terms of achievement of sustainable procurement of nationally described sustainable materials, using local supplies buildings standards, such as where feasible and protecting specified levels of the Code for biodiversity and green Sustainable Homes. Local infrastructure. planning authorities are 3.37 Core Policy BP6 (One Planet encouraged to anticipate levels Living) includes a commitment of building sustainability in to promoting the highest advance of those set out standards of sustainable design nationally where local and construction in line with the circumstances warrant and &RXQFLO¶VWLPHVFDOHVIRU allow this achieving higher levels of 3.36 Policy 5.3 of the London Plan performance against the Code for Sustainable Homes and RQµSustainable Design and Construction' seeks to achieve BREEAM standards to be set the highest standards of out in this document. sustainable design and 3.38 As part of the Vision of a One construction across London in 3ODQHW/LYLQJ¶%RURXJK6XWWRQµV order to improve the µ2QH3ODQHW$FWLRQ3ODQ¶ environmental performance of (December 2009) sets out a new development. range of targets including the Development proposals should &RXQFLO¶VORQJ-term aim of achieving zero carbon from buildings and sustainable 7 Building Research Establishment Environmental Assessment Method (see www.breeam.org) 8 WKH0D\RU¶V6XVWDLQDEOH'HVLJQDQG&RQVWUXFWLRQ SPG (GLA, 2006) is due to be updated shortly

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 17 Page 27 Agenda Item 4

transport across the Borough by sustainability rating under the 2025. In addition to specific appropriate BREEAM scheme (or targets for reducing carbon HTXLYDOHQW RIµH[FHOOHQW¶from 2011 dioxide emissions (see Policy DQGµRXWVWDQGLQJ¶from 2017; DM6), further sustainable Reducing carbon dioxide emissions design and construction targets from development in order to make are set for: the fullest contribution to the all new homes to have mitigation of climate change in maximum water use of 80 accordance with Policy DM6 (Climate litres/person/day by 2016; Change Mitigation); all new development to use 5% Minimising all sources of flood risk to reclaimed materials, 25% and from all development in recycled content, 50% local accordance with Policy DM7 (Flood materials and 95% timber FSC9 Risk); certified by 2012; Incorporating appropriate climate 95% of construction and change adaptation measures, demolition waste reclaimed or including Green-Roofs, in all recycled by 2025; and development in accordance with biodiversity improved on 50% of Policy DM8 (Climate Change major developments by 2025. Adaptation); Reducing water consumption through 3.39 Therefore, in accordance with water efficiency measures in the Supplement to PPS1, the accordance with policy DM9 (Water policies of the London Plan, Supply, Water Quality and Sewerage Core Policy BP6 and the Infrastructure); &RXQFLO¶Vµ2QH3ODQHW$FWLRQ Minimising the adverse impacts of Plan: water, air, soil, noise and light pollution during both construction and the lifetime of the development in Policy DM5 - Sustainable accordance with policies DM10 (Air Design and Construction Quality) to DM13 (Light Pollution); The Council will promote the highest Making more efficient use of standards of sustainable design and resources and reducing lifecycle construction throughout the borough impacts of construction materials; by: Minimising waste and promoting Requiring all new residential sustainable management of developments to achieve code for construction wastes on-site; sustainable Homes Level 4 from Promoting waste segregation and 2011; recycling by providing appropriate on- Requiring all residential conversions site facilities as part of new and changes of use, where developments; appropriate, to achieve BREEAM Protecting, managing and enhancing Eco-+RPHV RUHTXLYDOHQW µYHU\ local habitats and biodiversity; and JRRG¶from DQGµH[FHOOHQW¶from Creating inclusive environments and 2014; inclusive and ensuring that all Requiring all major non-residential developments are comfortable and developments to achieve a secure for users, in accordance with Policy DM1 (Character and Design).

9 Forest Stewardship Council Justification

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 18 Agenda Item 4 Page 28

3.40 In seeking to promote the highest &RXQFLO¶VRQ-line sustainability standards of sustainable design checklist10. and construction throughout the 3.42 All planning applications for new Borough, the Council considers dwellings, including new build, that Policy DM5 is consistent with residential conversions and Government guidance, the relevant changes of use, should also be policies of the London Plan and DFFRPSDQLHGE\DµGHVLJQVWDJH &RUH3ROLF\%3RQµ2QH3ODQHW DVVHVVPHQW¶XQGHUWKH&RGHIRU /LYLQJ¶)XUWKHUPRUH3ROLF\'0 Sustainable Homes (or BREEAM together with Policies DM6-DM14, Eco-Homes as appropriate) are fundamental to achieving the undertaken by a BRE accredited &RXQFLO¶Vµ2QH3ODQHW/LYLQJ¶ assessor, indicating that the Vision, in particular by setting appropriate level of performance minimum standards of will be achieved in accordance with performance against the Code for Policy DM5. The purpose of the Sustainable Homes and the design stage assessment is to relevant BREEAM scheme for assess the design specifications residential and major non- (i.e. before construction begins) for residential developments each individual dwelling to respectively. determine the design stage or 3.41 All planning applications for new interim rating, and to award dwellings or major non-residential (subject to quality assurance) an developments should be interim certificate. Planning accompanied by a Sustainable applications should also include a Design and Construction commitment to undertake post Statement, either as part of the construction stage assessment Design and Access Statement or and to achieve final certification prepared as a separate document, under the Code prior to occupation showing how the proposed of the development. The Council development complies with each of will set conditions as appropriate to the standards set out in Policies ensure that these requirements are DM5-DM14, the policies of the met. 5HYLVHG/RQGRQ3ODQWKH0D\RU¶V 3.43 Likewise, major non-residential SPG RQµ6XVWDLQDEOH'HVLJQDQG proposals should be accompanied &RQVWUXFWLRQ¶ (GLA, 2006) as by a preliminary assessment under amended and any relevant SPD the appropriate BREEAM scheme prepared subsequently by the and planning applications should Council. Proposals should also include a commitment to submit an demonstrate that sustainable interim certificate before design standards are integral to construction can start on site and the proposal, including its to undertake post construction construction and operation, and assessment prior to occupation of ensure that they are considered at the development. It should be the beginning of the design noted that in order to meet the process. Developers will be minimum Energy Performance encouraged to make use of the Certificate (EPC) ratings required

10 the Council intends to introduce an on-line sustainability checklist in 2011-12

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 19 Page 29 Agenda Item 4

for non-residential developments environmental performance XQGHU%5(($0µ([FHOOHQW¶DQG standards set out in Policy DM5 to µ2XWVWDQGLQJ¶WKH(3&UDWLQJ proposals for the conversion should be reduced to at least 40 and/or reuse of listed or historic through the use of energy buildings, the Council will weigh efficiency measures alone. the public benefits of mitigating the 3.44 It should be noted that achieving effects of climate change and Code Level 4, which is required for achieving the highest standards of all new residential developments sustainable design and under Policy DM5, requires a construction against any harm to minimum percentage improvement the significance of heritage assets in the Dwelling Emission Rate both within and outside of (DER) of 25%11 compared to the designated Conservation Areas. Target Emission Rate (TER) set 3.46 A In seeking to address both the out in Part L of the Building causes and effects of climate Regulations 2010. The DER is change within the Borough through based on the estimated carbon the integration of climate change dioxide emissions per m2 per year mitigation and adaptation for the dwelling as designed, and objectives, the Council recognises accounts for the energy used in the many important benefits of heating, fixed cooling, hot water green roofs12, green walls and site and lighting. However, in some planting measures as an essential circumstances, additional sustainable design consideration. µDOORZDEOHHOHFWULFLW\¶JHQHUDWHGRQ The Council will therefore expect or off site (e.g. wind turbines or all development proposals to solar photovoltaic panels) can be incorporate green roofs, green utilised to reduce dwelling carbon walls and site planting measures dioxide emissions to meet where feasible, in order to deliver mandatory Code requirements as many of the following objectives provided that the connection as possible: arrangements meet the promoting climate change specifications defined in Appendix mitigation objectives by (i) M of SAP 2009. Developers should reducing carbon dioxide have regard to the procedural emissions through enhancing the JXLGHOLQHVVHWRXWLQWKHµ&RGHIRU level of insulation and thus the Sustainable Homes: Technical energy efficiency of buildings, and *XLGH¶ &/*1RYHPEHU DV (ii) reducing carbon dioxide amended. emissions through reducing the 3.45 The Council recognises that the re- need for mechanical cooling in use of heritage assets, including summer (see Policy DM6); listed and historic buildings, retains promoting climate change embodied energy by avoiding the adaptation objectives by (i) consumption of building materials and energy and the generation of 12 for the purposes of this document, the waste from the construction of GHILQLWLRQRIµJUHHQURRIV¶ covers all forms of replacement buildings. Therefore, µOLYLQJURRI¶ including roof gardens, roof in seeking to apply the terraces, natural meadow, brownfield habitat µEURZQURRI¶ DOORWPHQWand recreation space

11 based on SAP 2009

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 20 Agenda Item 4 Page 30

minimising flood risks by reducing further detailed requirements in storm water run-off and relation to specific sustainable attenuating peak flow rates design issues. The Council will through the provision of also have regard to other planning sustainable urban drainage policy considerations and site schemes (SUDS) (green roofs circumstances potentially affecting can typically retain between 70- scheme viability and the overall 80% of rainfall run-off), and (ii) costs of bringing sites to the addressing the urban heat island market. These may include (UHI) effect through the urban requirements for affordable cooling effects of evapo- housing, community facilities and transpiration arising from the use transport measures. of vegetation on roof surfaces Policy DM6 Climate Change Mitigation (see Policy DM8); ± conserving and enhancing Background biodiversity in accordance with 3.49 Carbon dioxide levels are now Local Biodiversity Action Plan at their highest point for almost objectives by supporting a variety 1 million years, rising to a new of plant species which in turn can level of over 380 parts per provide suitable habitat for a wide million (ppm) compared to range of invertebrates and birds around 280 ppm prior to the (e.g. the redstart or house- industrial revolution. According sparrow) (see Policy DM17); to the Fourth Assessment enhancing amenity and thus Report of the Intergovernmental quality of life by providing Panel on Climate Change accessible roof space for (IPPC, 2007), increased carbon residents who may not have dioxide levels have intensified access to a private garden, noise the greenhouse effect and attenuation and in some caused a 0.74ºC increase in the circumstances providing average global temperature opportunities to grow food; and over the last century. Global improving the appearance of annual average temperatures buildings and the urban have been rising consistently environment. over the last 150 years. Every year from the last decade falls 3.47 The Council will also encourage within the 15 hottest years on the use of green roofs, green walls record. There is now a wide and site planting measures in consensus that in order to smaller developments, renovations prevent catastrophic climate and extensions where feasible. change, the rise in global Developers should have regard to annual average temperatures WKH0D\RU¶V7HFKQLFDO5HSRUWRQ should not exceed 2°C, which µ/LYLQJ5RRIVDQG:DOOV¶ */$ means that global carbon 2008) and other best practice dioxide levels must be guidance as appropriate from the stabilised at or below 450 ppm. earliest stages of project planning 3.50 The latest UKCP0913 scenarios and design. (DEFRA14, 2009) predict that 3.48 In applying Policy DM5, the Council will have regard to Policies 13 UK Climate Impacts Programme DM6 to DM14, which set out

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 21 Page 31 Agenda Item 4

London will experience significant proportion of the increasingly warmer and wetter energy supply for developments winters, hotter and drier is generated on-site and summers and more severe renewably and/or from weather conditions over the decentralised, renewable or low- next few decades. Under the carbon sources. Local planning µPHGLXPHPLVVLRQV¶VFHQDULRIRU authorities are encouraged to the 2050s, summer mean focus on area or site-specific temperatures are likely to opportunities in setting local increase by around 2.7ºC, with targets for reducing carbon a projected increase in mean dioxide emissions, based on an daily maximum temperatures of understanding of the local around 3.7ºC. At the same time, potential for renewable or low- there is likely to be an overall carbon energy and existing or decrease of 19% in summer planned decentralised energy mean rainfall with an increase infrastructure to serve new in the frequency and severity of development. Renewable storm events. sources of energy generation 3.51 The 2008 Climate Change Act include biomass-fuelled 15/CHP16 or district sets a legally binding target to CCHP heating networks, biomass cut UK emissions by 80% by heating, solar photovoltaics, 2050. Towards achieving this solar water heating, wind power, target, the UK Low Carbon ground-source heating and Transition Plan and UK cooling and renewable energy Renewable Energy Strategy from waste. (DECC, July 2009) set out respective pathways for 3.53 7KH0D\RU¶Vµ&OLPDWH&KDQJH reducing emissions by 18% on MitiJDWLRQDQG(QHUJ\6WUDWHJ\¶ 2008 levels by 2020 and for (October 2011) sets out generating 15% of energy from strategic targets to achieve a renewable sources by 2020 in UHGXFWLRQLQ/RQGRQ¶V line with the EU Renewable carbon dioxide emissions by Energy Directive. 2025 against a 1990 baseline 3.52 The Supplement to PPS1 on and to ensure that 25% of µ3ODQQLQJDQG&OLPDWH&KDQJH¶ /RQGRQ¶VHQHUJ\LVGHOLYHUHG (2007) highlights the need to through decentralised energy secure progress against the (DE), including energy from waste, by 2025. This is to be 8.¶VORQJ-term emissions targets, deliver zero carbon achieved through a range of developments, shape measures, including the creation sustainable communities of Low Carbon Zones (LCZs), resilient to climate change and deploying a decentralised promote innovation and energy programme, improving investment in renewable the energy efficiency of technologies. Planning policies dwellings across London should seek to ensure that a through retrofit measures and

15 Combined Cooling Heat and Power 14 Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs 16 Combined Heat and Power

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 22 Agenda Item 4 Page 32

driving up energy and supply feasibility of CHP systems and, efficiency in public sector and where a new CHP system is commercial buildings. appropriate, also examine 3.54 Policy 5.2 of the London Plan opportunities to extend the states that developments system beyond the site should make the fullest boundary to adjacent sites. contribution to the minimising Major development proposals carbon dioxide emissions in should select energy systems in accordance with the following accordance with tKH0D\RU¶V energy hierarchy (1) Be lean: hierarchy (1) connection to use less energy; (2) Be clean: existing heating or cooling supply energy efficiently; and networks (2) site-wide CHP (3) Be green: use renewable network, and (3) communal energy. Phased targets are set heating and cooling. out for reducing carbon dioxide 3.57 Policy 5.7 of the London Plan emissions leading to zero states that, within the carbon residential buildings framework of the energy from 2016 and zero carbon hierarchy, major development non-domestic buildings from proposals should provide a 2019, expressed as minimum reduction in carbon dioxide improvements over the Target emissions through the use of Emission Rate (TER) outlined in onsite renewable energy Building Regulations. However, generation, where feasible. where it is clearly demonstrated Boroughs are encouraged to that the specific targets cannot identify broad areas where be achieved on-site, the Policy specific renewable energy allows for any shortfall to be technologies are appropriate provided offsite or through DQGKDYHUHJDUGWRWKH0D\RU¶V developer contributions to forthcoming SPG on secure delivery of carbon Renewable Energy. dioxide savings elsewhere. 3.58 &RUH3ROLF\%3RQµ2QH3ODQHW 3.55 Policy 5.5 of the London Plan /LYLQJ¶VWDWHVWKDWWKH&RXQFLO requires Boroughs to develop will address the causes and policies and proposals to impacts of climate change by identify and safeguard existing minimising carbon dioxide heating and cooling networks, emissions from new identify opportunities for development, maximising expanding existing networks opportunities for implementing and establishing new networks, new district-wide heating and develop energy master plans cooling networks (i.e. DE for specific decentralised networks) and achieving zero energy (DE) opportunities and carbon standards for all new to require developers to developments within the prioritise connection to existing Hackbridge neighbourhood or planned DE networks where from 2011. feasible. 3.59 In seeking to achieve the Vision 3.56 Policy 5.6 of the London Plan IRU6XWWRQRIDµ2QH3ODQHW states that development /LYLQJ¶%RURXJKE\DVVHW proposals should evaluate the out in the Core Planning

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 23 Page 33 Agenda Item 4

Strategy, the Council is piloting consultants (URS Scott-Wilson) the regeneration of Hackbridge to undertake a Borough heat DVWKH8.¶VILUVWVXVtainable mapping study in order to suburb. This flagship project iGHQWLI\µ'(2SSRUWXQLW\$UHDV¶ seeks to build on the success of based on existing and future BedZED17 by promoting the role heat loads, proposed of decentralised and renewable development sites with the energy infrastructure in greatest potential for locating delivering net zero carbon new or extended DE networks standards from 2011 in and potential sources of low or accordance with Core Policy zero carbon energy generation BP6. In September 2009, (e.g. waste to energy). The draft Hackbridge was designated as Heat Mapping Study, published one of ten Low Carbon Zones in February 2011, identifies (LCZ) within London as part of three DE Opportunity Areas WKH0D\RU¶Vµ5(&211(&7¶ within the Borough centred programme. upon Hackbridge sustainable suburb, Sutton Town Centre 3.60 In order to deliver zero carbon and Rosehill district centre as standards as part of the shown in Maps 2.0a to 2.0c, redevelopment of the key sites and prioritises future DE initially identified in the draft projects based on their Hackbridge Masterplan and assessed potential for delivery. subsequently taken forward in the Site Development Policies 3.62 In accordance with London Plan DPD, the Council has prepared Policies 5.2, 5.5, 5.6 and 5.7, Dµ0XOWL-Utility Sustainable Core Policy BP6 and the ,QIUDVWUXFWXUH6WUDWHJ\¶RU &RXQFLO¶V2QH3ODQHW$FWLRQ µ086,6¶IRU+DFNEULGJH Plan: (Inventa Partners, November Policy DM6 - Climate 2009) which identifies a Change Mitigation preferred approach for the delivery of a district-wide DE (A) Proposed developments should network to serve new and meet the following borough-wide existing development within the targets for reducing carbon dioxide area. The Council is currently emissions expressed as a percentage seeking to procure an energy improvement over the Target Emission services company (ESCo) to Rate19 (TER) set out in the 2010 deliver the MUSIS to new and Building Regulations: existing development on a All new residential buildings should partnership basis. achieve: ƒ A 25% reduction from 2011-13 3.61 $VSDUWRIWKH/'$¶V18 (in line with Code for µ'HFHQWUDOLVHG(QHUJ\DQG Sustainable Homes level 4); (QHUJ\0DVWHUSODQQLQJ¶ ƒ A 40% reduction from 2013-16 Programme (DeMAP), the Council has commissioned 19 based on the Standard Assessment Procedure (SAP) 2005 as amended or Simplified Building 17 Beddington Zero Carbon Development Energy Model (SBEM) or other CLG-certified modelling software as appropriate for residential 18 London Development Agency and non-residential buildings respectively.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 24 Agenda Item 4 Page 34

(or London Plan targets as dwellings or major non-residential adopted); and developments should be accompanied ƒ µZero CDUERQ¶Standards20 by an energy assessment to from 2016 (or London Plan demonstrate how the relevant targets targets as adopted). for reducing carbon dioxide emissions All major non-residential buildings and promoting renewable energy should achieve: technologies will be met. ƒ A 25% reduction from 2011- 13; (e) Where compelling reasons can be ƒ A 40% reduction from 2013- demonstrated that achieving the 16; relevant carbon dioxide reduction ƒ A percentage reduction in line targets on or near site would not be with future Building technically feasible or economically Regulations from 2016-19; and viable, the council will negotiate ƒ µZero CDUERQ¶VWDQGDUGVIURP section 106 agreements with 2019. developers to support the delivery of carbon reduction measures off-site (b) Proposed developments within WKURXJKWKHµCarbon Offset FXQG¶ in Hackbridge should achieve: accordance with the CRXQFLO¶VInterim 1HWµZero CDUERQ¶Standards; Planning Guidance (IPG RQµClimate Minimum Fabric Energy Efficiency Change MLWLJDWLRQ¶RUVXEVHTXHQW (ENE2) standards for new dwellings SPD. set under Code for Sustainable Justification Homes levels 5 and 6. 3.63 It is considered that Policy DM6 is consistent with the existing (c) In seeking to minimise carbon and emerging policies of the dioxide emissions on or near site in /RQGRQ3ODQWKH0D\RU¶V accordance with the above targets, strategic targets for reducing proposed developments should apply carbon dioxide emissions and the MD\RU¶VHQergy hierarchy by: promoting decentralised energy (i) Achieving the highest standards of '( WKH&RXQFLO¶Vµ2QH3ODQHW energy efficient design and layout; /LYLQJ¶9LVLRQDQGDFKLHYLQJµQHW (ii) Being designed to connect to and, ]HURFDUERQ¶VWDQGDUGVIRUQHZ where appropriate, contribute developments within the towards existing or future Hackbridge sustainable decentralised energy (DE) neighbourhood from 2011. networks, supplied by low or zero- carbon energy, particularly within 3.64 In seeking to achieve the Hackbridge and other DE highest standards of energy opportunity areas identified in efficient design and layout in maps 2.0a to 2.0c, by applying the accordance with the first step of CRXQFLO¶VµDE PURWRFRO¶VHWRXWLQ the Mayor's energy hierarchy paragraph 3.55d; and and part (c) of Policy DM6, (iii) Using renewable sources of developers should give energy generated on-site. consideration to the following measures from the earliest (d) All planning applications for new stages of project planning and design: high standards of insulation and 20 as defined in future legislation

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 25 Page 35 Agenda Item 4

fabric energy efficiency21 (FEE). through the installation of a Within Hackbridge, blocks of correctly specified energy flats and mid-terrace houses display device. This will will be expected to achieve a empower occupants to reduce )((RI”N:KP2/year and their energy use. end terrace, semi-detached and 3.66 In seeking to promote the detached houses will be efficient supply of energy in expected to achieve a FEE of accordance with the second 2/year in line with the ”N:KP VWHSRIWKH0D\RU¶VHQHUJ\ mandatory requirements set at hierarchy and Policy DM6, Code Levels 5 and 6 for ENE2; development proposals should maximising the benefits of prioritise connection to existing green roofs and walls in terms or planned DE networks as of insulation; identified in the London Heat high standards of thermal 22 Map and the Borough Heat performance for windows, Mapping Study. If it is not doors and curtain walling; possible to link to an existing maximising air tightness in network, the feasibility of site- order to reduce the rate of air 23 wide heating and cooling infiltration ; networks connecting different optimising solar gain using uses and/or groups of buildings building orientation, layout, or communal systems serving massing, landscaping and other individual buildings should then passive design measures; be considered. Where a new optimising the size of heating CHP or CCHP system is systems appropriate, development natural ventilation and cooling; proposals should examine energy efficient lighting; and opportunities to extend the localised heating, cooling and system beyond the site lighting controls. boundary to serve adjacent sites. 3.65 Where appropriate, developers 3.67 :LWKLQµ'(2SSRUWXQLW\$UHDV¶ should ensure that a suitable identified in the Borough Heat Building Management System Mapping Study, including is implemented post Hackbridge, Sutton Town construction over the lifetime of Centre and Rosehill district the development. Developers centre, the Council will promote are also encouraged to specify district heating networks as the equipment to display electricity primary approach to delivering and primary heating fuel low or zero carbon heat and consumption data to occupants power to new and existing developments. Within such 21 energy demand for space heating and areas, the Council will apply the cooling measured in kWh/m2/year µ'(3URWRFRO¶VHWRXWEHORZLQ order to ensure that proposed 22 thermal transmittance or heat loss of a 2 developments are designed to PDWHULDORUµ8-9DOXH¶measured in W/m k connect to and, where 23 rate of air infiltration measured in m3/m2/h @ appropriate, contribute towards 50 Pa the delivery of DE infrastructure supplied by renewable or low

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 26 Agenda Item 4 Page 36

carbon energy sources, systems, where a future including energy from waste. connection to the planned The DE Protocol introduces the DE network is viable; following hierarchy of ensure that the proposed considerations: site-wide and/or communal (i) Where the proposed heating systems are development is adjacent to an equipped to connect any existing DE network, it should: future DE network with secure the direct connection minimum need for retrofit; of all units to that network; provide sufficient space and within the energy centre or plant room to accommodate contribute as necessary to the increased capacity of additional future heat the DE network to support generation capacity to such connection. supply DE connection (ii) Where there is an existing DE equipment such as pipes, network that requires extension heat exchangers and in order to supply the proposed pumps etc development, proposed locate the energy centre or developments should: plant room to ensure the contribute to such shortest connection extension; distance to the future network, having regard to secure the direct connection the requirements of the of all units to the extended network as a whole; network; and use the layout, density and contribute as necessary to mix of development to the increased capacity of support identified DE the DE network to support opportunities; such connection. (iii) Where there is a planned DE provide pipe connections as appropriate to the site network within feasible and viable boundary or safeguard an range of future connection and/or identified route within the within identified DE Opportunity site for future DE Areas, proposed developments connection infrastructure; should: and commit to connect to any future DE network provided where the planned DE network requires extension that (i) the reliability of the to supply the proposed system has been development, proposed demonstrated continuously developments should over a period of 6 months, contribute to such and (ii) the costs in sourcing extension. heating and hot water by (iv) Where there is no existing or the residential and non- planned DE network within residential units will not feasible or viable range of future materially increase; connection, proposed incorporate site-wide and/or developments should incorporate communal heating systems, site-wide and/or communal and not include in-unit heating and cooling systems to boilers or electrical heating

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 27 Page 37 Agenda Item 4

serve the development where ground sourced heat pumps; feasible and viable, and not wind turbines; include in-unit boilers or electrical biomass heating systems with heating systems. Such heating CHP/ CCHP; and cooling systems must be energy from waste technologies, designed to run efficiently and be including anaerobic digestion optimally sized to maximise (AD), gasification and pyrolysis carbon dioxide savings. 3.70 Energy Assessments submitted 3.68 The Council will seek to with planning applications for negotiate Section 106 new dwellings or major non- agreements with developers as residential developments appropriate in applying the DE should provide details of (i) Protocol in accordance with baseline energy demand and further detailed guidance set carbon dioxide emissions for RXWLQWKH&RXQFLO¶V,QWHULP both regulated and unregulated Planning Guidance (IPG) on emissions (ii) proposed energy µ&OLPDWH&KDQJH0LWLJDWLRQ¶RU efficiency measures and subsequent SPD. associated carbon dioxide 3.69 Within the context of the reductions (iii) the proposed 0D\RU¶VHQHUJ\KLHUDUFK\there contribution of DE, such as will be a presumption that major district heating networks and/or development proposals will CHP systems, to reducing achieve a 20% reduction in emissions, and (iv) proposed carbon dioxide emissions24 on-site renewable energy through the use of renewable technologies and their sources of energy generated on contribution to achieving further or near site. Minor residential emissions reductions. Energy developments involving the Assessments should describe creation of at least one new the basis for the selection of the dwelling and minor non- proposed heating and cooling residential developments will be systems and renewable expected to achieve at least a technologies within the context 10% reduction. The following RIWKH0D\RU¶VHQHUJ\KLHUDUFK\ technologies should be and thH&RXQFLO¶V'(3URWRFRO considered wherever site Developers are encouraged to conditions make them feasible PDNHXVHRIWKH&RXQFLO¶V 25 and where they contribute to online facility for assessing the highest overall emissions compliance with the above reductions for the development requirements and enter into proposal: pre-application discussions from the earliest stages of solar photovoltaics (PV); project planning and design. solar water heating; 3.71 Where compelling reasons can be demonstrated that achieving 24 this 20% reduction should be calculated on the basis of total emissions (regulated plus appliances) after energy efficiency and 25 the Council has acquired an online carbon efficient supply of energy (i.e. through DE LQWHOOLJHQFHUHSRUWLQJV\VWHPNQRZQDVµ&- networks) has been taken into account 3ODQ¶IRUWKLVSXUSRVH

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 28 Agenda Item 4 Page 38

the relevant carbon reduction of grants to community building targets on or near site would not managers to fund a range of be technically feasible or renewable energy technologies economically viable, having DQGRUµUHWURILW¶PHDVXUHVLQ regard to the overall costs of existing housing stock, bringing sites to the market, the community buildings and Council apply one of the following commercial buildings in the alternative approaches to vicinity of the proposed negotiating Section 106 development, including solar PV, agreements with developers for solar water heating, loft the purpose of compensating for insulation, cavity wall insulation, the shortfall in carbon dioxide installation of efficient emissions reductions on-site: condensing boilers and improved heating controls; Option 1: Financial contribution to delivery of low or zero-carbon DE WKH&RXQFLO¶V&DUERQ2IIVHWFund (commuted sum); and infrastructure serving the wider area; Option 2: Developer commitment to undertake equivalent carbon installation or upgrading of CHP/ boiler units fuelled by low or zero dioxide emissions reduction carbon sources of energy measures off-site in accordance including those serving schools, with an agreed programme hospitals, leisure centres, (unilateral obligation). housing estates and Council- 3.72 In each case, the Council will RZQHGµDQFKRUµVLWHVZLWKLQ determine the extent of the identified DE Opportunity areas; carbon dioxide emissions µSD\DV\RXVDYH¶ORDQVIRUODUJHU retrofit measures; reduction shortfall in kgCO2 per year and the level of developer provision of energy audits for contributions to be sought homes across the Borough; based on information provided behavioural change projects in the Energy Assessment. (provided that the reduction in Then the Council will negotiate carbon dioxide emissions can be a charge (commuted sum) quantified). through the Section 106 process for the purpose of the 3.74 Developers should have regard Carbon Offset Fund in to further detailed guidance on accordance with detailed energy efficient design, guidelines set out in the decentralised energy networks, &RXQFLO¶V'UDIW,3*RQµ&OLPDWH renewable technologies, Energy &KDQJH0LWLJDWLRQ¶ZKLFKZDV Assessments and the Carbon approved for consultation Offset Fund set out in the purposes on 1 February 2011. 6XWWRQ¶VGUDIW,3*RQµ&OLPDWH Change Mitigation¶. 3.73 The Carbon Offset Fund will be used by the Council to fund, implement and monitor a range Policy DM7 - Flood Risk of area-specific and fully costed carbon dioxide reduction Background measures off-site, including: 3.75 The Borough is affected by a number of different sources of flood free installation or the provision risk, including fluvial (river) flooding,

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 29 Page 39 Agenda Item 4

surface water flooding, sewer rainfall. Map 2.0e shows areas flooding and groundwater flooding. with a 1 in a 100 or greater annual probability of surface 3.76 Map 2.0d shows the extent of the water flooding (>1%) based on following fluvial flood risk zones the Borough Surface Water within the Borough for the Management Study undertaken µXQGHIHQGHG¶VFHQDULRLQFRUSRUDWLQJ on behalf of the Council by updated modelling data released by Scott Wilson consultants in July the EA for the Wandle in August )LYHµFULWLFDOGUDLQDJH 2010 and for the Beverley Brook in DUHDV¶KDYHEHHQLGHQWLILHG June 2009: within the Borough at )ORRG=RQHµ/RZ5LVN¶ LQD Hackbridge, Sutton Town 1000 annual probability <1%); Centre, Worcester Park, )ORRG=RQHµ0HGLXP5LVN¶ Wallington and Carshalton. (between 1 in a 100 and 1 in a According to DEFRA26, Sutton 1000 annual probability 1% - is ranked the 30th settlement in 0.1%); England most susceptible to )ORRG=RQHDµ+LJK5LVN¶ LQD surface water flooding, with as 100 or greater annual probability many as 9,900 properties >1%); and estimated to be at risk. FORRG=RQHEµ)XQFWLRQDO Furthermore, as many as 26 )ORRGSODLQ¶ LQRUJUHDWHU discrete locations have been probability >5%). identified within the Borough as at risk of flooding due to gullies 3.77 Flood risk areas are becoming blocked or a lack of predominantly located towards capacity during intense rainfalls. the north east of the Borough Sutton was one of the worst around and adjacent to the affected London Boroughs by River Wandle. Other affected the July 2007 floods. Maps 2.0f areas include the land adjacent and 2.0g show areas most to the Beverley Brook and Pyl affected by sewer and Brook towards the west of the groundwater flooding Borough. Five flood warning respectively based on the areas are identified within or Surface Water Management partly within the Borough: (i) Study. River Wandle from Croydon to 3.79 Arising from 6LU0LFKDHO3LWW¶V Carshalton; (ii) River Wandle at independent review into the Carshalton; (iii) River Wandle summer 2007 floods, the Flood from Carshalton to Colliers and Water Management Act Wood; (iv) Pyl Brook from (DEFRA, April 2010) shifted the Sutton to New Malden; and (v) emphasis from building East Pyl Brook from Sutton to defences to managing risk in Raynes Park. According to the line with the previous EA, there are estimated to be Government statement on 3,995 properties within the µ0DNLQJVSDFHIRUZDWHU¶7KLV Borough (5% of all properties) legislation, together with the at risk of fluvial flooding.

3.78 Surface water flooding 26 incorporates runoff from land Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs occurring as a result of heavy

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 30 Agenda Item 4 Page 40

Flood Risk Regulations Wilson consultants on behalf of (DEFRA, December 2009) the Council in July 2010. During JLYHVORFDODXWKRULWLHVDµFOHDU 2011-12 and beyond, the OHDGHUVKLSUROH¶LQORFDOIORRG Council will progress Phase III risk management, ensuring that (Options) and Phase IV all sources of flooding, including (Implementation and Review) surface water, groundwater and working in partnership with sewer flooding is identified and Croydon, Kingston and managed as part of a locally 5LFKPRQGDVSDUWRIWKH*/$¶V agreed work programme. This µ'UDLQ/RQGRQ¶SURJUDPPH. recognises the need to develop 3.82 Revised PPS25 on an integrated approach to urban µ'HYHORSPHQWDQG)ORRG5LVN¶ drainage between the various (CLG, 2010) seeks to ensure responsible bodies, including that flood risk is taken into planning authorities, the EA and account at all stages in the sewerage undertakers. planning process to avoid 3.80 $VDµOHDGORFDOIORRGDXWKRULW\¶ inappropriate development in the Council will have new areas at risk of flooding, and to responsibilities to: direct development away from areas at highest risk. Where ensure co-ordinated management new development is, of flooding from surface water, exceptionally, necessary in groundwater and ordinary such areas, policy aims to make watercourses; it safe without increasing flood

SUHSDUHDµSUHOLPLQDU\IORRGULVN risk elsewhere and where 27 (PFRA) of the DVVHVVPHQW¶ possible, reducing flood risk Borough by June 2011; overall by framing policies for prepare flood risk and flood the location of development hazard maps for submission to which avoid flood risk to people the EA by June 2013; and property where possible, prepare a Flood Risk and manage any residual risk, Management Plan for Sutton; and taking account of the impacts of determine approval for climate change. sustainable drainage schemes linked to new development in line 3.83 Local planning authorities with draft national sustainable should prepare and implement urban drainage systems (SUDS) planning strategies that help to standards. deliver sustainable development by: 3.81 These legislative requirements framing policies for the location of set the context for the development which avoid flood SUHSDUDWLRQRI6XWWRQ¶V6XUIDFH risk to people and property where Water Management Plan possible, and manage any Phases I (Preparation) and II residual risk, taking account of (Risk Assessment) by Scott the impacts of climate change; reducing flood risk to and from 27 this requirement has already been met new development through through the completion of Phases 1 and 2 of location, layout and design, the Surface Water management Plan process incorporating SUDS; and in April 2010 using opportunities offered by

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 31 Page 41 Agenda Item 4

new development to (i) reduce Report, prepared by Scott the causes and impacts of Wilson consultants in flooding e.g. through surface December 2009 on behalf of water management plans (ii) Sutton, Croydon, Merton and make the most of the benefits of Wandsworth provides an green infrastructure for flood assessment of all potential storage, conveyance and SUDS sources of flooding within the (iii) re-create functional Wandle catchment area, taking floodplain; and (iv) set back climate change into account, as defences. the basis for applying the PPS25 Sequential Test to 3.84 All development in flood risk proposed site allocations and areas should therefore be planning applications. appropriately flood resilient and 3.88 The SFRA Level 2 Report (July resistant, and demonstrate that 2009) provides further detailed any residual risk can be safely information on those sites that managed. may require further assessment 3.85 Policy 5.12 of the London Plan DVSDUWRIWKH336µ([FHSWLRQ confirms that development 7HVW¶DQGWRLQIRUPWKH proposals must comply with the preparation of site specific flood risk assessment and FRAs by developers where management requirements set appropriate. The SFRA has out in Revised PPS25. since been updated to incorporate updated EA Developments subject to the PPS25 Exceptions Test should modelling data for the Wandle address flood resilient design and Beverley Brook and areas and emergency planning at risk from surface water, objectives by remaining safe sewer and groundwater flooding and operational under flood based on the Surface Water conditions, and being designed Management Plan. for quick recovery. 3.89 In accordance with Government 3.86 Policy 5.13 requires guidance in Revised PPS25, developments to utilise SUDS Policies 5.13 and 5.14 of the unless there are practical London Plan, Core Policy BP7 and SFRA recommendations: reasons for not doing so and should aim to achieve Policy DM7 - Flood Risk greenfield run-off rates and ensure that surface water run- Proposed developments should assess off is managed as close to its and avoid or minimise all sources of source as possible in line with flood risk to people and property where the Mayor's drainage hierarchy. possible, and manage any residual Boroughs should identify areas risks, taking account of the future where there are particular impacts of climate change, without surface water management increasing flood risk elsewhere by: issues exist and develop actions and policy approaches (a) Preparing site-specific flood risk aimed at reducing these risks. assessments (FRAs) in support of planning applications for all 3.87 The joint Strategic Flood Risk development proposals located within Assessment (SFRA) Level 1

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 32 Agenda Item 4 Page 42

flood zones 2 or 3, all major FRXQFLO¶VIRUWKFRPLQJClimate Change development proposals located within SPD and other sources of best flood zone 1 exceeding 1 ha or any practice. All development proposals will development proposal located within an be expected to incorporate green roofs, identified critical drainage area. FRAs walls or site planting measures where should identify and assess the risks of feasible and promote the benefits of all forms of flooding to and from the blue and green infrastructure for flood development and demonstrate how storage, urban cooling, local amenity, these flood risks will be managed now biodiversity and other adaptation and in the future, taking the climate objectives in line with Policy DM8; and change impacts into account, in line with the minimum FRA requirements (e) ensuring that any residual risks are set out in Annex E of Revised PPS25; safely mitigated through the use of appropriate flood resistance and (b) avoiding inappropriate development resilience measures, subject to having in areas at risk of flooding in applied the sequential approach and accordance with the provisions of the incorporated SUDS in accordance with sequential and exceptions tests set out parts (a) to (d) above. in Annex D of Revised PPS25, having regard to the flood risk vulnerability Justification classifications and flood zone 3.90 It is considered that Policy DM7 compatibility guidance in tables D2 and is consistent with Revised D3 respectively; PPS25, the London Plan, Core

Policy BP7 and advice in the (c) applying the sequential approach at SFRA Level 1 and Level 2 a site level to minimise risk by directing Reports. increasingly vulnerable development to areas of lowest flood risk, matching the 3.91 In seeking to avoid or minimise all vulnerability of the proposed use to sources of flood risk to people and flood risk, having regard to the property in accordance with Policy DM7, the Council will apply the µDevelopment and Flood Risk Practice corresponding steps of the GXLGH¶WRRevised PPS25 and further 28 following flood risk management guidance to be set out in the hierarchy set out in the PPS25 CRXQFLO¶VIRUWKFRPLQJClimate Change Practice Guide: SPD; (a) assess ± undertake site-specific FRA; (d) incorporating appropriate (b) avoid ± apply the PPS25 Sequential sustainable urban drainage systems Test; (SUDS) in order to manage surface (c) substitute ± apply the sequential water run-off as close to its source as approach within the site; possible and aim to achieve greenfield (d) control ± use SUDS; and run-off rates, in accordance with (e) mitigate ± ensure flood resilient QDWLRQDOVXGVVWDQGDUGVWKHPD\RU¶V construction. drainage hierarchy and SUDS adoption criteria to be established in the . 3.92 All FRAs submitted in support of development proposals must show 28 LQFRUSRUDWLQJWKH&RXQFLO¶Vµ7RRONLWRQ%OXH how the requirements of Annex E of ,QIUDVWUXFWXUH¶LQLtial prepared by BACA Revised PPS25 have been met within Architects on behalf of the Council in September 2009 as part of the GRaBS project WKHFRQWH[WRIWKH*RYHUQPHQW¶VIORRG risk management hierarchy, taking

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 33 Page 43 Agenda Item 4

into account the vulnerability of future provide evidence to occupiers and the need to ensure demonstrate that there are no safe access, subject to the other reasonably available Sequential and Exception Tests. In all alternative sites in areas at cases, developers should seek lower risk of flooding which are opportunities to reduce the overall suitable for the proposed level of flood risk in the wider area development. If the proposed through the layout and form of the development is needed for development and the appropriate use wider sustainable development of SUDS. Developers should also reasons in flood risk areas it have regard to the allowances to be must then satisfy the 3 criteria made for climate change impacts set of the Exception Test to ensure out in Annex B of PPS25. that the development would be 3.93 The Council will consult the EA safe and not increase flood risk. on all development proposals The Council will undertake the located within Flood Zones 2 or actual test(s) based on this 3, all major development information. proposals located within Flood 3.95 In all cases, developers should Zone 1 exceeding 1 ha or any apply a sequential approach development proposal located within development sites in within an identified critical order to steer the more drainage area. The EA will also vulnerable land uses towards be consulted on any proposal those parts of the site at lower within 20m of a main river29 or flood risk, taking the degree of culverting operation aimed at flood hazard into account (i.e. controlling the flow of any river modelled flood depths and or stream. velocities). Proposed 3.94 Developments proposals developments should be set located within adopted site back at least 8m from the banks allocations as set out in Section of main rivers and 5m from the 4 (or included in a subsequent banks of ordinary watercourses DPD), which have already been in order to allow improvements subjected to the Sequential and maintenance of land Test, can rely on the outcome drainage, improve the of that testing, provided that the ecological functioning of river proposed development types corridors and enhance local are in accord with the relevant amenity. Further guidance on DPD. However, where the applying the sequential proposed development is not approach within development consistent in scale, sites is provided in Chapter 4 of development type and location the Practice Guide to Revised with that allocation, or where PPS25. Developers are also the Sequential and Exception encouraged to make use of the Tests have not been applied &RXQFLO¶Vµ7RRONLWRQ%OXH 30 to be included and the site is within an area at ,QIUDVWUXFWXUH¶ within the forthcoming SPD on risk of flooding, the FRA should µ&OLPDWH&KDQJH¶

29 µPDLQULYHUV¶DQGµRUGLQDU\ZDWHUFRXUVHV 30 within the Borough are defined by the EA developed by BACA Architects on behalf of the Council

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 34 Agenda Item 4 Page 44

3.96 All development proposals systems will be required to should incorporate appropriate meet new national standards for surface water management the design, construction and measures to ensure that peak maintenance of SUDS. As a run-off rates and annual µ68'6$SSURYLQJ%RG\¶XQGHU volumes of run-off are less than the forthcoming legislation, the the previous conditions on the Council will be responsible for site and to achieYHµJUHHQILHOG¶ adopting and maintaining run-off rates where possible. approved SUDS. In the interim The primary function of SUDS period, developers should take is to reduce flood risk by accRXQWRIWKHµ,QWHULP&RGHRI slowing the flow of water, 3UDFWLFHRQ68'6¶ 16:*32, increasing infiltration into the  WKHµ68'60DQDJHPHQW ground and holding water in 7UDLQ¶ &,5,$ 33. The Council storage areas. SUDS also will seek to negotiate developer achieve many other benefits contributions or unilateral including the removal of obligations through Section 106 pollutants from run-off at source or set planning conditions as and through the provision of appropriate to secure adoption green infrastructure within and robust arrangements for urban areas, with benefits for the long-term management and climate change adaptation (see maintenance of SUDS. In the Policy DM8). interim period prior to the Act, developers should have regard 3.97 Developers should therefore give Model Agreements for consideration to the following WRµ (CIRIA, 2007). SUDS measures wherever 68'6¶ practicable31: 3.99 Having incorporated SUDS as part of their proposed designs green roofs, green walls or site planting measures; and layouts, developers should ensure that any residual risks rainwater harvesting measures and water butts; can be safety managed, having soakaways (where ground UHJDUGWRµ,PSURYLQJWKH)ORRG conditions are appropriate); 3HUIRUPDQFHRI1HZ%XLOGLQJV¶ (CLG, 2007). This identifies wetlands, swales and infiltration strips; alternative design strategies to deal with a range of potential detention basins, ponds and wetlands; flood depths. However it should be noted that flood resistance permeable pavements; and and resilience measures should retention of mature trees and soft landscaping in front gardens and not be used to justify other means of reducing the amount development in inappropriate of hardstanding associated with locations. existing developed areas.

3.98 From 2012, proposed drainage 32 National SUDS Working Group

31 guidance on applying SUDS in different 33 Construction Industry Research and parts of the Borough is provided in the Level 2 Information Association (see SFRA Report http://www.ciria.org/suds/icop.htm)

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 35 Page 45 Agenda Item 4

Policy DM8 - Climate Change the number of heavy rainfall Adaptation days (greater than 25 mm) will Background increase by a factor of between 3.100 Evidence shows that climate 2 and 3.5 in winter and by a change caused by human factor of 1 to 2 in summer. activities is already happening 3.102 Without appropriate adaptation and is by far the greatest measures, the adverse impacts challenge to the future social, of climate change are likely to economic and environmental include: well-being of the Borough. increased risks of flooding leading According to the latest to personal injury and loss of life, UKCP09341 projections damage to properties, published by the UK Climate infrastructure and utilities and Impacts Programme in contamination from sewer September 2009, the Borough flooding; will experience progressively increased risk of drought warmer, wetter winters and conditions leading to water hotter, drier summers over the shortages, reduced river flows next few decades. At the same and adverse impacts on time, there will also be an biodiversity; increase in the frequency and intensity of extreme weather increased severity and duration of events, such as heavy rainfall, heatwaves and periods of storms, drought conditions and uncomfortably hot weather, heatwaves. exacerbated by the Urban Heat Island (UHI) effect, leading to 3.101 8QGHUWKH8.&3µPHGLXP adverse impact on health and HPLVVLRQV¶VFHQDULRIRUWKH well-being, particularly for more 2050s, summer mean vulnerable groups; temperatures and summer increased air pollution and higher mean daily maximum demands for cooling in summer; temperatures across London increased frequency and intensity are predicted to increase by of storm events and extreme heat around 2.7ºC and 3.7ºC causing damage to buildings, respectively, with summer infrastructure and trees; and mean daily minimum adverse economic impacts arising temperatures increasing by from loss of income, delayed 2.9ºC. The number of very hot economic development and blight. summer days over 25°C are likely to increase from the 1961- 3.103 The Draft Revised Supplement 1990 average of nine days per WR336RQµ3ODQQLQJDQG year to 28-45 days per year by 35 &OLPDWH&KDQJH¶ &/* , March the 2050s, leading to more 2010) states that planning intense and prolonged urban should shape places and heat island (UHI) effects. While secure new development so as winter rainfall will increase by to minimise vulnerability and around 14%, summer rainfall provide resilience to climate will decrease by 19%. However,

35 Department for Communities and Local 34 UK climate projections funded by DEFRA Government

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 36 Agenda Item 4 Page 46

change impacts, consistent with planning and design, including cutting greenhouse emissions. tree planting, green roofs and Within areas with significant walls, soft landscaping and climate change vulnerabilities, other urban greening measures. risks should be managed Boroughs should identify areas through the use of suitable where urban greening and adaptation measures, in green infrastructure can make a particular by promoting the particular contribution to many benefits of green space mitigating the effects of climate as part of wider green change, such as UHI effects. infrastructure networks. These 3.107 Policy 5.11 of the London Plan include supporting local states that major development biodiversity and creating proposals should include roof, healthy, living environments wall and site planting, especially through urban cooling, local green roofs and walls where flood risk management and feasible to provide cooling, local access to shady outdoor SUDS, climate change space. mitigation (energy efficiency), 3.104 7KH0D\RU¶V&OLPDWH&KDQJH enhancement of biodiversity, Adaptation Strategy (GLA, accessible roof space, 2011) seeks to position London improvements to appearance as an international leader in and resilience of the building tackling climate change by and opportunities for growing identifying proposals for food. managing the impacts and 3.108 Other relevant policies of the capitalising on the opportunities London Plan relating to flooding by promoting new development (Policy 5.12) and SUDS (Policy and infrastructure that is 5.13) are addressed under located, designed and Policy DM7. constructed for the climate it will experience over its design life. 3.109 AVSDUWRIWKH&RXQFLO¶Vµ2QH 3ODQHW/LYLQJ¶9LVLRQDQG 3.105 Policy 5.9 of the London Plan ongoing participation in the EU seeks to reduce the impact of 36 µ*5D%6¶SURMHFW 6XWWRQ¶V the UHI effect and encourages draft Borough Climate Change the design of places and Adaptation Strategy, sets out a spaces and avoid overheating Vision to ensure that the and excessive heat generation location, layout and design of all on an area wide basis. Major new developments minimise development proposals should vulnerability of people and reduce potential overheating property and are fully adapted and reliance on air conditioning and resilient to future climate systems and demonstrate this impacts. This is supported by a LQDFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKH0D\RU¶V number of key aims and cooling hierarchy. adaptation principles aimed at 3.106 Policy 5.10 of the London Plan minimising all sources of flood states that development risk, minimising UHI effects and proposals should integrate 36 green infrastructure from the µ*UHHQDQG%OXH6SDFH$GDSWDWLRQLQ8UEDQ earliest stages of project Areas and Eco-7RZQV¶

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 37 Page 47 Agenda Item 4

exposure to overheating, vision and key adaptation principles set maximising the benefits of blue out in the Borough Climate Change and green infrastructure, taking Adaptation Strategy, the MD\RU¶V account of expected changes in Climate Change Adaptation Strategy local climate throughout the and the policies of the London Plan. lifetime of new developments and creating sustainable, (b) Proposed developments should socially cohesive and equitable promote effective adaptation to the communities. The Council has future impacts of climate change within also prepared a comprehensive the Borough by: µ6WXG\RI&OLPDWH&KDQJH Avoiding or minimising all sources ,PSDFWV¶ /%66HSWHPEHU of flood risk to people and 2010) in order to ensure that property, managing any residual WKH6WUDWHJ\DQGWKH&RXQFLO¶V risks and, where possible, planning policies, including reducing flood risks overall, taking Policy DM8, are soundly based account of the future impacts of on an understanding of key climate change, in accordance climate risks affecting the with Policy DM7; Borough now and in the future. Minimising overheating and 3.110 Further outputs being delivered contribution to the urban heat through the GRaBS project island (UHI) effect by permeating include Dµ&OLPDWH&KDQJH developments with blue and green $GDSWDWLRQ$FWLRQ3ODQ¶for spaces and through a range of Hackbridge, Blue and Green urban design measures at the 6SDFHµ7RRONLWV¶GHYHORSHGRQ neighbourhood and building behalf of the Council by BACA scales, including energy efficient Architects and Global to Local designs and natural cooling respectively during 2010, an measures such as green roofs, interactive on-line Climate green walls or site planting Change Risks and measures (required under Policy Vulnerabilities Assessment Tool DM7), shading, water features, and the Climate Change courtyards and passive ventilation; Community Engagement Conserving water resources and Strategy. ensuring sufficient water supplies 3.111 In accordance with the during drought conditions through Supplement to PPS1, London maximising the flood storage role Plan Policies 4.9 to 4.13, the of rivers, natural floodplains, draft Borough Climate Change ponds, aquifers and other water Adaptation Strategy and Core features, promoting the benefits of Policy BP7: suds for groundwater recharge Policy DM8 - Climate Change and achieving higher standards of Adaptation water efficiency in new development in accordance with (a) The Council will seek to ensure that policy dm10; the location, layout and design of Conserving and enhancing the proposed developments minimise range and ecological variability of vulnerability of people and property and existing habitats and species to are fully adapted and resilient to future reduce the likelihood of losing climate impacts in accordance with biodiversity in the face of future 6XWWRQ¶VFOLPDWHFKDQJHDGDSWDWLRQ climate change;

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 38 Agenda Item 4 Page 48

Maximising the role of green impacts of climate change infrastructure, including open within the Borough, it is spaces, parks, wildlife corridors, considered that Policy DM8 is tree planting, communal and consistent with the private gardens and green roofs/ UHTXLUHPHQWVRIWKH0D\RU¶V walls as part of wider green Climate Change Adaptation space networks ('green grid'), in Strategy, Policies 5.9-5.13 of urban cooling and in achieving a the London Plan and the key range of additional benefits for principles set out in the Draft flood storage/suds, Borough Climate Change environmental enhancement, Adaptation Strategy. local amenity, recreation, 3.113 In applying Policy DM8, the biodiversity and habitats and Council will seek to maximise sustainable transport; the benefits of green and blue Maximising the role of blue infrastructure37 as part of wider infrastructure, including river green space networks corridors, natural floodplains, throughout the Borough and ponds and other water features in beyond, in creating sustainable urban cooling and achieving a communities that are fully number of additional benefits for adapted to the future impacts of flood storage/suds, climate change, including environmental enhancement, increased flood risk, exposure local amenity, recreation and to high temperatures and the biodiversity and habitats; UHI effect, drought conditions Taking account of the expected and impacts on habitats and changes in local climatic biodiversity. Development conditions throughout the lifetime proposals within the Hackbridge of the development by area should support the incorporating sufficient flexibility of objectives of the proposed design and layout to enable Wandle Valley Regional Park38 adaptation to the future impacts of (see Core Policy PMP5), which climate change and other will form an important part of changing economic, WKH0D\RU¶V$OO/RQGRQ*UHHQ environmental or social demands. Grid.

(c) Details of the type and extent of the 3.114 Further guidance on minimising main changes expected in the local all sources of flood risk to climate throughout the lifetime of the people and property, taking development and the proposed climate account of the future impacts of change adaptation measures should climate change, is set out in be provided in Sustainable Design and Policy DM7. Construction Statements (or Design 3.115 All major developments should and Access Statements) prepared in seek to reduce exposure to accordance with Policy DM5 and/or

site specific flood risk assessments 37 prepared in accordance with policy LQFOXGLQJµJUHHQJULGV¶SXEOLFRSHQVSDFH green corridors, nature conservation sites, DM7 as appropriate. trees, gardens, green roofs/ walls, water Justification bodies, rivers, streams, floodplains and SUDS 3.112 38 In seeking to achieve the most see http://www.wandlevalleypark.org.uk/ effective adaptation to the

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 39 Page 49 Agenda Item 4

overheating and the UHI effect rain, creating space for amenity, LQDFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKH0D\RU¶V integrating community needs, cooling hierarchy as set out in designing to be adaptable, Policy 5.9 of the London Plan: reducing car dependency and providing space for low carbon (i) minimise internal heat or renewable energy which generation through energy were originally developed in the efficient design; -term (ii) reduce the amount of heat '()5$IXQGHGµ/RQJ Initiatives for Flood-Risk entering a building in summer through shading, albedo, (QYLURQPHQWV¶ /LI( SURMHFW (June 2009). The Toolkit fenestration, insulation and provides high level guidance for green roofs and walls; developers and their designers (iii) manage the heat within the on what forms of land-use, building through exposed surface water internal thermal mass and high management/SUDS measures, ceilings; transport/ access arrangements (iv) passive ventilation; and renewable energy (v) mechanical ventilation; and technologies may be (vi) active cooling systems appropriate, taking account of (ensuring they are the lowest fluvial (river) flood risk zones carbon options). and surface water flooding

areas and depths affecting 3.116 The adaptation principles set different parts of a site. out in Policy DM8 have been developed on the basis of 3.118 The Toolkit on Green emerging best practice on Infrastructure (Global to Local, planning for blue and green September 2010) provides high infrastructure being developed level guidance for developers ZLWKWKH&RXQFLO¶V(XURSHDQ on the following issues: partners through the GRaBS the role of planting and other SURMHFW6XWWRQ¶VGUDIW%RURXJK shading measures in reducing Climate Change Adaptation temperatures and conditions in Strategy and further research urban areas (microclimate); undertaken by consultants on the role of green roofs, green behalf of the Council during walls and permeable surfaces as 2010. part of residential and commercial 3.117 The Toolkit on Blue development in reducing run off Infrastructure (BACA Architects, and improving local air quality; September 2010) puts forward the role of SUDS (see above); an integrated design approach the benefits of linear green space to simultaneously address the links or corridors as access routes need to accommodate new for sustainable forms of transport development and to manage such as cycling or walking; flood risks through resilient the benefits of green space for spatial planning in sustainable recreation, creating opportunities regeneration and growth areas for active and passive use by the such as Hackbridge. This community and encouraging approach is based on the healthy lifestyles; principles of providing space for the river, providing space for

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 40 Agenda Item 4 Page 50

the benefits of linear green space 3.120 Water companies are under a links or corridors for wildlife and statutory duty to ensure that achieving regional and local adequate water treatment biodiversity action plan objectives infrastructure is provided to the amenity benefits of woodland, meet the requirements of new wildflower meadow and attractive residential development. Sutton planting schemes for visual and and East Surrey Water serves ecological enhancement; most of the Borough, although the role of green corridors in Thames Water serves a small creating grassland and woodland area to the northeast and the areas alongside rivers and northwest of the Borough. 85% streams; and RI6XWWRQ¶VZDWHUVXSSO\FRPHV the importance of selecting from groundwater abstraction climate resilient species, sensitive (i.e. water from boreholes) with design and realistic maintenance 15% being extracted from one arrangements as part of planting reservoir at Bough Beech. The schemes in achieving improved south east is already an area of air quality and microclimate, severe water stress and it is shading and cooling, SUDS, predicted that the Sutton and promoting biodiversity, and East Surrey supply zone will enhancing health and quality of have a deficit in supply by 2016. life. The average rate of domestic water consumption within the 3.119 The Council will prepare further Sutton supply zone is 169 litres detailed guidance on the per person per day compared to application of Policy DM8, 162 litres per person per day for based on principles developed London and 149 for England through the Blue and Green and Wales. Infrastructure Toolkits; as part 3.121 In addition, climate change is of the forthcoming Climate expected to affect water Change SPD. Developers availability within the Borough should also have regard to by reducing river flows, µClimate Change: Adaptation by reducing groundwater recharge, Design: A Guide for Sustainable increasing evaporation, 39 &RPPXQLWLHV¶ (TCPA 2007), increasing loss from broken µ%XLOGLQJD%HWWHU(QYLURQPHQW water mains and increasing 40 $*XLGHIRU'HYHORSHUV¶ (EA, demand for water from people 2007), principles set out in the and wildlife. 0D\RU¶V&OLPDWH&KDQJH Adaptation Strategy and other 3.122 Thames Water Utilities Ltd is sources of best practice. solely responsible for sewerage services and surface water Policy DM9 - Water Supply, Water drainage across the Borough. Quality and Sewerage Infrastructure 6XWWRQ¶VVHZDJHGUDLQVWRWKUHe Background different sewage treatment works (STWs): Beddington,

39 Hogsmill, and Crossness. The see www.tcpa.org.uk/publications eastern parts of the Borough 40 see http://www.environment- drain to Beddington STW, agency.gov.uk/business/sectors/32695.aspx located to the north-east of the Borough adjacent to the

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 41 Page 51 Agenda Item 4

Beddington Strategic Industrial surrounding soils. Local Location, which serves a authorities should work with the population equivalent of around water supply and sewerage 54,000. Beddington STW is companies to ensure that the currently running close to necessary water supply, capacity and will soon require surface water drainage, an upgrade to increase capacity sewerage, sewage treatment to meet additional demand from and disposal infrastructure are new housing. in place to serve new development. 3.123 Over recent years, there have been a number of cases of 3.126 Policy 5.15 (Water Use and localised flooding events within Supplies) of the London Plan the Borough where quantities of indicates that development rainfall and foul sewage have should minimise the use of exceeded the capacity of the treated water by incorporating drainage system. Additional water saving measures and housing in affected areas is meeting water consumption likely to require further targets of 105l/p/d in residential investment to increase capacity development. RIWKHV\VWHP6XWWRQ¶V6XUIDce 3.127 Policy 5.14 (Water Quality and Water Management Plan Sewerage Infrastructure) indicates that the north west of indicates that development the Borough is susceptible to proposals must ensure that significant sewer flooding (see adequate sewerage Policy DM7 and Map 2.0f for infrastructure capacity is further details). available. Proposals that would 3.124 5HYLVHG336RQµ/RFDO result in a reduction in water 6SDWLDO3ODQQLQJ¶HPSKDVLVHV quality in the Blue Ribbon the need to take account of the Network (see Chapter 7) should capacity of existing and planned be refused. water services infrastructure, 3.128 In accordance with PPS23 and including water supply, London Plan Policies 5.14 and drainage, sewerage and 5.15, the Council will apply the sewage treatment facilities, in following policy: preparing local development documents and considering Policy DM9 - Water Supply, Water major planning applications. Quality and Sewerage Infrastructure 3.125 Planning Policy Statement 23 (a) The Council will require all µ3ODQQLQJDQG3ROOXWLRQ&RQWURO¶ residential developments to be (2004) identifies the need to designed to achieve good practice consider the potential adverse standards of water efficiency by impacts on water quality arising ensuring that internal potable water from new development, consumption is limited to 105 litres per including the impact of any person per day (l/p/d) in line with the possible discharge of effluent or minimum standards set in the London leachates that may pose a Plan and Code for Sustainable Homes threat to surface or Level 4, adjusting in future years in underground water resources accordance with reviews of the directly or indirectly through London Plan and prevailing standards

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 42 Agenda Item 4 Page 52

in the Code for Sustainable Homes.41 outweighs any adverse land use or (b) The Council will require all environmental impact and that any development proposals to limit the such adverse impact is minimised. amount and rate of run-off and waste Justification water entering the sewerage network/ 3.129 It is considered that Policy DM9 system by capturing, retaining and re- is consistent with the using surface water and grey water requirements of government on-site, including through Sustainable guidance in PPS23 µ3ODQQLQJ Urban Drainage Systems or rainwater DQG3ROOXWLRQ&RQWURO¶and holding facilities (see Policy DM7 London Plan Policies 5.14 and (Flood Risk). Development proposals 5.15. that would lead to the pollution of groundwater or surface water through 3.130 The Council will continue to waste water discharge or increased work with Sutton and East surface water run-off will not be Surrey Water (water supply), permitted. Thames Water Utilities Ltd (c) Planning permission will only be (statutory sewerage granted for developments that undertakers) and the increase the demand for off-site Environment Agency (EA), as service infrastructure where appropriate, to ensure that developers demonstrate that sufficient adequate water supply, surface water supply, surface water drainage, water drainage, foul drainage foul drainage and sewerage treatment and sewerage treatment capacity exists to serve them or extra capacity is in place to serve capacity can be provided in time to new development throughout serve the development which will the Borough. In dealing with ensure that the environment and the planning applications, the amenities of local residents are not Council will have regard to adversely affected. When there is a 7KDPHV:DWHU¶Vµ:DWHU capacity problem and improvements in Services Infrastructure Guide off-site infrastructure are not for Local Authorities¶  and programmed, planning permission will the ($¶Vµ:DWHU6HUYLFHV only be granted where the developer Infrastructure Guide: a Planning funds appropriate improvements which Framework¶  in order to will be completed prior to occupation establish whether water supply of the development. or drainage issues are material (d) Proposals for the development or to the planning decision. expansion of water supply or waste Developers will be required to water treatment and disposal facilities demonstrate that there is will normally be permitted, either adequate capacity both on and where needed to serve existing or off site to serve the proposed development, or in the development and that it would interests of long-term water supply and not lead to problems for existing waste water management, provided users. In some circumstances, that the need for such facilities this may make it necessary for developers to carry out

41 appropriate studies to ascertain this standard is currently anticipated to be reduced whether the proposed further to 80 litres per person per day (l/p/d) in line with the minimum standards set under Code for Sustainable development would lead to Homes Levels 5 and 6 required by 2014 under Policy DM6

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 43 Page 53 Agenda Item 4

overloading of existing particulates (PM10s) were infrastructure. H[FHHGHGDWWKH&RXQFLO¶VDLU quality monitoring stations on a 3.131 The Council will also take number of occasions, mainly account of the Thames Water due to road traffic. Future µ5HVRXUFHV0DQDJHPHQW3ODQ¶ climate change scenarios are (2008) and the Sutton and East expected to exacerbate health Surrey Water µBusiness Plan¶ problems arising from air which are reviewed every 5 pollution within the Borough, years. As highlighted in the including an increase in cardio- &RXQFLO¶VµInfrastructure respiratory problems affecting Schedule¶ (see Appendix 4 of vulnerable groups, particularly the Core Planning Strategy), older people and those with Thames Water has identified pre-existing heart or respiratory the need to increase the conditions. capacity of the Beddington Sewage Treatment Works to 3.134 The Environment Act 1995 and serve additional growth. This is WKH*RYHUQPHQW¶V$LU4XDOLW\ envisaged to be a two year Strategy for England (2007) scheme to be delivered requires local authorities to between 2010-20. The EA has review and assess air quality in also programmed flood their areas. Where national air alleviation schemes for Kimpton quality standards are unlikely to to provide flood storage for be met, local authorities must increased run-off from the major designate Air Quality supermarket development, and Management Areas (AQMAs) at Beddington to increase flood and produce an Air Quality protection to Hackbridge from a Action Plan setting out 1 in 30 event to a 1 in 50 year measures they intend to take to event. work towards compliance with 3.132 Proposals for water or the standards. sewerage infrastructure must 3.135 )ROORZLQJWKH&RXQFLO¶VLQLWLDODLU be supported by evidence quality review and assessment demonstrating the need for the in 2000, and the subsequent development, that every effort assessment in 2003, the has been made to minimise Council declared a number of adverse environmental impacts, AQMAs along the main roads and, that the principles of good where national air quality urban design, as set out in Core standards were likely to be Policy BP12 (Good Urban exceeded. In 2010 the whole of Design and Heritage) have the Beddington Lane industrial been adhered to. area was declared an AQMA. Policy DM10 - Air Quality 3.136 Future climate change Background scenarios under UKCP09 are 3.133 Vehicle emissions account for a expected to exacerbate health large proportion of local air problems arising from air pollution within the Borough. pollution within the Borough e.g. During 2009-10, national air low-level ozone at street level. quality standards for nitrogen An increase in heat related illness and death , arising from dioxide (NO2) and fine

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 44 Agenda Item 4 Page 54

asthma and cardio-respiratory such as the Low Emissions disease, will lead to increasing Zone, introduced in February pressure on thH%RURXJK¶V 2008, also make contributions health and emergency services. to improving air quality. Higher temperatures also make 3.139 Policy 7.14 of the London Plan people vulnerable to air (Improving Air Quality) states pollution more sensitive to air that development proposals pollutants. Poor air quality is VKRXOGDLPWREHµDLUTXDOLW\ thought to have contributed to QHXWUDO¶DQGQRWOHDGWRIXUWKHU the high death toll during the deterioration of existing poor air 2003 heatwave. Air pollution quality (such as within AQMAs) episodes will have the greatest and increased exposure to impacts on certain groups ± existing poor air quality should particularly older people and be minimised. Boroughs should those with pre-existing seek reductions in levels of respiratory conditions. pollutants referred to in the 3.137 The planning system plays a *RYHUQPHQW¶V1DWLRQDO$LU key role in determining the Quality Strategy having regard location of development that WRWKH0D\RU¶V$LU4XDOLW\ may give rise to pollution, either Strategy and take account of directly or indirectly, and in the findings of Borough Air ensuring that other uses and Quality Review and developments are not, as far as Assessments and Action Plans. possible, affected by major Development proposals should existing or potential sources of also promote sustainable pollution. PPS23 µ3ODQQLng and design and construction to 3ROOXWLRQ&RQWURO¶ states that reduce emissions from the any consideration of the quality demolition and construction of of land, air or water and buildings in accordance with potential impacts arising from best practice guidance. development, possibly leading Policy DM10 - Air Quality to impacts on health, is capable of being a material planning (a) Development proposals that would consideration, in so far as it have significant adverse impacts on arises or may arise from or may local air quality, expose the public to air affect any land use. However, pollution or lead to a breach of the the controls under the planning gRYHUQPHQW¶VDLUTXDOLW\REMHFWLYHV and pollution control regimes particularly within identified Air Quality should complement rather than Management Areas (AQMAs), will not duplicate each other. be permitted, unless appropriate mitigation measures are put in place to 3.138 In accordance with the aims of reduce the adverse impacts to the National Air Quality acceptable levels. draft Air 6WUDWHJ\WKH0D\RU¶V µ (b) All planning applications for major Quality Strategy 2009) seeks ¶ developments with potentially to minimise the emissions of significant adverse impacts on air key pollutants and to reduce quality or located within or in the vicinity concentrations to levels at of an AQMA should be accompanied by which no, or minimal, effects on an Air Quality Assessment to assess human health are likely to the extent of the potential impacts and occur. Other Mayoral initiatives

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 45 Page 55 Agenda Item 4

set out the mitigation measures Assessment (EIA) Regulations proposed to make the development 1999. Smaller less polluting acceptable. The Council may impose LQVWDOODWLRQV 3DUWµ$¶DQGµ%¶  planning conditions or negotiate may still require an assessment planning agreements with developers to be undertaken as part of a where necessary. permit application under the Permitting Regulations. Justification 3.140 In seeking to reduce polluting 3.142 The purpose of an Air Quality emissions and public exposure Assessment is to provide to air pollution to acceptable sufficient information for the levels, achieve national air Council to determine the quality objectives, particularly µVLJQLILFDQFH¶RIWKHDLUTXDOLW\ within identified AQMAs, and impacts by assessing existing maximise opportunities for air quality in the study area reducing air pollution, it is (existing baseline), predicting considered that Policy DM10 is future air quality without the consistent PPS23 µ3ODQQLQJDQG development (future baseline), 3ROOXWLRQ&RQWURO¶WKH0D\RU¶V and predicting future air quality Air Quality Strategy and Policy with the development in place 7.14 of the London Plan. (with development). The following information should be 3.141 Developers should liaise with provided: the Council at an early stage to determine whether an Air details of the proposed Quality Assessment will be development and relevant required before submitting a air quality objectives; planning application. The details of the assessment Council will take account of a methods used; number of factors in full details of model determining whether an verification (required for all assessment is required, traffic modelling); including the scale of the description of baseline proposed development, the conditions; GHYHORSPHQW¶VORFDWLRQLQ assessment of impacts, relation to AQMAs and with the results of vulnerable receptors, traffic PRGHOOLQJWKHµZLWK generation and the introduction GHYHORSPHQW¶DQG of any new industrial or waste µEDVHOLQH¶VFHQDULRVFOHDUO\ processes requiring an set out; environmental permit under the description of construction Environmental Permitting phase impacts; Regulations (England and proposed mitigation Wales) 2010. Larger measures employed to commercial or industrial avoid, reduce and, if installations with potential to possible, offset significant HPLWDLUSROOXWLRQ µ3DUW$¶ adverse effects; and installations) will normally a summary of the require an air quality assessment results assessment to be undertaken including impacts during under the Environmental Impact construction (usually dust

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 46 Agenda Item 4 Page 56

and PM10s) and operation Control: Planning for Air Quality (usually nitrogen dioxides, ´ PM10s and PM2.5s), 3.144 Traffic emissions modelling exceedences of AQMA VKRXOGPDNHXVHRI'()5$¶V objectives, the significance XSGDWHGµ(PLVVLRQ)DFWRUV of the impacts identified 7RRONLWµ 9HUVLRQ DQG and any conflicts with ³'HVLJQ0DQXDOIRU5RDGVDQG planning policy. %ULGJHV '05% ´:KHUHDQ

approved transport assessment 3.143 Before undertaking an (TA) has been prepared, assessment, developers should modelled or predicted seek to obtain prior agreement development traffic flows in the with the Council on the TA should generally be used as appropriate modelling the basis for the calculation of methodologies and local input µZLWKGHYHORSPHQW¶HPLVVLRQV data to be used. Local scale and subsequent model runs. dispersion modelling will normally be required to estimate 3.145 Background air pollution levels emissions arising from the should be based on a nearby proposed development both with monitoring station where the and without the development data is sufficiently relevant to the Local background study area, with reference made concentrations should be added to the London Air Quality to the modelled values to predict 1HWZRUNDQGWKH&RXQFLO¶VDLU total concentrations at each quality monitoring programme. location. Typical examples are Developers should apply the ADMS-Roads, ADMS-Urban, the most rHFHQWYHUVLRQRIWKH*/$¶V Caline group of models and µ/RQGRQ$WPRVSKHULF Emissions AAQuIRE. The models used for ,QYHQWRU\¶DVDSSURSULDWH /$(, road traffic emissions will 2006). invariably require the modelled 3.146 Based on the Air Quality local contributions to be verified Assessment, the Council will against local monitoring data determine both the significance and if necessary adjusted.. Air of exposure to air pollution and Quality Assessments should the levels of mitigation required provide a transparent account of to enable the development to the modelling undertaken, progress, having regard to the including all assumptions made, µ$LU3ROOXWLRQ([SRVXUH&ULWHULD input data used and the $3(& 7DEOH¶LQ/RQGRQ approach to model verification. &RXQFLOV³$LU4XDOLW\DQG Developers should refer to 3ODQQLQJ*XLGDQFH´RU '()5$¶V7HFKQLFDO*XLGDQFH equivalent. Within AQMAs, 1RWHVµ/$407*  ¶DQG mitigation measures will be µ/$407*  ¶LQVHOHFWLQJDQG considered as standard practice, verifiying dispersion models. It is particularly for larger trip- expected that the approach generating developments. In taken will be consistent with such cases, the Council will set /RQGRQ&RXQFLOV¶³$LU4XDOLW\ conditions, negotiate Section DQG3ODQQLQJ*XLGDQFH´ 106 agreements or apply the DQG(38.¶V³'HYelopment Community Infrastructure Levy

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 47 Page 57 Agenda Item 4

(CIL) as appropriate in order to contamination, provides an implement the following opportunity to deal with the mitigation measures potential risks posed by contamination to human health considerate contractor and the natural environment. schemes; Government guidance in dust control measures; PP6RQµ3ODQQLQJDQG air quality monitoring (at 3ROOXWLRQ&RQWURO¶  LV boundary and at closest based on the precautionary receptor); principle. Where development is Travel Plans, car clubs and proposed on or near a site public transport incentives; known, or reasonably believed, specified emissions to be contaminated, a site standards for service assessment should be required vehicles/ HGVs; to establish the nature and parking for low emission or extent of the contamination car club vehicles prior to determining the provision of electric application. Development charging points; should not be permitted unless low emission buses; effective measures are taken to Contribution to specific treat or control any traffic management or road contamination in order not to: schemes; expose occupiers of the Mechanical ventilation development and contribution to the neighbouring land to &RXQFLO¶V$FWLRQSODQDQG unacceptable risk; monitoring programmes threaten the structural integrity of any building on 3.147 Developers should give or adjoining the site; consideration to technical contaminate any guidance set out in revised µ$LU watercourse, waterbody or 4XDOLW\DQG3ODQQLQJ*XLGDQFH¶ aquifer; and DQGµ7KH&RQWURORI'XVWDQG cause the contamination of Emissions from Construction adjoining land or allow the DQG'HPROLWLRQ¶SXEOLVKHGE\ contamination to continue. London Councils in 2007 and µDevelopment Control, Planning 3.149 Policy 5.21 (Contaminated IRU$LU4XDOLW\8SGDWH¶ Land) of the London Plan states published by Environmental that appropriate measures Protection UK in 2010 or should be taken to ensure that equivalent. development on previously contaminated land does not activate or spread Policy DM11 - Contaminated Land contamination and that LDFs should encourage the Background remediation of contaminated 3.148 The redevelopment of sites. previously developed land (or 3.150 µEURZQILHOG¶ VLWHVIRUEHQHILFLDO 7KHUHDUHFXUUHQWO\µVLWHVRI uses, many of which are SRWHQWLDOFRQFHUQ¶ZLWKLQWKH potentially affected by Borough with respect to

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 48 Agenda Item 4 Page 58

possible land contamination. properly assessed. Details of these sites can be Furthermore, proposed obtained from thH&RXQFLO¶V developments should Environmental Protection team. incorporate any necessary remediation and subsequent

management measures to deal Policy DM11 - Contaminated Land with unacceptable risks and (a) The Council will permit development make the site fit for the proposals located on or near potentially proposed development. The contaminated sites, provided that: following matters will be A detailed site investigation is considered: undertaken prior to the start of the potential sensitivity of construction in order to assess the the area to the adverse nature and extent of contamination, effects of pollution, including the production of landfill gases and the quality of soil, ground the potential risks to human health, and surface waters, nature adjacent land uses and the local conservation and the environment; presence of Source Where the assessment identifies Protection Zones (water unacceptable risks to human health, supply); adjacent land uses or the local the possible adverse environment, appropriate site impacts on water quality and remediation and aftercare measures the impact of any possible are agreed or secured by condition to discharge of effluent or protect the health of future occupants leachates which may pose a or users, taking into account the threat to surface or proposed use; and underground water The proposed use does not lead to resources directly or the future contamination of the land in indirectly through and around the site. surrounding soils; the perception of (b) All development proposals on or unacceptable risk to the near potentially contaminated sites health or safety of the public should be accompanied by a full risk arising from the assessment, which takes into account development; existing site conditions, the the need to ensure that land, groundwater regime, and pollution after development, is not pathways. capable of being determined Justification as contaminated land under 3.151 It is considered that Policy DM11 is Part IIA of the consistent with the requirements of Environmental Protection Government guidance in PPS23 Act (EPA) 1990 and that all and Policy 5.21 (Contaminated unacceptable risks have Land) of the London Plan. been addressed; and 3.152 In considering planning WKH&RXQFLO¶VLQVSHFWLRQ applications, the Council must strategy and programme for be satisfied that the potential for contaminated land (required contamination and any risks under Part IIA of the EPA arising to human health and the 1990). natural environment are 3.153 Developers should be able to

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 49 Page 59 Agenda Item 4

assure the Council that they sited away from noise-sensitive have the expertise, or access to land uses. it, to make such assessments. 3.156 Policy 7.15 (Noise and Developers should take note of Vibration) of the London Plan the requirement to understand states that development the potential for contamination proposals should seek to and the need for initial site reduce noise by minimising the investigations and reassurance existing and potential adverse that the site will not cause impacts of noise on, from, pollution to water and soil. The within, or in the vicinity of, ($¶V µ0RGHO3URFHGXUHVIRUWKH development Proposals, Management of Land separating new noise sensitive &RQWDPLQDWLRQ&/5¶ RU development from major noise equivalent), which provide a sources wherever practicable technical framework for through the use of distance, applying a risk management screening, or internal layout in process when dealing with land preference to sole reliance on contamination, should be sound insulation, and promoting consulted. new technologies and improved Policy DM12 - Noise and Vibration practices to reduce noise at Background source. 3.154 PPG24 µ3ODQQLQJDQG1RLVH¶ Policy DM12 - Noise and Vibration (1994) outlines the (a) Development proposals that would considerations to be taken into result in exposure to noise or account in determining planning vibrations above acceptable levels applications, both for noise- affecting noise-sensitive land uses, sensitive developments (such such as housing, schools and as housing, schools and hospitals, will not be permitted unless hospitals) and for those appropriate mitigation measures are activities that generate noise. It put in place to reduce the adverse recommends appropriate levels impacts to acceptable levels. Where for exposure to different necessary, the Council will set sources of noise in terms of planning conditions to reduce the noise exposure categories for impact on adjacent land uses to dwellings and detailed guidance acceptable levels, relative to ambient on the assessment of noise noise levels and the character of the from different sources. locality. 3.155 The planning system should (b) New noise-sensitive developments ensure that, wherever should be separated from major noise- practicable, noise-sensitive generating activities wherever developments are separated practicable. Planning applications for from major sources of noise noise-sensitive developments located (such as road, rail and air near to a noise-generating activity transport and certain types of should be accompanied by a formal industrial development). It is assessment, which should categorise equally important that new the site according to the noise exposure development involving noisy categories in 33*µ3ODQQLQJDQG activities should, if possible, be 1RLVH¶DQGH[SODLQKRZWKHSURSRVDO responds to the advice given in PPG24.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 50 Agenda Item 4 Page 60

All new dwellings should achieve and designs that ensure that %6µJRRG¶VWDQGDUGV RU the site provides adequate equivalent) and improve on the sound distance between the source insulation standards in Part E of the and noise-sensitive building Building Regulations by 5dB in or area; screening by natural DFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKH0D\RU¶VµSUHIHUUHG barriers, other buildings, or VWDQGDUGV¶VHWRXWLQWKH0D\RU¶V non-critical rooms in a µSustainable Design and Construction¶ building; and, (iii) SPG (2006). administrative measures limiting the operating time of (c) Details of these measures should source, restricting activities be provided in Sustainable Design and allowed on the site and Construction Statements or through specifying an acceptable submission of an appropriate scheme noise limit; prior to the start of construction on where it is proposed to grant site. permission for noise- Justification sensitive development in 3.157 It is considered that Policy areas of high ambient noise, DM12 is consistent with the role of planning Government guidance in conditions and, where necessary, planning 33*WKH0D\RU¶V$PELHQW Noise Strategy and Policy 7.15 obligations (S106 of the London Plan. Agreements) to ensure that the effects of noise are 3.158 In the case of noise-generating mitigated as far as possible; development, the adverse the role of highway impacts of noise exposure on management and transport surrounding land uses will policies in reducing the depend on a variety of factors, impact of traffic noise such such as character, frequency as the requirement under and pitch. Since no fixed 3ROLF\'0µ$VVHVVLQJ standard can be universally the Transport Impact of applied, the Council will 1HZ'HYHORSPHQW¶ consider each case on its own containing noise from late merits, based on the following night entertainment and key considerations: other 24-hour activities; the character of the noise. the likely level of noise Sudden impulses, irregular exposure at the time of the noise or noise that contains a application and any distinguishable continuous increase that may tone will require special reasonably be expected in consideration; the foreseeable future; the potential of new the potential of subsequent technologies and other intensification or change of measures to control the use to cause greater source of, or limit exposure intrusion and disturbance; to, noise. These include (i) and engineering measures such levels of noise during as sound insulation and/or throughout the night, noise barriers; (ii) layouts especially during the hours

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 51 Page 61 Agenda Item 4

when people are normally possible, reduce the adverse sleeping (23.00 to 07.00), and impacts of light pollution e.g. on the need to ensure particular local amenity, rural tranquillity protection to noise-sensitive and nature conservation. development. 3.162 7KHµHVVHQWLDO¶VWDQdards set 3.159 In seeking to minimise noise RXWLQWKH0D\RU¶V µSustainable and vibration impacts during the Design and Construction¶SPG construction phase, developers (2006) includes a requirement should have regard to Guideline WKDW³ZKHUHYHURQ-site outdoor SDC17 of the &RXQFLO¶V lighting is proposed as part of a µ6XVWDLQDEOH'HVLJQDQG development, it should be &RQVWUXFWLRQ¶IPG (2008) (or energy efficient, minimising light subsequent SPD). All proposals ORVWWRVN\´ for major development should Policy DM13 - Light Pollution be accompanied by a site environmental plan prepared in (a) All development proposals should line with best practice guidance, incorporate measures to minimise the VXFKDVµ(QYLURQPHQWDO*RRG intrusiveness of artificial lighting and PraFWLFHRQ6LWH¶SUHSDUHGE\ thus the potential adverse impacts on the Construction Industry residential amenity the character and Research and Information appearance of the historic environment, Association or equivalent. public safety, protected wildlife and quality of life. Applicants are Policy DM13 - Light Pollution encouraged to use low energy lighting Background systems in order to conserve energy 3.160 Light pollution is defined as and preserve the darkness of the night- artificial light that is allowed to time sky, particularly near public open illuminate, or intrude upon, spaces. areas that are not intended to be lit. The intrusion of overly (b) Lighting schemes submitted in bright or poorly directed lights support of major development onto neighbouring property can proposals should have regard to the DIIHFWDQHLJKERXU¶VULJKW to best practice guidelines set out in the enjoy their own property. A &RXQFLO¶VµSustainable Design and typical example would be an Construction¶IPG (2008) (or inconsiderately directed security VXEVHTXHQW63' DQGWKHµHVVHQWLDO light shining into a bedroom VWDQGDUGV¶VHWRXWLQWKH0D\RU¶s window. Another important µSustainable Design and Construction¶ issue arising from light pollution SPG (2006). Details of these measures is sky-glow, which can severely should be provided in sustainable affect our view of the night sky. design and construction statements or Inconsiderate or incorrectly set through submission of an appropriate lighting can have other adverse scheme prior to the start of construction effects in terms of glare, nature on site. conservation impacts and wasted energy. (c) Where necessary, the Council may 3.161 Government guidance in set planning conditions to control the levels of luminance, glare, spillage, PPS23 µ3ODQQLQJDQG3ROOXWLRQ angle, lighting type and hours of &RQWURO¶  KLJKOLJKWVWKH need to limit and, where operation.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 52 Agenda Item 4 Page 62

Justification the disposal of hazardous 3.163 It is considered that Policy materials on sites within the DM13 is consistent with the Borough. aims of national policy in 3.166 Circular 04/00 µ3ODQQLQJ PPS23 µ3ODQQLQJDQG3ROOXWLRQ controls for hazardous &RQWURO¶DQGWKHµHVVHQWLDO¶ VXEVWDQFHV¶SURYLGHVJXLGDQFH VWDQGDUGVLQWKH0D\RU¶V on the operation of the consent µSustainable Design and procedure for hazardous Construction¶ SPG. substances, which was 3.164 Lighting schemes submitted in introduced under EU Directive support of major development 96/82/EC. However, the proposals should also have requirement for hazardous regard to best practice substances consent does not guidance prepared by the override the need for planning Institution of Light Engineers in permission to be obtained µ*XLGDQFH1RWHVIRUWKH where development of land for 5HGXFWLRQRI2EWUXVLYH/LJKW¶ the storage or processing of (GN01) 2005 or equivalent. hazardous substances is Where appropriate, developers involved. In considering should comply with the 1994 planning applications for µ/LJKWLQJUHTXLUHPHQWVIRU development at or in the vicinity outdoor sports facilitieV¶VHWRXW of sites at which hazardous by the Sport England. substances are present, local Policy DM14 - Hazardous Substances authorities should have regard to the following objectives: Background 3.165 A hazard is defined as an to prevent major accidents appreciable danger to life, limb and limit the consequences and property arising from the of such accidents for man presence of certain explosive, and the environment; in the long term, to maintain poisonous or otherwise appropriate distances hazardous substances. between establishments and Although these dangers are residential areas, areas of generally low in the Borough, public use and areas of there is a need to minimise the particular natural sensitivity potential risks which may arise or interest; and from the following types of in relation to existing development proposal: establishments, to apply installations for the storing or additional technical processing of hazardous measures so as not to substances; increase risks to people. the redevelopment of 3.167 Policy 5.22 (Hazardous contaminated sites; Substances) of the London Plan development likely to cause the intensification of existing states that when assessing hazards or which will developments near hazardous significantly increase the level installations site specific of public exposure; and circumstances and proposed mitigation measures should be taken into account. However

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 53 Page 63 Agenda Item 4

the risks should be balanced with the benefits of development and take account of existing patterns of development.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 54 Agenda Item 4 Page 64

acceptable levels. Any new Policy DM14 - Hazardous installation for storing or Substances processing notifiable quantities of defined hazardous (a) Development proposals involving substances will be expected to the use, storage, installation or respect rigorous safeguards. processing of explosive, inflammable, corrosive, toxic or other harmful/ 3.170 The Council has been made hazardous substances that are a aware of the following notifiable potential safety risk will not be sites and high pressure gas permitted. Planning permission will only pipelines by the HSE: be granted for developments involving London Road Depot, Starr hazardous substances, or uses (Fuel Oils) Ltd., Hackbridge; requiring hazardous substances Wrythe Lane gas-holder, consent, where there are no Carshalton; unacceptable risks to occupiers, public Crown Road gas-holder, health and safety or to nature Sutton; conservation interests. West Barnes Lane gas-holder, (b) Proposed developments within the Worcester Park; vicinity of existing notified sites or other Woodcote/ Croydon Works gas known hazards sites will be assessed pipeline; on the basis of potential adverse Hooley/ Woodmansterne Road impacts resulting from this close gas pipeline; proximity. Mogador/ Woodcote gas pipeline; and, (c) The Council may impose planning Woodmansterne Road/ conditions or negotiate planning Croydon Works gas pipeline. agreements with developers, where necessary, to reduce any risks to Policy DM15 - Green acceptable levels. Belt/Metropolitan Open Land Background Justification 3.171 PPG2 3.168 It is considered that Policy µ*UHHQ%HOWV¶   makes it clear that the DM14 is consistent with Circular fundamental aim of green belt 04/00 and London Plan Policy policy is to prevent urban 5.22. sprawl by keeping land 3.169 In applying Policy DM14, the permanently open and that Council will consult with the there is a general presumption Health and Safety Executive against inappropriate (HSE) to establish the level of development in the Green Belt. danger and the precautions that The construction of new can be taken and have regard buildings inside a Green Belt is WRWKH+6(¶V µ3ODQQLng Advice inappropriate unless it is for for Developments near agriculture and forestry, +D]DUGRXV,QVWDOODWLRQV¶ 0DUFK essential facilities for outdoor 2008). Where necessary, the sport and recreation, for Council will impose conditions cemeteries or other uses of or enter into planning open land that preserve the agreements to ensure the openness of the Green Belt. introduction of safety measures to minimise the potential risks to

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 55 Page 65 Agenda Item 4

3.172 The &RXQFLO¶VµOpen Space and an SPG on the Green Belt, the Biodiversity¶ Report of Studies Council has been applying (2008) reviewed the boundaries guidance that extensions no of the Green Belt and greater than 30% above the concluded that the boundary floor area of the original building was both logical and defensible would not usually be considered and that there were no strategic disproportionate. This has not development needs that would led to a detrimental impact on require a boundary amendment. the character of either green 3.173 In preparing guidance on the belt area. Green Belt in the 1990s, an 3.176 In accordance with PPG2 assessment was undertaken of µ*UHHQ%HOWs¶ and the London the likely impact of extensions Plan and further to Strategic to existing residential Objective 9 and Core Policy development. There are two PMP9, which seek to control distinct parcels of land urban sprawl and protect the designated as Green Belt in Metropolitan Green Belt and Sutton: the Cuddington Area is Metropolitan Open Land, the characterised by low density Council will apply the following linear suburban residential policy: development in large plots with Policy DM15 - Green views to the open Green Belt Belt/Metropolitan Open Land behind; the Little Woodcote Area is rural with scattered (a) The Council will grant planning small weatherboard houses permission for extensions and associated with smallholdings replacement of existing dwellings in built in 1925 to help returning the Green Belt at Cuddington and soldiers from World War I. Woodcote (as shown on the Proposals Map) provided that the openness of 3.174 It was determined that a 30% the Green Belt is not affected and that increase would not impact on the increase in the floor area is no openness or be greater than 30% above the size of the disproportionate in the local original dwelling. Sutton context as: (b) The Council will not grant planning the weatherboard properties in permission for development adjacent the Woodcote area have a to the Green Belt or Metropolitan Open small original floorspace and a Land if it has a detrimental impact on 30% increase would not result its visual amenities. in a large extension. There would consequently be no Justification suburbanising effect from such 3.177 There is comprehensive development; guidance on assessing The plots in Cuddington are appropriate development in the large and extensions limited to Green Belt and MOL in PPG2 30% would be unlikely to µ*UHHQ%HOWV¶ and the London reduce the gap between Plan and accordingly the buildings and therefore affect Council will apply this guidance the appreciation of the when assessing applications. In openness of the Green Belt. particular the Council will grant 3.175 Since 1997, and the adoption of planning permission for the

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 56 Agenda Item 4 Page 66

development or infilling of Major Background Developed Sites if it meets the 3.179 In accordance with PPG17 criteria of PPG2 Annex C. µ3ODnning for Open Space, Furthermore, in accordance 6SRUWVDQG5HFUHDWLRQ¶   with PPG2 µ*UHHQ%HOWV¶, the and the London Plan, there is a Council will grant planning strong level of protection for permission for proposals in the open spaces and it is Metropolitan Green Belt and recognised that open spaces MOL, which have a positive role have a multiple range of in fulfilling its statutory purposes functions. and objectives. Applications for 3.180 In 2005, the Council the re-use of existing buildings commissioned consultants will also be assessed against Scott Wilson to undertake a the criteria set out in PPG2 study into the supply, demand µ*UHHQ%HOWV¶. and use of green space in the 3.178 Whilst PPG2 µ*UHHQ%HOWV¶sets Borough. In accordance with out the principle that limited the Companion Guide to extensions or alteration of PPG17 µ2SHQ6SDFH6SRUWV existing dwellings is not DQG5HFUHDWLRQ¶, this study also inappropriate, more specific assessed the quality and value local guidance is required and of open spaces. The is set out in Policy DM15. For assessment of quality was purposes of applying Policy based on the nationally agreed DM15, the Council considers quality standards of the Green that: Flag Scheme and were typology specific. In 2007 the the 30% figure should only be Council produced an Open treated as an indication and that Space Strategy based on the in some instances proposals to results of the earlier study. extend the floor area by less than 30% may still be 3.181 The &RXQFLO¶VµOpen Space and disproportionate, be considered BiodivHUVLW\¶5Hport of Studies to have a significant impact on sets out the results of openness and therefore be comprehensive appraisals of inappropriate. The Council will open space and their also consider the mass, scale contribution to the Borough and and any increase in ridge height builds on the Actions of the in order to determine if an Sutton Open Space Strategy. extension is disproportionate; The Report of Studies confirms and the appropriateness of all WKHµRULJLQDOGZHOOLQJ¶PHDQVWKH designations, apart from two dwelling (and garages and areas of Urban Green Space ancillary buildings within 5 7KH:RPHQ¶V&ULFNHW&OXERQ metres) that existed in 1948 or Plough Lane and the Mill Green when first built if later than Allotments), which no longer 1948. Any extensions, which meet the criteria for designation are built subsequently, will not (see Maps in Appendix 2). be considered part of the original building. Policy DM16-Open Space

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 57 Page 67 Agenda Item 4

3.182 The Open Space and directly related and ancillary to any Biodiversity Report of Studies recreational use of the land and the also set supply and demand for predominant open character of the allotments and identify the open space is maintained. dramatic rise in take up of allotments over the last four (d) The Council will require, where years. appropriate, developments to make a 3.183 In accordance with PPG17 contribution towards enhancing poor quality spaces within the catchment of µ2SHQ6SDFH6SRUWVDQG the development site. 5HFUHDWLRQ¶and London Plan Policy 3D.11 (Open Space Provision in DPDs) and further (e) The Council will not permit to Strategic Objective 9 and development involving the loss of Core Policy PMP9, the Council allotment sites unless the allotment will seek to protect and site is significantly and continuously enhance the open space under-used and is declared surplus by network of the Borough by the Council and other open spaces. applying the following policy: (f) The Council will, where appropriate, require contributions towards the Policy DM16 - Open Space provision or improvement of pedestrian and cycle linkages within (a) The Council will not grant planning and between sites within the Green permission for proposals for built Chain and other open spaces. development that would result in the loss of open space, unless an Justification assessment has been undertaken 3.184 There is comprehensive which shows that the open space is guidance on assessing surplus to all the functions that an proposals for development on open space can perform. RSHQVSDFHLQ33*µ2SHQ 6SDFH6SRUWVDQG5HFUHDWLRQ¶ (b) The Council will require all and the London Plan and residential development proposals in accordingly the Council will Areas of Open Space Deficiency (see apply this guidance when Maps in Appendix 2), in wards with assessing applications. In below the Borough-wide target of open addition, many of the open space of 2.88ha per 1,000 population spaces have an integral DVFXUUHQWO\VHWRXWLQWKHµ2SHQ relationship with the 6SDFH6WUDWHJ\¶  , and, in significance of heritage assets Centres of Regeneration and Growth, and the impact of any proposed to provide new open space and/or development on this heritage make financial contributions to enable value should also be the provision of new open spaces or considered. improvements to the accessibility and quality of existing Public Open 3.185 In accordance with Core Spaces. Policies PMP9 and DP2, the Council will seek to ensure that (c) The Council will only grant planning new residential development permission for small-scale structures provides new open space on on Public Open Space or Urban Green site or makes a financial Space where the development is contribution towards the open

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 58 Agenda Item 4 Page 68

space network, including play policy, criteria and procedures space (see also DM29 (Housing for identifying nature 6WDQGDUGV 7KH&RXQFLO¶V conservation sites in London, µ3ODQQLQJ2EOLJDWLRQV¶SPD and, London Plan Policy 3D.14 (2007) provides details of the (Biodiversity and Nature scope and scale of Conservation) indicates that contributions that will be sought, local authorities should use including contributions towards these to identify sites of sports and recreation, which will importance for nature be assessed separately. conservation. Accordingly, the Policy DM17-Biodiversity, Habitats Council, in conjunction with the and Species GLA, has carried out a review of the biodiversity of the Background Borough, using these criteria, 3.186 PPS1 µDelivering Sustainable and the outcome of this 'HYHORSPHQW¶indicates that assessment, which local authorities should seek to recommends a number of enhance the environment as boundary amendments, is set part of development proposals; out in the Open Space and significant adverse impact on Biodiversity Report of Studies the environment should be (2008) and the boundary avoided and alternative options amendments are shown on that might reduce impacts Maps 2.7-2.18 in Appendix 2 of should be followed; and where this document. The London adverse impacts are Biodiversity Action Plan and unavoidable, local authorities 6XWWRQ¶V/RFDO%LRGLYHUVLW\ should consider mitigation Action Plan also set out detailed measures. PPS9 µ%LRGLYHUVLW\ information on the biodiversity DQG*HRORJLFDO&RQVHUYDWLRQ¶ in the Borough. (2005) is clear that the highest 3.189 In accordance with PPS9 level of protection should be given to the most valued µ%LRGLYHUVLW\DQG*HRORJLFDO , London Plan landscapes, wildlife habitats &RQVHUYDWLRQ¶ Policy 3D.14 (Biodiversity and and natural resources. Nature Conservation) and 3.187 Biodiversity consists of a rich further to Strategic Objective diversity of flora and fauna, SO5 and Core Policy PMP9 which forms a critical part of the (The Open Spaces Network), ecosystem. Biodiversity can the Council will protect and bring a range of benefits enhance the biodiversity of the including flood alleviation, Borough by applying the pollution amelioration, and following policy: enhancements to the environment that can lead to Policy DM17 - Biodiversity, Habitats improvements in the local and Species economy. Finally enhancing (a) The Council will not grant planning biodiversity in urban areas can permission for development within or contribute to a better quality of adjacent to SINCs (as shown on the life and a sense of well-being. Proposals Map) where there would be a significant damaging impact on the 3.188 7KH0D\RU¶Vµ%LRGLYHUVLW\ nature conservation value or integrity 6WUDWHJ\¶  sets out the

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 59 Page 69 Agenda Item 4

of the site unless the need for, and consider. In determining benefits of, the development clearly applications, further outweigh the harm; where the Council consideration should also be is satisfied that there are no given to the other Section 41 reasonable alternative sites that would Species and Habitats that are of result in less harm; and where significance locally (as listed in adequate mitigation and compensation the London and Sutton measures can be put in place. Biodiversity Action Plans) and to the protected species listed (b) The Council will grant planning under the Wildlife and permission for developments that Countryside Act 1981 and the create, conserve or enhance Habitat Regulations 1994. biodiversity and improve access to 3.191 The Council will seek to protect nature particularly in Areas of those backgardens that are of Deficiency in Access to Nature (as ecological value and shown on Map 2.19 in Appendix 2). accordingly will apply Policy DM30 (Housing and (c) The Council will not grant planning Backgarden Land). permission for development that would adversely affect the value of Green Policy DM18 - Agricultural Land & Corridors (as shown on the Proposals Diversity Map) for nature conservation, amenity Background and leisure purposes. 3.192 PPS7 µ6XVWDLQDEOH 'HYHORSPHQWLQ5XUDO$UHDV¶ (d) Where appropriate, the Council will (2004) recognises the secure financial contributions towards importance and varied roles of enhancing nature conservation and agriculture, including the access to nature. In particular, the maintenance and management Council will seek, where appropriate, of the countryside and valued contributions towards improvements to landscapes. The guidance the River Wandle and the Beverley says that favourable and Pyl Brooks, including river consideration should be given restoration, de-culverting and habitat to proposals for diversification enhancement, and financial/land where the development contributions required to complete the preserves the openness of the River Wandle Walkway and Cycleway Green Belt and does not conflict (as shown on the Proposals Map). with the purposes of including Justification land in the Green Belt. 3.190 When considering planning 3.193 Farming in Sutton is following applications, the Council will the national pattern and is have regard to the requirements experiencing a decline. In of Section 41 of the Natural particular the smallholdings are Environment and Rural suffering from competition from Communities Act 2006- larger, more economic units Habitats and Species of and this is leading to a Principal Importance in considerable number of England, which sets out a list of applications for diversification of species and habitats of principal uses. Consequently, as many of importance in England that local the smallholdings of the Little authorities must specifically Woodcote Area are no longer

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 60 Agenda Item 4 Page 70

viable, there has been pressure when assessing applications for on the houses to be used for farm diversification, including residential purposes unrelated farm shops. The best and most to agricultural uses. versatile agricultural land is 3.194 In accordance with guidance in considered to be Grades 1, 2 and 3a of the Agricultural Land PPS7 µ6XVWDLQDEOH Classifications. 'HYHORSPHQWLQ5XUDO$UHDV¶ and London Plan Policy 3D.18 3.196 This policy seeks to ensure that (Agriculture in London) and in agricultural buildings are order to implement Strategic genuinely needed and their Objective 9, the Council will adverse effect on the Green apply the following policy: Belt is minimised in order to protect the openness of the Policy DM18 - Agricultural Land & Green Belt and the amenities of Diversity residents. (a) The Council will not permit 3.197 The creation of residential units development that would lead to the arising out of the rationalisation loss of the best and most versatile of agricultural land should not, agricultural land or that would reduce on its own, create any problems the viability of the remaining as long as it does not result in agricultural land. redevelopment, creation of (b) The Council will not permit new more units or infill between the agricultural buildings unless it is current scattered dwellings. satisfied that they are necessary, do However, extensions to not affect the character of the area and residential gardens or cartilages that there are no other suitable could lead to the gradual buildings on the agricultural unit for the urbanisation of the Green Belt, proposed use. The Council will assess particularly as a result of the whether existing agricultural buildings permitted development rights. are being used for agricultural Therefore, it is important to purposes. Proposals must be define the plot sizes of accompanied by a comprehensive residential units within the farm diversification plan, which Green Belt and the council will establishes how it will assist in not permit proposals for the retaining the viability of the farm. extension of residential (c) The Council will grant planning cartilages in order to avoid permission for residential units arising undue encroachment on the out of the rationalisation of agricultural agricultural landscape. All land and no longer linked to small boundary treatments should be holding land provided that it will have a sensitive to the agricultural maximum plot size of 0.2ha (1/2 acre) landscape and therefore all for each detached dwelling and 0.1ha proposals for new residential (1/4 acre) for each semi-detached units will be conditioned to dwelling. include natural boundary treatments. Justification Policy DM19 - Promoting 3.195 The Council will apply the Sustainable Transport and provisions of PPS7 µ6XVWDLQDEOH Accessibility 'HYHORSPHQWLQ5XUDO$UHDV¶ Background

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 61 Page 71 Agenda Item 4

3.198 33*µ7UDQVSRUW¶  developments to public seeks greater integration of transport nodes and key land planning and transport at all uses and that sufficient secure levels in order to promote more cycle parking facilities are sustainable transport choices provided within developments, for people and freight; to taking into account Transport promote accessibility to jobs, IRU/RQGRQ¶V 7I/¶V cycle shopping, leisure facilities and parking standards. Major services by public transport, developments are expected to walking and cycling; and to provide new high quality, reduce the need to travel, segregated pedestrian and especially by car. To achieve cycle routes, which are direct these objectives, development and provide good connections plans should direct growth to to existing streets, bus stops those areas with the best public and stations. Policies are transport such as town centres; expected to identify and locate day-to-day facilities in promote the relevant sections of local centres where they can be the London Cycle Network Plus easily accessed by walking and and other cycle routes. cycling; locate higher density 3.201 Core Policy BP9 (Enabling housing in areas highly Smarter Travel Choices ± an accessible by public transport; Area-based Approach) sets out and ensure that other types of how the Council intends to development offer a realistic facilitate and improve choice of access by public sustainable transport options transport, walking and cycling. through a number of specific 3.199 One of the six main objectives schemes, while Core Policy of the London Plan is BP10 (Transport ± Strategic µ,PSURYLQJ/RQGRQ¶V and Borough-wide Proposals) $FFHVVLELOLW\¶7KHNH\SROLF\ sets out the &RXQFLO¶Vapproach directions for achieving this to sustainable transport objective include improving and improvements. In order to expanding public transport, promote the provision of improving conditions for cycling sustainable transport, the and walking, integrating Council will apply the following development with public policy: transport and encouraging Policy DM19 - Promoting patterns and forms of Sustainable Transport and development that reduce the Accessibility need to travel, especially by car. (a) New developments should be accessible by, and make provision for, 3.200 London Plan Policies 3C.20 sustainable modes of transport such (Improving Conditions for as walking, cycling and public Buses) and 3C.21 (Improving transport, in order to promote Conditions for Walking) state increased use of these modes in that borough planning policies preference to the private car. Where should ensure that safe, such provision is outside the control of convenient, accessible and the developer, or the development is direct pedestrian access is not large enough to warrant specific provided from new

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 62 Agenda Item 4 Page 72

provision, planning obligations will be proposals, in order to reduce sought and pooled to support wider the need to travel by car and improvements to sustainable modes, the level of parking at such including public transport and car sites. Planning obligations may clubs. be used to achieve improvements to public (b) Major trip-generating developments transport, walking and cycling (those requiring Transport where such measures are likely Assessments/Travel Plans) should be to influence the travel patterns located in areas of good public to the site involved, are an transport accessibility, based on the integral and essential part of the Public Transport Accessibility Level development, and without which methodology, and be easily accessible planning permission would not by sustainable modes of transport. All be granted. In cases where an new developments should be fully individual development will accessible to people with mobility have an impact on these modes impairments. but the impact is not sufficient to justify provision of a specific (c) Developments or changes of use infrastructure measure or should not result in the loss of a service improvement/provision, sustainable transport facility, unless an a generic sustainable transport acceptable alternative can be provided contribution will be sought or it can be demonstrated to the instead which will be pooled &RXQFLO¶VVDWLVIDFWLRQWKDWWKHIDFLOLW\LV and used towards no longer required. improvements that benefit the wider area. Justification 3.202 Both walking and cycling have 3.203 A map identifying the relative great potential to replace short PTALS in the Borough is shown car trips, and therefore reduce LQWKH&RXQFLO¶V/RFDO local traffic congestion, air Implementation Plan. The pollution, noise and community &RXQFLO¶Vµ3ODQQLQJ2EOLJDWLRQV¶ severance, accidents and road SPD (2007) sets out the criteria danger, and greenhouse gas and formulae for calculating emissions. PPG13 µ7UDQVSRUW¶ S106 transport contributions, states that local authorities while Core Policy DP2 should pay attention to the (Planning Obligations) provides design, location and access the strategic policy context. arrangements of new 3.204 7KH0D\RU¶Vµ/DQGIRU development to help promote 7UDQVSRUW¶ SPG (2007) and walking and cycling, as well as London Plan Policy 3C.4 (Land seeking the provision of for Transport) state that land convenient, safe and secure and facilities currently in use for cycle parking and changing the provision of public transport facilities in new development. should be retained in that use, Public transport use should also and where appropriate, be encouraged as an enhanced. The Council will alternative to the private car apply this policy to pedestrian and improvements to public and cycle routes, in addition to transport should be sought as bus, tram and rail facilities. part of larger development Where a new development or a

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 63 Page 73 Agenda Item 4

change of use is proposed that appropriately located in relation would result in the loss of such to the public transport and land or facilities, an alternative highway network, the Council acceptable site or route should will apply the following policy: be made available. Policy DM20 - Assessing the Alternatively, it should be Transport Impact of New demon VWUDWHGWRWKH&RXQFLO¶V Development satisfaction that there is no longer a need for the facility. (a) The Council will assess all new development applications for their Policy DM20-Assessing the impact on the existing and proposed Transport Impact of New transport infrastructure and services Development and the local environment. Larger Background development applications will be 3.205 PPG13 µ7UDQVSRUW¶states that expected to be accompanied by a where developments will have Transport Assessment and Travel significant transport Plan which should demonstrate how implications, Transport the developer proposes to mitigate any Assessments should be likely adverse transport impacts and prepared and submitted minimise reliance on the private car, in alongside planning applications. particular by encouraging and In addition, where appropriate, providing for the use of sustainable a Travel Plan will also be modes of transport. For smaller required. development applications, a Transport 3.206 London Plan Policy 3C.2 Statement may be required that (Matching Development to provides evidence that the developer Transport Capacity) requires has taken account of traffic and that boroughs should consider transport issues. new development in terms of existing transport capacity. (b) The Council will not grant planning Where existing transport permission unless any transport capacity is insufficient to allow improvements considered necessary for the travel generated by by the Council to overcome any proposed developments, and adverse impacts of the development there are no firm plans for a can be secured by planning sufficient increase in capacity to agreement or an undertaking given by cater for this, boroughs should the developer that they will be ensure the development is implemented as part of the phased until these known development. requirements can be met. Justification Developments with significant 3.208 It is important to assess the transport implications should likely transport impact of new include a Transport development, and, in particular, Assessment and Travel Plan as consider the likely trip- part of planning applications. generation in relation to the 3.207 Therefore, in accordance with capacity of the existing Core Policy BP10 (Transport- transport network and the Strategic and Borough-wide impact on the environment. The Proposals), which seeks to cumulative impact of any ensure that new development is neighbouring applications, and

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 64 Agenda Item 4 Page 74

the impact on neighbouring enhance the street environment boroughs, should be taken into and improve road safety in account. Applicants should residential areas, including the also set out how they proposed use of traffic calming and home to manage and mitigate the zones. transport impacts of their 3.210 London Plan Policy 3C.17 development. Therefore, in (Tackling Congestion and accordance with national and Reducing Traffic) requires that regional guidance, including boroughs, in balancing the use TfL¶VµTransport AsVHVVPHQW¶ of road space and seeking to %HVW3UDFWLFH*XLGDQFH¶ (2006) achieve road traffic reduction and µ:orkplace and Residential targets, should reflect the (2008), 7UDYHO3ODQ*XLGDQFH¶ 0D\RU¶VµTransport Strategy¶ Transport Assessments and (2007) and the London road Travel Plans will be required as hierarchy in favouring the part of major development movement of people and goods applications, while for smaller on the main road network whilst developments Transport presuming in favour of local Statements will be required. access and amenity on other The thresholds for requirement London roads. London Plan of Transport Assessments, Policy 3C.18 (Allocation of Transport Statements and Street Space) also encourages Travel Plans and guidance on the use of local area treatments their content are set out in the as a comprehensive approach CRXQFLO¶VµTransport to tackling adverse transport Assessments and Travel Plans¶ impacts of the area. SPD (2008). For developments that are likely to generate 3.211 Core Policy BP10 seeks to significant goods vehicles manage the highway network, movements, either operationally traffic and car parking in order or during construction, Delivery to ensure the safe and efficient and Servicing Plans and/or use of the highway network. Construction and Logistics Accordingly, the Council will Plans are likely to be required in apply the following policy: accordance with the 0D\RU¶V Policy DM21 - New Development µLondon Freight Plan¶  . and the Highway Network Policy DM21-New Development and New development should be the Highway Network connected to the most appropriate tier Background of the road hierarchy in order to 3.209 PPG13 µ7UDQVSRUW¶sets out the minimise any adverse impact on traffic principles to be observed in movement and the local environment. terms of access to the road Any local roads built to serve new network and states that development should be designed development plans should according to the Department for include any policies that are 7UDQVSRUW¶VµManual for Streets¶ (2007) directly related to the and home zone principles, giving management of traffic. PPG13 priority to sustainable modes and local µ7UDQVSRUW¶also states that residents over through motor traffic. traffic management measures New roads and footways should be should be promoted which built to adoptable standards and be

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 65 Page 75 Agenda Item 4

fully accessible to the mobility FRQFHSWRIµSHUPHDELOLW\¶WR impaired. Developments that generate ensure developments are as significant goods vehicle movements accessible as possible to should be located close to strategic or people on foot and bicycle by a distributor roads and make off-street network of direct and provision for deliveries and servicing. convenient routes. Convenient and well-designed provision for Justification mobility-impaired people and 3.212 The means by which access is delivery vehicles are also provided to serve a important aspects to consider in development and how that the design of new development is designed in developments and road layouts. terms of making provision for 3.213 New developments and road the movement of vehicles and layouts should therefore be people are fundamental designed according to the considerations in assessing Urban Design Guide proposals for new development. &RXQFLO¶Vµ ¶ SPD (2008), which sets out the These aspects are crucial in principles that developers terms of ensuring that new should adhere to in the design developments can be and layout of streets and conveniently and safely residential areas. This accessed by all modes of approach is set out in more transport, particularly detail in the Department for sustainable modes, and that Manual for Streets they are appropriately located in 7UDQVSRUW¶V µ ¶ (2007), which the Council will relation to the highway network also expect developers to and the volume and type of adhere to where appropriate. vehicles likely to be generated by the development. In 3.214 Developments that are located particular, it is important that on, or likely to have a significant developments generating high impact on, the Transport for volumes of vehicular traffic and London Road Network (TLRN) /or heavy goods vehicles are should be referred to TfL for located close to the upper tiers consultation. of the road hierarchy (strategic Policy DM22-Parking and distributor roads) in order to minimise any adverse effect on Background local roads in residential areas. 3.215 PPG13 µ7UDQVSRUW¶ advocates It is also important that local the use of parking policies to roads, particularly new promote sustainable transport residential roads, are designed choices and reduce reliance on in such a way that reduces the the car, as well as giving priority dominance and speed of motor to people over the ease of vehicles and gives priority to movement. pedestrians, cyclists and local 3.216 London Plan Policy 3C.22 residents, in order to improve (Improving Conditions for safety, residential amenity and Cycling) seeks to ensure that convenience for sustainable on-site parking at new modes. Central to designing for developments is the minimum sustainable modes is the necessary to serve that

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 66 Agenda Item 4 Page 76

development. Borough policies amenity of local residents or the local should also adopt the maximum environment. Proposals for car-free parking standards set out in developments will be expected to: Annex 4 where appropriate, Be located in a high PTAL (5-6) taking account of local area; circumstances as well as Provide parking for disabled drivers seeking to reduce the amount and operational/servicing needs; of existing, non-residential Prohibit residents from obtaining on- parking as opportunities arise. street parking permits, to be Policy 3C.23 (Parking Strategy), enforced by a legal agreement; however, allows for additional Be within a Controlled Parking Zone public parking within town (CPZ) or contribute to the centres where this is implementation of a CPZ where one appropriate and supports the does not currently exist, as long as locational advantages of town this would not adversely impact on centres. Temporary car parks the amenity of residents and the should generally be resisted. interests of users of adjacent 3.217 Core Policy BP10 states that: facilities; ³new development should be Ensure that the public transport appropriately located in relation infrastructure has sufficient capacity to the BRURXJK¶VSXEOLF to accommodate increased demand transport and highway networks as a consequence of the and comply with the CRXQFLO¶V development. restraint-based parking VWDQGDUGV´Accordingly, the (c) Dedicated parking should be Council will apply the following provided for disabled drivers and, policy: where appropriate, motorcycles, commercial vehicles and coaches in Policy DM22 - Parking DFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKH&RXQFLO¶V (a) New developments will be standards. New developments should expected to provide the appropriate also make provision for convenient amount of car parking necessary in and good quality cycle parking in DFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKH&RXQFLO¶V acFRUGDQFHZLWKWKH&RXQFLO¶VF\FOH restraint-based maximum car parking parking standards (as set out in standards (as set out in Appendix 3), Appendix 7). taking into account public transport accessibility levels (PTALs), existing (d) Planning permission will be granted publicly available parking provision for the conversion of existing parking and usage in the vicinity of the site and space to other uses where it can the need to deter unnecessary car use clearly be demonstrated that such while avoiding over-spill parking parking is surplus to requirements or problems. the conversion is linked to a travel plan target to reduce demand for parking, (b) Planning permission will be granted the site is reasonably well-served by for developments proposing limited or public transport and conversion would no parking, provided the Council is not result in on-street parking that satisfied that this will not result in an would adversely affect road safety, increase in on-street parking which traffic flow, residential amenity and the would adversely affect traffic flows, local environment. bus movement, road safety or the

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 67 Page 77 Agenda Item 4

Justification 3.221 The policy reflects the London 3.218 The availability of car parking Plan requirement for all parking has a major influence on the standards to be maxima, means of transport people use allowing developers the for their journeys. PPG13 flexibility to provide less than µ7UDQVSRUW¶UHTXLUHVORFDO the standard if they so wish. authorities to ensure that, as The CRXQFLO¶VFDUSDUNLQJ part of a package of planning standards have been revised to and transport measures, levels reflect this overall approach and of parking provision in new the standards set out in the development will promote London Plan Annex 4 (Parking sustainable transport choices. Standards). This includes not requiring

developers to provide more car parking than they wish to, Developing Active, Healthy and unless there are exceptional Inclusive Communities circumstances such as safety Policy DM 23 - Loss of Housing considerations that cannot be resolved; encouraging shared Background use of parking in town centres; 3.222 London Plan Policy 3A.15 (Loss and introducing parking controls of Housing and Affordable in areas adjacent to major trip- Housing) indicates policies generating developments to should prevent the loss of minimise potential displacement housing, including affordable of parking where on-site parking housing, without its planned is limited. replacement at higher densities. In terms of affordable 3.219 Development plan documents accommodation, the loss are required to set maximum should not be permitted unless levels of parking for different it is replaced by better quality types of development and not accommodation, providing at have minimum standards other least the equivalent floorspace. than for disabled people. Maximum standards are the 3.223 Core Policy PMP1 (Housing maximum level of parking that Provision) seeks to make can be provided at a provision for the BoURXJK¶V development, but are not a VKDUHRI/RQGRQ¶VKRXVLQJ standard that has to be met, needs LQH[FHVVRIWKH0D\RU¶V and therefore the developer target of 345 dwellings per year. may propose less parking than The London Plan proposes a the maximum standard. reduction in this minimum target to 210 dwellings per annum for 3.220 PPG13 µ7UDQVSRUW¶ also the period 2011-2021. encourages the use of planning Accordingly, in order to help conditions requiring the removal achieve this, the Council will of parking spaces when, for apply the following policy: example, public transport improvements have taken place Policy DM23 - Loss of Housing on the site at a later date, or a The Council will only, in exceptional travel plan is in place aimed at circumstances, grant planning reducing car use. permission for the loss of residential

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 68 Agenda Item 4 Page 78

accommodation where: 3.225 Similarly the loss of private The net loss arises in seeking to market housing will only be meet the housing needs of the favourably considered in very Borough by providing new housing exceptional circumstances. For of a higher quality and design; or example, in seeking to meet It provides for an essential local other objectives of the community facility, where a specific development plan, such as need has been identified that cannot providing small health care be provided on another site nearby; facilities that are needed locally or and cannot be provided on an The dwelling(s) by virtue of their alternative site or where location are considered by the existing dwellings are Council to be unsuitable for considered unsuitable for continued residential occupation and continued residential it is not possible to provide occupation and it is not possible satisfactory living conditions through to provide satisfactory living carrying out improvements or conditions through carrying out redevelopment. improvements or redevelopments. Justification 3.224 While the Council will resist the Policy DM24-Conversions loss of existing housing in Background accordance with London Plan 3.226 PPS3 µ+RXVLQJ¶states that policy, it recognises that there conversions of existing housing may be exceptional can provide an important circumstances where such a source of new housing. London loss could be justified. For Plan Policy 3A.4 (Efficient Use example, in re-developing older of Stock) seeks to promote the high-rise social-rented efficient use of the existing affordable accommodation in housing stock. Core Policy BP1 the Borough, the Council will (Housing Density) seeks to support proposals that improve ensure that new housing SHRSOH¶VOLYLQJHQYLURQPHQWV development makes the most even though this might result in efficient use of land. The fewer units being achieved on conversion of existing site, provided the overall residential properties into two or quantity of affordable housing more self-contained units or into (measured in units or multiple occupation has floorspace) is maintained provided a significant source of across the Borough. The new housing in the Borough Council considers that such since 2003 (between April 2003 developments assist with the and April 2008, out of a total of gRYHUQPHQW¶VREMHFWLYHRI 2,749 gross dwellings built, 381 creating mixed and sustainable were conversions i.e. 14% of all communities, as set out in gross residential completions PPS3 µ+RXVLQJ¶  . were conversions). However, there is a need for a specific local policy to ensure such changes of use result in an acceptable form of development, both for the

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 69 Page 79 Agenda Item 4

occupier and the adjoining residential dwellings. The residents. Council encourages the conversion of space above 3.227 In accordance with Core retail units, which can increase Planning Strategy Strategic the vitality and viability of the Objective 1 and Core Policy PMP1 (Housing Provision), the %RURXJK¶VWRZQDQGGLVWULFW centres. Council will apply the following policy: 3.229 However, it is considered important that conversions Policy DM24 Conversions ± should provide satisfactory (a) The Council will grant planning living conditions for both the permission for development involving benefit of residents and the conversion of existing properties to neighbours, particularly in the provide new self-contained housing %RURXJK¶VVXEXUEDQKHDUWODQGV units or houses in multiple occupation Core Policy PMP2 (Suburban (HMOs), provided that the proposals: Heartlands) seeks to manage Have no adverse impact on the change in a way that respects amenities of neighbouring residents; and enhances the distinctive Do not detract from the character ORFDOFKDUDFWHURI6XWWRQ¶V and appearance of the area, residential heartlands. particularly when proposed in Intensification withLQ6XWWRQ¶V conservation areas and areas of suburban areas could have a special local character; GDPDJLQJHIIHFWRQ6XWWRQ¶V Are of an acceptable size and layout residential character if not to provide adequate living space, properly controlled. Proposals refuse storage, and amenity space, for conversions should DVVHWRXWLQWKH&RXQFLO¶VµUrban therefore minimise Design Guide¶ SPD (2008); environmental problems and For houses in multiple occupation, disturbance for neighbours (e.g. the existing property is detached avoiding locating living rooms and the new units share facilities adjacent to bedrooms of and have joint access and that there neighbouring properties) and is not an over-concentration of should include adequate HMOs in any one road; and security, lighting (particularly at Do not adversely affect on-street the rear of properties), covered parking. access and refuse storage, amenity space, landscaping (b) The Council will also grant and parking. Particular permission for proposals that bring attention should be paid to upper floors above shop units into alterations that materially affect residential use provided that a the external appearance, so separate, independent, safe and that individual elements of the secure access can be created from the proposed development do not dwelling to street level. affect the important design features of the property. This is Justification especially important in 3.228 Conversions can come from conservation areas and areas many sources, including offices of special local character and and retail, as well as the other sensitive locations. Good subdivision of existing practice on conversions is set

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 70 Agenda Item 4 Page 80

RXWLQWKH&RXQFLO¶Vµ8UEDQ affordable housing. Core Policy 'HVLJQ*XLGH¶63'(2008). BP2 (Affordable Housing) and 3.230 While it is recognised that there the accompanying section on is a need to provide a stock of implementation of the policy affordable non self-contained provide a definition of affordable housing units in the Borough, housing; set out details of how the conversion of dwellings for much affordable housing was communal uses such as HMOs built recently in the Borough; can materially alter the and summarise the findings of character of the area they are the )RUGKDP5HVHDUFK¶Vµ/RFDO set within. They can also pose +RXVLQJ1HHGV$VVHVVPHQW¶ particular problems in terms of (2008). They also summarise means of fire escape, parking the findings of '7=¶VµAffordable and amenity. It is therefore +RXVLQJ9LDELOLW\6WXG\¶ 2008) important the buildings are and set out how the Council will suitable for the intensity of use seek to achieve the Borough- proposed and that adequate wide target of 50% affordable parking and amenity standards housing provision. In order to can be met without causing a KHOSDFKLHYHWKH&RXQFLO¶V detrimental impact. affordable housing objectives, Furthermore, in order to ensure the Council will apply the satisfactory accommodation, all following policy: units provided should enjoy the Policy DM25 - Maximising benefit of any communal Affordable Housing Provision facilities provided both within (a) Planning permission will be granted and outside the building. for residential or mixed use Entrances to the building will developments on the basis that the also be limited in order to development incorporates the ensure the development is in maximum reasonable amount of keeping with the area. affordable housing on site, having Policy DM25 - Maximising regard to the Borough-wide target, and Affordable Housing Provision the split between social rented and Background intermediate provision for all sites capable of achieving 10 units or more, 3.231 One of the gRYHUQPHQW¶VDQG as set out in Core Policy BP2 the MD\RU¶VVWUDWHJLFSODQQLQJ objectives is to increase the (Affordable Housing). In considering supply of affordable housing. proposals, the Council will also have This is important to promote regard to: mixed and balanced Individual site costs; communities and to address the Economic viability; affordability issue in London. The availability of public subsidy; Given the scale of the shortfall and in affordable housing, it is Any other scheme requirements. important that new development contributes towards its (b) The Council will expect the provision. affordable housing contribution to be 3.232 Core Planning Strategy made on site, but in exceptional cases Strategic Objective 2 seeks to where it can be demonstrated that it secure the provision of would be more beneficial to the

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 71 Page 81 Agenda Item 4

&RXQFLO¶VDIIRUGDEOHKRXVLQJ provides a financial appraisal objectives, the Council may accept the of the scheme so that a fair provision of affordable housing off site, contribution can be agreed. or a payment in lieu. Where schemes The GLA Affordable Housing are brought forward for nine or fewer ³7KUHH'UDJRQV´7RRONLWFDQEH dwellings, the developer will need to used for this purpose. The satisfy the Council that: Council will nonetheless expect The proposal does not represent an developers to have taken into underdevelopment of the site with consideration any abnormal regard to Core Policy BP1 (Housing costs in developing a site Density); before acquiring the land. This A large site is not being brought should include consulting the forward in phases to avoid the Council on any particular threshold at each stage. In such policies or planning obligations circumstances, the Council will relevant to the development of apply the affordable housing target the site. to subsequent phases based on the 3.234 A significant proportion of new capacity of all phases, including development is likely to be in those already permitted or built. town centre locations and will Justification comprise a high proportion of 3.233 The Council considers that all one and two bedroom flats. This developments with capacity to will not meet the need for larger provide 10 dwellings (gross) or family-sized affordable units. more should provide affordable Therefore, cash-in-lieu housing. In order to meet the payments may be considered to Borough-wide target, the provide this type of housing in Council will seek to achieve more appropriate locations for 50% affordable housing family dwellings. provision on all sites capable of 3.235 'HWDLOVRQWKH&RXQFLO¶V providing 10 or more units, approach to seeking affordable either in terms of the number of housing both on and off site are units on site or the overall set out in the CounciO¶V residential floorspace of the µAffordable Housing¶63' development and that 70% of (2006) at sections 8 and 9. In the affordable units should be assessing whether housing is for social rent. However, the affordable, the Council will take Council recognises that it may into account the London Plan, not be financially viable to the proposed South West provide 50% affordable London Sub-Regional Housing housing on all individual sites. Market Assessment and the In considering proposed &RXQFLO¶VµAffordable Housing¶ developments, the Council will SPD. take into account the economic viability of a scheme and the Policy DM26-Housing Mix most effective use of public Background subsidy, as well as any 3.236 PPS3 µ+RXVLQJ¶states that the particular costs associated with planning system should deliver the development of the site. In a mix of housing, both market such cases, the Council will and affordable, particularly in request that the developer tenure and price, to support a

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 72 Agenda Item 4 Page 82

wide variety of households in all developments (fewer than 10 areas. It requires local units), it may be difficult to development documents to set provide a wide range of out the size and type of different unit sizes and tenures. affordable housing required. 3.238 The Council, together with the However, in terms of market other six boroughs in the South housing, it states that the West London sub-region document should set out the (Wandsworth, Croydon, likely proportion of different Kingston, Lambeth, Richmond, household types requiring and Merton), commissioned market housing i.e. multi-person Ecotec Research and households, including families; Consulting in July 2009 to single persons; and couples. prepare a South West London Local authorities should, Housing Market Assessment. however, plan for the full range This Study is scheduled to be of market housing. completed by March 2010. Preferred Policy DM26 - Housing 3.239 The Council had intended to Mix carry out a Housing Market (a) The Council will not grant planning Assessment at borough level, permission for new residential but received government advice development, unless it includes a mix that such work should only be of dwelling sizes and tenures. carried out at the regional level by the GLA. Instead, the (b) In terms of dwelling sizes, all Council was required to limit developments should seek to provide any surveys it wished to take to a minimum of 25%42 of all dwellings on assessing Housing Needs and the site as having three bedrooms or sing more, unless it can be demonstrated XVHWKH*/$¶V+RX Requirements Study 2004 to that this would be inappropriate to the assess overall housing location or not viable. requirements. (c) On sites particularly suited to 3.240 Accordingly, the Council larger-sized family houses, the Council commissioned Fordham will expect the proportion of units Research Ltd in 2007 to having 3 bedrooms or more, as undertake a Housing Needs specified in (b) above, to be exceeded. Assessment (published as Justification )RUGKDP¶Vµ6XWWRQ- Local 3.237 Given the need to achieve Housing Needs Assessment¶ mixed and balanced (2008) to provide more communities, there is a need to information on the likely ensure that, wherever possible, affordable housing mix required sites achieve a mix of both in the Borough. The Council dwelling sizes and tenures, in undertook its own research into line with London Plan Policy the type of housing mix likely to 3A.5 (Housing Choice). be needed to meet the growth However, the Council in different types of household recognises that with many small and has published this information in the Report of 42 This figure of 25% will be updated on a Studies. The GLA also regular basis to reflect local research. published its µLondon Strategic

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 73 Page 83 Agenda Item 4

Housing Market Assessment´ able to deliver family-sized (2009). housing, this should both exceed the 25% of 3 bedroom 3.241 7KH&RXQFLO¶VKRXVLQJPL[ plus units and most of the units evidence suggests that based should be affordable. on applying existing housing occupancy rates to the future Policy DM27 Communal growth in different types of Accommodation households across the local Background housing market, there will be a 3.243 PPS3 µ+RXVLQJ¶requires local need for a minimum of 25% of authorities to plan for the units to be 3 bedrooms or diverse range of housing larger. This methodology may requirements across its area. result in a slight underestimate Communal accommodation is of the need for larger units specifically designed to meet because it does not deal with the needs of the community that existing overcrowding. At the cannot be met through same time, the research shows traditional self-contained some homes are under- housing. London Plan Policy occupied but it is considered 3A.13 (Special Needs and this position is unlikely to Specialist Housing) requires change significantly as people WKDW³Borough policies should will always occupy as large a provide for special needs property as they can afford. housing, including sheltered The Council will, however, housing with care support, update this research on a staffed hostels and residential regular basis to ensure that the care homes, for older persons, Borough¶V housing children and other client groups, requirements are being met, based on up-to-date estimates particularly the need for larger- of need´ sized family units. Policy DM27 - Communal 3.242 - Local )RUGKDP¶Vµ6XWWRQ Accommodation Housing Needs Assessment¶ indicated a need for all sizes of The Council will grant planning affordable units, but that taking permission for developments that into account existing supply, the provide care and accommodation for greatest need relatively was for residents incapable of living larger family units, particularly independently provided: of 4 bedrooms and greater. It meets an identified need; Furthermore, because of the It provides accommodation in a Core Planning Strategy focus location and of a type that is both on achieving higher density well designed to meet the needs of GHYHORSPHQWLQWKH%RURXJK¶V a particular client group and fits in more sustainable locations, and with the character of the surrounding the high proportion of small area; sites that are likely to come It is accessible to local shopping forward, it would be appropriate facilities, healthcare and other to seek a higher proportion of community services, public transport family sized-units on and facilities appropriate to the appropriate sites. Therefore, occXSDQWV¶VSHFLILFQHHGV where appropriate sites are

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 74 Agenda Item 4 Page 84

Any such developments would not does not unduly affect the have an unacceptable impact on the amenities of local residents. In amenities of local residents, either particular, the Council may individually or cumulatively, and consider imposing conditions on would not result in the over- the development of rest and concentration of such residential nursing homes, in order to uses in a particular area of the prevent their conversion to Borough. other more intrusive uses within Use Class C2, where such an Justification authorised change would be 3.244 Although the Council supports likely to have an unduly adverse meeting the needs of the impact on the residential population as far as possible amenity of the area. within their own independent self-contained homes, there Policy DM28-Gypsy and Traveller remains a need for a type of Site Provision housing that includes an Background element of care. Such 3.246 There are currently two Gypsy developments might include and Traveller sites with the residential or nursing care Borough: one private and one homes for older people, people public, and they are situated with learning disabilities, adjacent to each other at vulnerable young people and Carshalton Road, children needing care etc. Woodmansterne. However, the However, it is important to */$¶VµLondon BorRXJKV¶ consider the location of such Gypsy and Traveller developments in terms of Accommodation Needs proximity to local facilities and AssessmenW¶ 2008) has services as well as considering identified a need for an the scale and design of such additional 4-8 residential buildings to ensure they are pitches within the Borough compatible with the surrounding between 2007-2012 and a area and are not harmful to further 4-5 residential pitches local amenities. It is also between 2012-2017. important in terms of creating Consequently, there will be a mixed and balanced need to consider further Gypsy communities to avoid an over- and Traveller accommodation concentration of such uses in within the Borough in the near one area, which may also put future. The inclusion of a policy too much pressure on certain in this document is necessary to services. provide clear guidance for both 3.245 Where the proposals involve Gypsies and Travellers (as the use of existing residential defined in Circular 1/2006 accommodation, the Council µ3ODQQLQJ)RU*ypsy and will expect that the premises 7UDYHOOHU&DUDYDQ6LWHV¶ and should be detached. The the other interested parties on Council will also consider the how the Council will judge need to place restrictions on the planning applications for operation of premises, in order additional accommodation. to ensure that the proposed use Therefore, in accordance with London Plan Policy 3A.14

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 75 Page 85 Agenda Item 4

/RQGRQ¶V7UDYHOOHUVDQG Justification Gypsies) and Core Policy BP3 3.247 The criteria presented in this (Gypsy and Traveller Sites), the policy have been formulated Council will apply the following with regard to the best practice policy: advice in Annex C of Circular 1/2006 and the Council Policy DM28 -Gypsy and Traveller considers that these are fair, Site Provision reasonable, equitable and Planning permission for further Gypsy effective. Criteria (a), (b) and (f) and Traveller sites will only be will ensure that amenity is permitted when a site meets an preserved for those within and identified need and satisfies the near to any future site. following criteria: Furthermore, the Council would The site has safe access to and expect that any future Gypsy from the road network, and it has and Traveller provision to follow adequate provision for parking, the principles of design laid out turning, servicing and emergency LQ³'HVLJQLQJ*\SV\DQG vehicle access; Traveller Sites: Good Practice The site does not have an unduly *XLGH´ &/* &ULWHULD F  adverse impact on the local and (d) will ensure an environment, the character of the appropriate standard of living area and the amenities of both for occupants, while criterion (e) local residents and the future ensures that occupants are not occupiers of the site, including the subjected to any unnecessary potential for noise, traffic risk of harm to themselves or of movements and other activities damage to property in the event likely to be taking place within or in of flooding. the vicinity of the site; The site has or will have a supply of essential services, such as Policy DM29 - Housing Standards mains gas and electricity, water, Background sewerage and drainage and waste 3.248 In order to address the disposal; increasing concerns over The site is situated within a inadequate dwelling size and reasonable distance of local shops, insufficient amenity space services and community facilities, provided in new housing in the in particular schools and health Borough, this policy sets out the services, and is accessible by &RXQFLO¶VKRXVLQJVWDQGDUGVIRU public transport; private amenity space, play The site is not located in an area at space, and space standards for high risk of flooding; new build and conversions. The layout of the site, its Policy DM29 - Housing Standards associated facilities and landscaping will be designed to a Planning permission will not be high standard including pitches, granted for new residential hardstandings, amenity blocks, accommodation, including parking and turning areas, amenity conversions, unless: and play spaces and boundary A minimum amount of private treatments. amenity space is provided, in line with the standards set out in

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 76 Agenda Item 4 Page 86

SDUDJUDSKRIWKH&RXQFLO¶V Play and Informal Recreation ³8UEDQ'HVLJQ*XLGH´ SPD, Strategies) states that boroughs (January 2008), or, where this is not should ensure that all children possible, a contribution towards the have safe access to good provision of open space elsewhere quality play and informal LVPDGHDVVHWRXWLQWKH&RXQFLO¶V recreation provision. µPlanning Obligations¶ SPD (2007); Room Size Standards A minimum level of play space is provided, in line with London Plan 3.251 The Council will seek to apply Policy 3D.13 (Children and Young its housing space standards (as 3HRSOH¶V3OD\DQG,QIRUPDl set out in Appendix A of the Recreation Strategies) and the &RXQFLO¶Vµ8UEDQ'HVLJQ*XLGH¶ 0D\RU¶V SPG µProviding for Young SPD (2008)) to ensure that 3HRSOH¶s Play and Informal residential accommodation 5HFUHDWLRQ¶(2008); provided in the Borough is large In cases where on-site provision of enough to function as intended. play space cannot be provided 3.252 There are three housing space within residential developments, the standards set out in Appendix A Council will expect a developer of the &RXQFLO¶Vµ8UEDQ'HVLJQ contribution towards improvements *XLGH¶63'   the Council to play spaces and facilities within standard for conversions; the the vicinity of the development in &RXQFLO¶VLQWHUQDOVSDFH OLQHZLWKWKH0D\RU¶V63G µProviding standards for all properties; and IRU

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 77 Page 87 Agenda Item 4

the Housing Corporation 3.255 Historically large parts of the standards should be Borough have been laid out in incorporated into the scheme at rectangular street blocks, with the outset for all tenures. The houses fronting onto the roads Housing Corporation is now enclosing large rear gardens. part of the Homes and As a result private gardens Communities Agency (HCA). make up around one third of the 3.253 The London Plan Policy 3.5 %RURXJK¶VJUHHQVSDFH0DQ\ sets out minimum space areas of back garden land have standards for dwellings of matured and developed as different sizes, based on the important amenity areas for internal floor area required for residents that also contribute to new homes relative to the the overall character and number of appearance of the local area. bedrooms/occupants. These Many areas of back garden standards are generally land have also become consistent with the above important wildlife habitats as Housing Corporation space well as being a refuge for standards although some cultivated plant species that are further work will be undertaken endangered in the wild. In by the GLA/HCA to align both addition, it is becoming standards and incorporate them increasing recognised that such into the Replacement London areas, by virtue of their green Plan as a development plan and blue infrastructure, also policy requirement. The Mayor contribute to mitigating the also intends to publish a impact of climate change. Housing SPD setting out 3.256 However, in recent years these detailed guidance on housing areas have come under design including room space increasing pressure for new standards. These two housing development, and it is documents, when adopted, will considered that the cumulative replace the relevant guidance impact of their loss would cause contained in Appendix A of the the gradual degradation of the &RXQFLO¶V8UEDQ'HVLJQ*XLGH character and appearance of SPD. the Borough, substantially 3.254 The Council will also seek to reduce biodiversity and affect ensure that new housing is built the health of its residents. WRµ/LIHWLPH+RPHV¶VWDQGDUGV and that ten per cent of new housing be designed to be wheelchair accessible, or easily adaptable for residents who are wheelchair users, as required by London Plan Policy 3A.5 (Housing Choice). Policy DM30 Housing and Backgarden Land Background

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 78 Agenda Item 4 Page 88

3.257 The Council therefore seeks to 3.258 In addition, Policy 3.5 of the retain the suburban quality of London Plan (October 2009) the Borough by resisting supports boroughs introducing pressures of building on green a presumption against spaces, including blocks of development on back gardens back gardens that are important where this can be locally to the character and justified. Furthermore, the appearance of the area or are Ma\RU¶VGUDIW63*RQ+RXVLQJ of local ecological value and (2010), sets out the importance which may also help mitigate of gardens which include against climate change impacts. defining local context and This approach is now supported character; providing safe, by changes to Government secure and sustainable Guidance and in the London environments and play space; Plan. In particular, amendments supporting biodiversity, abating have been made to the flood risk and mitigating the definition of previously- effects of climate change; and developed land as set out in enhancing the distinctive PPS3 Annex B (2010) to character of suburban London. exclude private residential The achievement of such gardens. As previously- objectives is considered likely to developed land remains the outweigh the small increment to priority for development, private housing provision arising from garden land is therefore no garden development. longer seen as a primary 3.259 Therefore, in order to prevent source of housing land, which is WKHµDGKRF¶GHYHORSPHQWRI reflected in the lower housing back garden land, retain the targets for this borough set out suburban character of the in the London Plan. Borough, and to protect and, where possible, enhance the %RURXJK¶VHQYLURQPHQWLQ accordance with Core Policies PMP2 (Suburban Heartlands) and PMP9 (The Open Spaces Network), the Council will seek to protect those backgardens that make an important contribution to the character and appearance of the area or are of ecological value.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 79 Page 89 Agenda Item 4

been identified in the Characterisation Report of Policy DM30 - Housing and Studies: Understanding Sutton's Backgarden Land Distinctiveness. In addition, new The Council will not grant planning development would need to permission for the development of satisfy other relevant policies of backgarden land, where the site either the LDF, including those individually or as part of a larger street dealing with the relationship block: between buildings and the Makes an important contribution to provision of private amenity the character and appearance of space and suitable access. the surrounding area and its 3.261 7KH0D\RURI/RQGRQ¶V development would be contrary to µ%LRGLYHUVLW\6WUDWHJ\¶   Policy DM1; or recognises a large proportion of Is considered to be of ecological /RQGRQ¶VODQGDUHDLVPDGHXS value in keeping with the aims of of private gardens, which Policy DM17; or collectively are of immense Is likely to make a significant value as a wildlife habitat. The contribution to mitigating the Mayor expects that biodiversity impacts of climate change in and wildlife habitat will be taken accordance with Policy DM8; or into account in proposals for the Where the development of the site re-development of garden land would adversely affect the and that the most important amenities of future occupiers or areas for wildlife habitat in those currently occupying garden land should be adjoining or nearby properties, in protected from built line with Policy DM2. development. Justification 3.262 The Council recognises that it 3.260 Under Policy DM1 planning would not be appropriate to permission will only be granted seek to resist the loss of all for development that maintains backgarden land as the quality and enhances the local of these areas as a amenity and character and appearance of wildlife resource is likely to vary. the surrounding area. 7KH0D\RU¶Vµ%LRGLYHUVLW\¶%HVW Backgardens often play an Practice Guidance (2005) refers important role in defining the to research carried out by the character of the area, former London Ecology Unit particularly in lower density (LEU) in establishing the areas where areas of well importance of the wildlife landscaped gardens and tree habitat in these areas for the planting that are visible maintenance of their between the properties and biodiversity. The guidance above the rooftops of houses states that areas with long add significantly to the gardens and large blocks of character of the area. In gardens and areas with a good assessing applications for the range of habitat support a great development of backgarden variety of wildlife. Large or long land the council will be informed gardens are less disturbed by by the townscape quality of the people and their gardening and Borough, which has broadly other activity. Small gardens,

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 80 Agenda Item 4 Page 90

however well landscaped, indicator for other wildlife, both support a more limited range of plant and animal. A direct wildlife. relationship was found between the length of rear gardens (and 3.263 The Council has therefore hence density) and the number adopted a balanced approach of bird species. However, this to the development of can only be considered as a backgarden land by, subject to broad guide to assessing satisfying other policies in the ecological value and in some LDF, aiming to preserve those cases the council may ask areas that, as a block, are of developers to undertake an ecological and amenity value, ecological study to assess the while allowing development value of the affected garden involving backgardens that are and the impact of the considered to be of less development on the remainder ecological and amenity value to of street block the locality. 3.266 In addition, larger areas of 3.264 The council considers that the ecological value of backgardens gardens with mature landscaping are likely to have a is likely to be influenced by the beneficial effect in terms of following factors. These are the mitigating the effects of climate depth of individual gardens change by helping to reduce the within the street block; the overall size of the block of µXUEDQKHDWLVODQGHIIHFW¶DQG assisting with sustainable backgardens in which the drainage. This is recognised in development is located; and the government guidance (Planning degree to which the block of and Climate Change) and the backgardens has been affected London Plan. This latter by previous developments. The document states that boroughs ecological value of any should identify areas where adjoining land may also affect urban greening and green the ecological value of the infrastructure can make a street block. Long rear gardens particular contribution to within large street blocks which mitigating the effects of climate are largely undisturbed by change such as the urban heat previous development are likely island effect and cites evidence to be of the greatest local of the effect of ecological as well as amenity increasing/decreasing the value. proportion of urban green space 3.265 %DVHGRQWKHIRUPHU/(8¶V on city temperatures. In research, the Council considers addition, the Council also that in most instances gardens considers that planting has a where the distance between the beneficial effect in absorbing principal rear walls of dwellings pollution and noise. is greater than 70 metres are of 3.267 Policy DM8 seeks to ensure the ecological value. This figure is location, layout and design of based on the work undertaken proposed developments by the former LEU where the minimises the vulnerability of number and density of bird people and property to climate species was used as an change and in requiring new

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 81 Page 91 Agenda Item 4

development to promote 3.270 This policy will not generally be effective climate adaptation applied to development measures, recognises the role involving building on garden of private gardens as part of a land located between houses in wider green space network in a street frontage or on the urban cooling as well as return frontages of corner sites. additional benefits including Small scale developments flood storage/sustainable contained within the front drainage. gardens of existing houses will 3.268 In addition to those back be considered against other

gardens that are considered to policies of the Plan. be of limited amenity and ecological value, backgardens Policy DM31 -Social and within or around town centres Community Infrastructure ZLWKLQWKHµ/LPLWVRI Sustainable Residential Background 'HYHORSPHQW¶DVVKRZQRQWKH 3.271 Further to Core Planning Proposals Map) may be Strategy Strategic Objective 3, considered appropriate for the Council, in principle, development in order to achieve supports the provision of new higher residential development facilities to provide education, in accordance with Core Policy healthcare or similar services. BP1 (Housing Density). Therefore the Council will seek to protect and enhance social 3.269 Where development of and community infrastructure in backgardens is considered accordance with London Plan acceptable in accordance with Policy 3A.18 (Protection and this Policy, it should also be of a Enhancement of Social high quality of design; maintain Infrastructure and Community and, wherever possible, Facilities) and Core Policies BP enhance landscape and nature 4 (Education and Skills) and BP conservation features on site; 5 (Improving Health and Well- as well as satisfying other Being). policies of the LDF. In particular, Policy DM16 also requires that new residential Policy DM31 - Social and developments, in certain Community Infrastructure circumstances, provide new open spaces and/or make (a)The Council will grant planning financial contributions to enable permission for the development of the provision of new open social and community infrastructure spaces or improvements to the where it: accessibility and quality of Is accessible by a range of transport existing public open spaces. modes, in particular by walking, The Council will also seek to cycling and public transport; maintain and improve the Provides flexible and adaptable character and appearance of space, where practicable; any front gardens included Is close or accessible to the within any proposal for community it is intended to serve developing backgarden land. and is of an appropriate scale to meet that need;

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 82 Agenda Item 4 Page 92

Is designed and sited to enable and 3.273 As many existing community maximise the shared use of facilities are often situated premises and playing fields for within residential areas they can community purposes; come under increasing Would not have any unduly adverse pressure to be redeveloped for environment effects; housing. Where proposals In the case of proposals for large come forward involving the loss developments generating significant of a social or community facility, numbers of trips, such as indoor sufficient evidence will need to sports facilities, are located within or be provided to satisfy the on the edge of town centres or other Council that the requirements of areas of higher public transport this policy have been met. This accessibility. would demonstrate that for a period of at least 12 months (b) The Council will not grant planning there had been no interest in permission for development that using the premises/land for their involves the loss of a social or current or other community community facility unless: purposes at a reasonable It can be demonstrated that the charge or that the need for such facility is no longer required either in a facility is already satisfied its current use or for any alternative within premises in easy walking social or community use; or distance or an alternative facility Suitable alternative provision is will be provided within a similar made or is available nearby. distance. Justification 3.274 The Council and other service 3.272 It is important that social and providers will seek to identify community facilities are either future land and building close to or easy accessible by requirements for education, public transport from where health and other services and people live. Furthermore, allocate land specifically for that because of the scarcity of purpose within the Site suitable land and competing Development Policies land uses, it is important that document. Where appropriate, any social or community facility the Council will seek planning is as adaptable as possible to contributions from new enable it to meet a variety of residential developments needs. This is particularly towards the provision of social important with new schools and community infrastructure, where there is scope to share DVVHWRXWLQWKH&RXQFLO¶V the use of premises and playing Supplementary Planning fields. It is also important that 'RFXPHQWVµ3ODQQLQJ those uses that are likely to 2EOLJDWLRQV¶  DQG have very large or borough- µ(GXFDWLRQDO&RQWULEXWLRQVIURP wide catchment areas are 5HVLGHQWLDO'HYHORSPHQW¶ located in the most accessible (2008). locations such as Sutton town Policy DM32 - Telecommunications centre, whereas those activities Background that are more local in nature 3.275 PPG should be more accessible on µ7HOHFRPPXQLFDWLRQV¶ (2001) states that development foot or by bicycle.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 83 Page 93 Agenda Item 4

plan documents should include and residential developments to criteria-based policies to guide be e-enabled in terms of ducts telecommunications to existing or proposed fibre development. The criteria optic cables, multi duct nests for should be flexible enough to individual buildings and internal allow for the efficient ducting or appropriate development of the network and alternative provision. the demands imposed by new Policy DM32 - Telecommunications technology. They should include policies on the siting All telecommunications development and appearance of apparatus, should be sited and designed in such including any location and a way that it does not adversely affect landscaping requirements the appearance of the surrounding designed to minimise the area. The Council will only grant impact of such apparatus on planning permission of amenity, without inhibiting telecommunications equipment where: operational efficiency and set The siting is not intrusive in the out the circumstances in which street scene; local authorities may decide The design is of a height, scale and Prior Approval is required for appearance which does not unduly certain telecommunications detract from the character of the development that does not area or unacceptably harm the require planning permission. amenities of occupiers of 3.276 In respect of other neighbouring sites; infrastructure/utilities, Core The equipment has been designed Policy DP3 (Infrastructure to keep the size of the installation to Requirements and Delivery) the technical minimum and sited, so already provides for the Council far as practicable, to minimise the to work with infrastructure impact on the environment; providers and stakeholders to Screening of equipment housing identify requirements for and other visually intrusive infrastructure provision and development associated with the services for new development proposal is provided; and will seek to co-ordinate All alternative sites which fulfil the infrastructure delivery. functional requirements of the Furthermore, through Core equipment have been assessed; Policy DP2 (Planning It can be demonstrated that the use Obligations), the Council will of existing facilities or sharing ensure, where necessary, that equipment with other operators has all new development meets on been considered; and off-site infrastructure No existing facilities are available required to support the and consideration has been given to development and/or mitigate the need to cater for future growing the impact of the development demand for network development, through the use of planning including that of other operators; obligations. The applicant has demonstrated that the development will operate within 3.277 Through London Plan Policy the International Commission on 3B.6 ,PSURYLQJ/RQGRQ¶V,&7 Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection Infrastructure) the Council will Guidelines for public exposure. also expect all new commercial

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 84 Agenda Item 4 Page 94

Justification in light of strategic and local 3.278 In accordance with PPG8 assessments of industrial µ7HOHFRPPXQLFDWLRQV¶, this demand. policy seeks to reconcile the 3.281 There has been increasing need for telecommunications pressure for the release of equipment to support business industrial land and clarification and domestic needs whilst sought as to the type of ensuring that its environmental business activities that are impact and the impact on the considered appropriate on such character of an area/building is land, based on the changing minimised. This policy will be nature of business activities and applied to both applications for guidance from the GLA. The Prior Approval (see PPG8 &RXQFLO¶VµIndustrial Land for the µ7HOHFRPPXQLFDWLRQV¶ Supply Update¶  confirms scope of developments falling that additional land and within this procedure) and floorspace will be required to applications for other meet business needs, provide developments requiring job opportunities for the local planning permission. workforce and encourage a Encouraging Enterprise and more sustainable pattern of Employment travelling to work. It demonstrates a general need to Policy DM33 Strategic and protect existing employment Established Industrial Locations opportunities if the Borough is Policy DM34 - Other Land in to maintain economic Industrial Use prosperity. Furthermore, there is a lack of suitable land to Background extend existing industrial areas, 3.279 7KH&RXQFLO¶VPDLQVXSSO\RI particularly the established industrial land is provided by locations, most of which are three Strategic Locations at surrounded by residential Kimpton, Beddington and development or have other Imperial Way, as well as a constraints. number of long-established industrial locations within the 3.282 Core Policy PMP4 (Main Borough occupying buildings of Locations for Industry) therefore varying ages and conditions. seeks the retention of all industrial land at the main 3.280 London Plan Policy 3B.4 industrial areas in the Borough (Strategic Industrial Locations) (Strategic Industrial Locations requires boroughs to identify and Established Industrial and protect Strategic Industrial Locations). Notwithstanding Locations and develop local this strategic approach, Core policies and criteria to manage Policy PMP7 (Hackbridge) locally significant and other provides for the established smaller industrial sites outside industrial land at Felnex such locations. They should Industrial Estate, land adjoining have regard to, amongst other Hackbridge Station and Wandle things, the release of surplus Valley Trading Estate to be land for other uses in order to reduced in area in order to achieve the efficient use of land allow for their mixed-use

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 85 Page 95 Agenda Item 4

redevelopment to deliver the proposals for industrial redevelopment vision of the Sustainable or intensification will be expected to Community Strategy, which contribute, where appropriate, to any seeks to secure a sustainable improvement schemes for that neighbourhood at Hackbridge. industrial location, as well as achieve Accordingly: environmental and traffic Policy DM33 - Strategic and improvements in relation to any Established Industrial Locations existing adjoining residential development. (a) Within the main industrial locations (as shown on the Proposals Map), the (e) The Council will expect proposals Council will only grant planning to include a range of different size permission for B1(excluding premises, including a proportion of freestanding offices), B2 (general small and medium-sized business industry) and B8 (storage and premises. distribution) uses or other similar industrial uses. Other similar industrial uses will be granted permission Policy DM34 - Other Land in provided it can be demonstrated that Industrial Use the use would not adversely affect the (a) Outside the main locations for industrial status or operation of the industry, proposals resulting in the loss area. of industrial/business floorspace will

not be granted planning permission (b) Within Beddington and Kimpton unless it can be demonstrated that: Strategic Industrial Locations, proposals for utility operations, The retention of the existing use logistics and transport uses will also will have a significant adverse be allowed. All development within effect on residential amenity and these areas will be expected to there is no reasonable prospect contribute to environmental and that this effect can be alleviated transport improvements in accordance while retaining the use; or with Core Policies PMP4 (Main There is genuine evidence, Locations for Industry) and BP9 including that the site has been marketed without success43, that (Enabling Smarter Travel Choices ± an Area-Based Approach) and DM3 the site is no longer suitable for (Enhancing the Street Scene and industry/business uses. Public Realm). (b) Where the loss of industrial (c) The Established Industrial business floorspace can be Locations of Felnex Trading Estate, demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Land adjoining Hackbridge Station and Council, as required in (a) above, the Wandle Valley Trading Estate will mixed-use redevelopment will be be developed for mixed use purposes allowed provided that: including employment, as set out in The development provides for a Core Policy PMP7 (Hackbridge) and, mix of uses including a significant as may further be detailed, within a element of business/industrial Hackbridge SPD.

43 The Council will require that the site has (d) Within the remainder of the been marketed for a period of 12 months at an Established Industrial Locations, appropriate rate for its location and condition.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 86 Agenda Item 4 Page 96

uses or other employment- requiring a large amount of the generating uses; site to be given over to car Any housing includes a high parking. This could result both proportion of affordable family- in traffic congestion and the sized housing inefficient use of scarce industrial land. Therefore any Justification use where retail sales to the 3.283 The Core Planning Strategy public are a significant part of seeks to provide a sustainable the activity is unlikely to be balance between job considered appropriate within a opportunities and population main industrial area. Other growth. Furthermore, the appropriate uses, which might Borough is identified in the assist the functioning of the 0D\RU¶VµIndustrial Capacity¶ industrial area, are considered SPG (March 2008) as falling to be ancillary uses such as within the restricted category for small scale shops/cafes aimed the transfer of industrial land. at servicing the needs of the Therefore the Council aims to workers. focus industrial activity on its 3.286 The South London Joint Waste main industrial areas and Plan Development Plan protect this land from non- Document will allocate suitable industrial purposes in sites for waste management accordance with London Plan within the Borough and the Policy 3B.4. The Council will other collaborating boroughs of also prepare supplementary Croydon, Merton and Kingston. guidance on the intensification It will also provide policy of these locations. guidance to assist in the 3.284 Freestanding office buildings determination of planning are not considered acceptable applications that may come within industrial areas, but forward for waste management should instead be located within facilities on other sites in the highly accessible locations such four boroughs. as town centres. The Council 3.287 In order to ensure that the will consider the suitability of Strategic Industrial Locations other industrial/business uses in remain attractive locations for relation to the impact such a industry, the Council will use would have on the status or promote transport and operation of the industrial area. environmental improvements in 3.285 The Council recognises the accordance with the CRXQFLO¶V changing nature of µKimpton Industrial Area industrial/business activities Development Framework¶ and that many uses within  µBeddington Industrial industrial areas include an Area Environmental Strategy¶ HOHPHQWRIGLUHFWVDOHVWR³WKH (2002) and the µBeddington WUDGH´ WUDGHFRXQWHUV 6XFK Lane Regeneration Scheme¶ uses are likely to be considered (2009). Where appropriate, the acceptable provided they do not Council will seek contributions give rise to large numbers of to assist in the implementation the public visiting the site by car of such schemes, in to purchase goods and accordance with Core Policy

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 87 Page 97 Agenda Item 4

DP2 (Planning Obligations) and or exceed the Borough-wide WKH&RXQFLO¶VµPlanning affordable housing target on the ObligationV¶63'(2007). site unless it can be 3.288 Within other main industrial GHPRQVWUDWHGWRWKH&RXQFLO¶V satisfaction that this level of areas, any new development provision is not viable. will be expected to provide environmental improvements in Policy DM35 - Development in Town accordance with Policy DM3 and Local Centres (Enhancing the Street Scene Background and Public Realm), as well as 3.291 336µ3ODQQLQJIRU6XVWDLQDEOH improving the relationship of the (FRQRPLF*URZWK¶  states site to any surrounding that the GRYHUQPHQW¶V residential development in objectives for town centres are terms of providing to promote their vitality and environmental and transport viability by planning for growth improvements. and the development of existing 3.289 With regard to Policy DM34, centres and encouraging a wide where the Council considers range of services in a good that the developer has environment that is accessible demonstrated that the land is to all. surplus to industrial 3.292 The town centre hierarchy and requirements, the Council will network is set out in Map 5.1 in seek a mix of uses on the site Appendix 5. Savills Hepher as part of its redevelopment. 'L[RQ¶VµRetail Study¶ 2007) Developers will be required to identifies the need for additional demonstrate how the proposals comparison and convenience PHHWWKH&RXQFLO¶VREMHFWLYHRI floorspace in the Borough and maintaining and enhancing the Core Planning Strategy, in permanent local employment accordance with PPS4 opportunities. In this respect, µ3ODQQLQJIRU6XVWDLQDEOH the mix of uses may include (FRQRPLF*URZWK¶  , has social infrastructure e.g. health, identified a spatial vision and education, emergency services strategy for the management of and other community uses. growth of town centres in the However, such uses must be hierarchy in order to meet this appropriate to the location both additional need. Accordingly, in terms of the scale of the Sutton town centre will continue development and the nature of to be promoted as a the activities and in line with Metropolitan Centre and has other policies of the been identified for growth and Development Plan. regeneration in Core Policy 3.290 In accordance with Policy DM25 PMP6 (Sutton Town Centre). (Maximising Affordable Housing Following identification of a Provision), the Council will seek deficiency in the network, and, the maximum reasonable in view of the predicted growth amount of affordable housing in the Hackbridge area as a on site. However, given the sustainable neighbourhood, previous non-residential use, Core Policy PMP7 (Hackbridge) the Council will seek to achieve promotes Hackbridge as a

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 88 Agenda Item 4 Page 98

district centre suitable for Is appropriate to the scale, role, regeneration and growth. Of function and character of the centre the other district centres, four and its catchment; are identified in the Core Makes the optimum use of the site Planning Strategy in Core providing a mix of town centre uses Policy PMP8 (Other District and appropriate to the scale of the Local Centres) for development and its location within intensification: Wallington, the centre, unless it can be Worcester Park, North Cheam demonstrated this is not practical or and Rosehill. The remaining viable; two district centres in the Provides active frontages at ground hierarchy, Cheam and floor level compatible with the Carshalton, are historic centres, &RXQFLO¶VSROLFLHVRQVKRSSLQJ designated as Conservation frontages; Areas and have limited capacity Incorporates improvements to the for growth. Therefore in order public realm; to reflect their character, they Is served by sustainable means of are identified for consolidation. transport; 3.293 336µ3ODQQLQJfor Sustainable Ensures that parking spaces (FRQRPLF*URZWK¶DOVRVWDWHV provided for any office that local authorities should set accommodation should be flexible policies for their centres maintained for that purpose; which are able to respond to Does not adversely affect the changing economic operation of existing VWUHHWIDUPHUV¶ circumstances and encourage, markets. where appropriate, high-density development accessible by (b) The Council will grant planning public transport, walking and permission for new development that cycling. Therefore in contributes to an evening and night accordance with PPS4 time economy which appeals to a wide µ3ODQQLQJIRU6XVWDLQDEOH range of age groups, where it can be Economic Growth,¶ London demonstrated that the impact on local Plan Policies 3D.1 (Supporting amenity, including the cumulative Town Centres), and 3D.2 (Town impact on the character and function Centre Development), and, of the centre, anti-social behaviour and Core Policies PMP 6 (Sutton crime can be satisfactorily controlled. Town Centre), PMP7 (Hackbridge) and PMP8 (Other (c) The Council will grant planning District and Local Centres), the permission for development proposals Council will apply the following within Sutton town centre, where the policy to new developments scale and mix of development is within town and local centres: appropriate within the different Quarters (as shown on the Proposals Policy DM35 - Development in Town Map and set out in Appendix 5). and Local Centres

(a) Within the town centres (as shown (d) In addition, the Council will not on the Proposals Map) and local permit any new development that centres (Appendix 5), the Council will would adversely impact on the historic grant planning permission for new or cultural value of the town and local development that: centres.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 89 Page 99 Agenda Item 4

Justification the proposed development. 3.294 Developments that would Larger scale development will adversely affect the functioning be expected to provide a range of the town and local centre of uses capable of generating hierarchy will not be allowed significant amounts of and larger development will be employment including flexible encouraged to locate in Sutton office accommodation, suitable town centre. to meet the changing needs of 3.295 The Council has chosen not to small to medium-sized set indicative upper limits for businesses. the scale of development that is 3.298 In order to ensure that town considered appropriate for each centres remain attractive type of centre within its locations, the Council will shopping centre hierarchy. provide public realm Rather, for sites not specifically improvements, including the allocated in the Development provision of public art, in Plan Document, the Council will accordance with DM1 assess or require applicants to (Character and Design) and undertake an assessment of the DM3 (Enhancing the Street likely impact of the proposed Scene and Public Realm). development on the vitality and Where appropriate, the Council viability of existing centres will seek to secure such within the catchment area of the contributions in accordance with proposed development, as well Core Policy DP2 (Planning as any wider impacts arising 2EOLJDWLRQV DQGWKH&RXQFLO¶V from the proposal. The Council µ3ODQQLQJ2EOLJDWLRQV¶63' will take into account whether (2007). such a proposal will alter a 3.299 The Council wants to ensure FHQWUH¶VUROHLQUHODWLRQWRWKH that future local employment existing hierarchy of centres opportunities created through and how it might affect sites new mixed-use developments allocated in existing centres are maintained throughout the being developed. lifetime of the development, 3.296 336µ3ODQQLQJIRU6XVWDLQDEOH and, in particular, any office (FRQRPLF*URZWK¶ sets out a floorspace remains attractive to requirement for local authorities both initial and subsequent to monitor and manage the occupiers. Therefore, the strategic town centre network. Council will seek to ensure that Accordingly the Council those parking spaces provided undertook Town Centre Health to serve any office floorspace Checks in 2008 of Sutton town are maintained for that centre and the district centres in particular use throughout the accordance with the GLA lifetime of the development. methodology (2008). This data 3.300 Proposals seeking to locate must be regularly reviewed in superstores, retail warehouses order to help assess and other activities are applications for development. considered more appropriately 3.297 The scope to include a range of located within town centres or uses will depend on the scale of where no suitable sites are

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 90 Agenda Item 4 Page 100

available, at edge-of-centre mainly housing. Such office locations. Out-of-centre space has remained vacant locations will only be favourably because it does not meet the considered where it can be needs of the office market, demonstrated that there is a which is seeking more modern, need for the development, that flexible and affordable the sequential approach has accommodation. Therefore, in been satisfied and there would line with London Plan Policy be no adverse impact on the 3B.2 (Office Demand and viability and vitality of nearby Supply) and Core Policies centres as required by PPS4 PMP6 and PMP8, the Council µ3ODQQLQJIRU6XVWDLQDEOH will apply the following policy: . (FRQRPLF*URZWK¶ Policy DM36 - Office Provision 3.301 This approach is consistent with through Mixed-Use Conversion or national and regional guidance Redevelopment and the objectives and policies The Council will not grant planning of the Core Planning Strategy. permission for proposals involving the 3.302 The boundaries of Sutton town loss of existing office accommodation centre and its Quarters are unless: identified on the Proposals Map Marketing Requirements and the details on appropriate The building has been vacant for development within each more than 12 months; Quarter are set out in Chapter 4 There is genuine evidence that all ³6LWH$OORFDWLRQV´GHDOLQJZLWK opportunities to re-let the delivery of Retail and Town accommodation have been fully Centre Uses, and within the explored, both in terms of the Allocations themselves. existing layout of the building and as 3.303 The Council recognises that the smaller/more flexible office units at street market in Sutton town appropriate market rents; cHQWUHDQG)DUPHUV¶0DUNHWLQ There is no realistic future prospect Wallington make an important of the building or the site being used contribution to vitality and for office purposes; viability. Therefore the Council Development Requirements will retain and seek to enhance The proposals provide for a mixed existing markets and, where use development that: appropriate, create ƒ Includes new employment uses opportunities for new ones. providing at least 50% of the These objectives will be previous employment levels on achieved through town centre site when the existing premises management. were fully in use, unless it can be demonstrated that such level Policy DM36 - Office Provision of provision would not be viable; through Mixed-Use Conversion or ƒ Includes an element of flexible, Redevelopment adaptable office floorspace Background capable of meeting the 3.304 Over recent years there has changing needs of been increasing pressure to use small/business units; vacant office floorspace within ƒ Any office floorspace is the Borough for other purposes, completed and marketed prior

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 91 Page 101 Agenda Item 4

to the first occupation of 50% of been specified and reflects the any residential development. identified need for office floorspace and the need to Justification support the consolidation and 3.305 Employment 7KH&RXQFLO¶Vµ enhancement of the office stock Study Update (2008) indicates ¶ in Sutton. that there is a need for more modern, flexible office Policy DM37 - Shopping Frontages floorspace particularly within in Town Centres town centres. The main Background mechanism for securing new 3.307 336µ3ODQQLQJIRU6XVWDLQDEOH and upgraded office space is (FRQRPLF*URZWK¶VWDWHVWKDW likely to be through mixed use local authorities should schemes, using the pressure for distinguish between primary housing to fund development and secondary shopping and provide such office frontages. These should be floorspace. As well as new realistically defined. Having offices, mixed use regard to the need to developments can help secure encourage diversification of increased employment in other uses in town centres as a sectors, especially retail and whole, primary frontages should leisure. The retention of 50% of contain a high proportion of the previous employment levels retail uses, while secondary is flexible and will vary between frontages provide greater sites. Nonetheless a figure is opportunities for flexibility and required to provide an indication diversity of uses. Where of the level of employment frontages are defined, policies required to assist developers in should make it clear which uses bringing forward proposals. This will be permitted in such areas. figure will be kept under review Therefore in accordance with and amended in the light of 336µ3ODQQLQJIRU6XVWDLQDEOH experience. Employment uses (FRQRPLF*URZWK¶, London are considered to include Plan Policy 3D.1 and Core employment created through Planning Strategy Objectives 12 retail, leisure uses, offices, and 13, the Council will apply restaurants and similar the following policy: premises. Where no information concerning employment levels Policy DM37 - Shopping Frontages is available, employment levels in Town Centres will be based on the most (a) Within the identified primary recent advice available in terms shopping frontage and malls within the of the ratios that relate primary shopping area of Sutton town floorspace to staff numbers. centre (as shown on the Proposals 3.306 However, for those sites which Map) and the primary shopping have been allocated within frontages of district centres (as shown Sutton town centre, the on the Proposals Map), the Council FRXQFLO¶VSUHIHUUHGSURSRUWLRQ will not permit proposals at ground and mix of uses to be brought floor level involving the loss of shops forward as part of any (Class A1) unless the proposal would: redevelopment, has already Not harm the predominant retail character of the shopping frontage;

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 92 Agenda Item 4 Page 102

Not create an over-concentration of ensure that leakage of similar uses; expenditure to competing Be likely to generate significant metropolitan centres in the pedestrian visits, thereby avoiding South London Sub Region can the creation of an area of relative be clawed back. In accordance inactivity in the shopping frontage. with 336µ3ODQQLQJIRU (b) Within identified secondary 6XVWDLQDEOH(FRQRPLF*URZWK¶ shopping frontages in town centres (as and taking into account the shown on the Proposals Map), the findings of the Sutton Town Council will permit a diversity of uses Centre Health Check, a Primary provided that the proposed use: Shopping Area is defined on the Is compatible with the shopping Proposals Map. In considering frontage and provides a direct or promoting retail development service to the general public; within Sutton town centre, the Would not lead to an over- first priority will be given to concentration of such uses so as to locating retail development create a significant break in the within this Primary Shopping retail frontage; Area. Would have no significant impact on 3.310 In view of the identified demand the retail vitality and viability of the for additional retail floorspace centre; and the limited supply currently Retains an appearance which is identified through the Sutton compatible with adjoining shop town centre allocations there units. will need to be considerable Justification evidence to justify the loss of 3.308 This policy seeks to achieve the shops (Class A1) within the right balance of retail and non- primary shopping area. retail uses in a town centre in Furthermore, the council order to ensure its vitality and considers that, any proposed viability. It is important that a level of retail floorspace coming critical mass of retailing uses forward as part of the are maintained within the core redevelopment of allocated sites should at least meet the areas of the BRURXJK¶VWRZQ centres. Outside these core identified retail floorspace figure areas, and in line with PPS4 and, where possible the amount of retail floorspace should be µ3ODQQLQJIRU6XVWDLQDEOH exceeded, particularly on sites (FRQRPLF*URZWK¶, there is scope to introduce non-retailing, within the Exchange Quarter. in the interests of maintaining 3.311 In view of the differences in the DQGHQKDQFLQJDFHQWUH¶VYLWDOLW\ roles of centres within the town and viability, and to promote centre hierarchy, and in the linked trips. context of the recent Sutton 3.309 The Core Planning Strategy town centre and district centre recognises the need to promote health check data, the Council the role of Sutton town centre will assess the potential for as a metropolitan centre (Core harm to the predominant retail Policy PMP6) and sets out a character of Sutton town centre range of proposals required to differently to the assessment for support this development and to harm to district centres. Within Sutton town centre, proposals

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 93 Page 103 Agenda Item 4

involving the loss of shops shopping frontage by ensuring (Class A1) within the primary that display windows and shopping frontage and the entrances are compatible with ground floor units of the adjoining shop units. shopping malls within the Applications for shopfronts and Primary Shopping Area will only advertisements must accord be considered acceptable with the principles in Policy where the proposal would not DM3 (Enhancing the Street result in the proportion of Class Scene and Public Realm) and A1 retail units falling below 75% will be assessed against the (as a percentage of A1-A5 detailed criteria set out in the uses) of all units within those &RXQFLO¶Vµ8UEDQ'HVLJQ*XLGH¶ frontages. SPD (2008). 3.312 Within district centres a more 3.315 The Council considers that flexible approach will be other parts of town centres applied. The Council considers falling within secondary that the predominant retail frontages are appropriate for a character of the district centres diverse pattern of uses is likely to be harmed where the including Class A2 (building proportion of Class A1 retail societies, banks and estate units falls below 65% as a agents), Classes A3 ±A5 (food percentage of A1-A5 uses and drink uses) and a range of within the Primary Shopping leisure, social and community Frontage. activities which provide a direct 3.313 In determining whether there service to the general public. has been an over-concentration Nevertheless, to be acceptable of similar uses, the Council will all of these uses will need to be also resist applications which compatible with the shopping lead to a clustering of more frontage in terms of the than three adjoining non-A1 retention of a shop frontage and uses within the frontage where window display and provide a the change is proposed. This direct service to visiting approach will be applied within members of the public and have all the town centres. no significant adverse impact on the vitality and viability of the 3.314 Furthermore, proposed uses in centre. To achieve this, primary frontages should be proposals in secondary compatible with the frontages should not lead to an predominant retail character of over-concentration of non-retail the shopping frontage and uses so as to create a should generate significant significant break in the retail pedestrian visits, thereby frontage. Therefore, in maintaining the vitality of the assessing whether a particular centre and avoiding the creation proposal will lead to an over- RIµGHDG¶VKRSSLQJIURQWDJHV$W concentration of similar uses, the same time the physical the Council will have regard to exterior of the development whether the proposal leads to a should be compatible with clustering of more than three adjoining shops and maintain adjoining non-A1 uses within the wider appearance of the any one frontage of the centre.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 94 Agenda Item 4 Page 104

Policy DM38 - Promoting Local local residents; Shopping Provision The existing range of basic shops in Background the local centre is not adversely 3.316 Local centres and local shops affected; are essential to provide easily The shop unit is vacant and all accessible shopping to meet reasonable attempts to let the shop SHRSOH¶VGD\-to-day needs. unit have failed; 336µ3ODQQLQJIRU6XVWDLQDEOH Where the above criteria are (FRQRPLF*URZWK¶VWDWHVWKDW satisfied, it also meets the local authorities should refuse requirements set out in (c) below. planning applications which fail to protect existing facilities (c)The Council will allow a change of ZKLFKSURYLGHIRUSHRSOH¶VGD\- use from non-basic shop to non-retail to-day needs. This approach is use (A2, A3-A5, B1[a], D1-D2) also consistent with PPG13 provided that: µ7UDQVSRUW¶in seeking to reduce Convenient local shopping facilities car trips by encouraging people are maintained; to make more use of local Proposals will not lead to an over facilities. Therefore, in concentration of single uses; accordance with London Plan Proposals are consistent with the Policy 3D.3 (Maintaining and scale and function of the centre; Improving Retail Facilities) and It maintains an interesting street Core Policy PMP8, the Council frontage through maintaining a will retain and promote local window display. shopping facilities that serve the everyday needs of local Policy DM39 - Local Shopping residents and will apply the Provision outside Town and Local following policy: Centres Policy DM38 - Promoting Local Policy DM39 - Local Shopping Shopping Provision in Local Provision outside Town and Local Centres Centres (a)The Council will grant permission (a) Outside town and local centres, the for: Council will grant planning permission Local convenience stores, for new convenience shops within pharmacies, post offices and other existing communities or as part of new basic shops in local centres (as developments provided that the shown in Appendix 5); proposals are of an appropriate scale Appropriately-sized supermarkets to the locality. within larger local centres. (b)Outside town and local centres, the (b) Planning permission will not be Council will not grant planning granted for the change of use of a permission for the loss of A1 shops basic shop (those involving food sales, within areas of more than 400 metres newsagents, chemists and post walking distance from alternative offices) to other uses unless it is shopping facilities unless it has been demonstrated that: demonstrated that: There is an adequate alternative The shop has been vacant for more and equally accessible provision of than 12 months and all reasonable basic shops available to serve the attempts to market the shop over

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 95 Page 105 Agenda Item 4

that period at an appropriate rent 3.319 Although under Policy DM39 have failed; the Council will oppose the loss There is no reasonable prospect of of shops in areas of shopping a retail use occupying the site in the deficiency as defined in the future. policy, the Council recognises where there is insufficient Justification demand, as demonstrated by 3.317 These policies seek to ensure the above marketing that there is an adequate range requirements, the Council will of goods and services available allow the change to an within easy walking distance of appropriate non-retail use. The all residents. Although there is Council will permit proposals of no planning control over the an appropriate scale to improve loss of basic shop uses to other local shopping facilities, shop uses, the Council will only including small-scale shops permit the loss of basic shops within new developments and to non-retail uses in exceptional shops associated with petrol circumstances as set out in filling stations. Policy DM38 (Promoting Local Shopping Provision in Local Policy DM40 - Minerals Centres). In terms of marketing Background vacant premises formerly 3.320 Minerals are a scarce resource occupied by a basic shop, and sites containing mineral applicants will need to deposits should not be demonstrate that it has not developed without first ensuring been possible to let the that extraction can take place in premises at an appropriate rent such a way so as to minimise following a continuous period of any impacts on the environment marketing of at least 12 months. and human health. London Plan 3.318 The Council will adopt a more Policy 4A.31 (Spatial Policies to flexible approach in relation to Support the Better Use of changes of use from non-basic Aggregates) seeks the adoption shops to other uses in order to of the highest environmental promote greater diversity of standards for aggregates uses in local centres. However, extraction in line with National the Council will seek to avoid an Minerals Policy Guidance. over-concentration of similar Policy DM40 - Minerals uses and will normally oppose the clustering of more than 3 (a) The Council will refuse any adjoining non-A1 (shop) uses in development that is likely to prejudice any one frontage of the centre. the future extraction of mineral Similar uses which are deposits. disproportionately large and do (b) Planning permission will only be not complement the centre will granted for mineral extraction where it be resisted. In this context, non- can be demonstrated, by the applicant, A1 uses frontages of more than that the highest environmental three adjoining shops which are standards of extraction and restoration likely to create a break in the will be implemented In considering shopping frontage of the centre such applications, the Council will are unlikely to be acceptable. expect that:

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 96 Agenda Item 4 Page 106

Nearby land, buildings and for guiding planning decisions, occupiers will be protected from any this document also allocates adverse impact from the workings sites for specific land uses and restoration in terms of both the required to achieve the delivery activities taking place and the times of the Core Planning Strategy. of operation; The Council will apply the The extraction and restoration are following policy: carried out in a phased programme, Policy DM41 - Site Allocations where appropriate; Ancillary buildings and plant are The Council will grant planning sited and screened so as to permission for development in minimise their impact on the accordance with the Proposed Site environment and local amenities; Allocations Schedule and as shown on There are no significant adverse the Proposals Map, subject to the effects arising from traffic generation proposed development meeting the and access/egress to and from the other policies in the Development site; Plan. The development of these sites The land will be filled with materials for other uses will be opposed. to be agreed by the Council and a Justification high standard of restoration 3.323 The allocation of specific sites undertaken appropriate to the ensures that the vision, Spatial intended after use, together with Strategy, the Strategic arrangements entered into for Objectives and the Policies of appropriate after use care; the Core Planning Strategy will There is no significant adverse be delivered. It also ensures the effect on ground or surface water, best use of land. It does not flooding, air quality or creates land preclude development coming instability; forward elsewhere and the The impact of mineral operations on suitability of development on both nature conservation and other sites will be judged archaeology are fully assessed and against the policies of the any impact throughout the life of the statutory Development Plan for operations is minimised and the Borough. mitigated. 3.324 The allocations for Sutton town centre set out a preferred use Justification or mix of uses for each site 3.321 This policy aims to prevent or which, together, seek to secure reduce as far as possible, the continued success of this impacts on the environment and metropolitan centre in human health arising from the accordance with the objectives extraction, processing, set out in the Core Strategy management and transportation (Policy PMP6). The allocations of minerals. At the same time, it take into account the seeks to ensure that mineral development of a balance of reserves are not sterilised by uses across the centre; the new development. function of each of the town Policy DM41 ± Site Allocations centre quarters; and the Background boundaries of the Primary 3.322 In addition to detailing policies Shopping Area. Accordingly,

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 97 Page 107 Agenda Item 4

the council will wish to secure development of site allocations the development of each of the as identified provides certainty allocations broadly in line with that the spatial strategy for the the mix of uses identified. Borough, as set out in the However, given the evidence adopted Core Planning that identified retail needs may Strategy, can be delivered. not be met over the Plan period Although the capacity of (see Chapter 4 regarding the development on site allocations currently identified potential and the mix of uses are based supply) the council considers on a range of evidence, the that, any proposed level of retail council will continue to monitor floorspace should at least meet the effectiveness of these the identified allocation figure allocations and the extent to and, where possible the amount which they can achieve the of retail floorspace should be delivery of the Core Planning exceeded, particularly on sites 6WUDWHJ\¶V9LVLRQDQG within the Exchange Quarter. Objectives. In particular the council will consider if there is 3.325 Government guidance indicates the need to review all or some that the development plan of the allocations in the light of should set out a clear vision for changes to national or regional the future pattern of policy or in the light of changing development within the economic circumstances, whilst Borough with clear objectives still trying to meet the overall for achieving that vision and objectives of the Core Planning strategies for delivery and Strategy. implementation. The allocation is likely to involve a change(s) of land use. In the cases of sites smaller than 0.2ha or larger sites which do not involve a change(s) of land use, it is considered that the Core Planning Strategy and Development FOUR Management policies will be sufficient to guide future planning decisions. Therefore, the fact that a site is not specifically allocated does not indicate it is inappropriate for a particular type of Proposed Site development. Allocations 4.3 The allocations broadly prescribe 4.1 This part of the document deals the development that will be with the allocation of future permitted on each site and development sites for specific highlight some site-specific purposes (eg: housing, health etc). considerations. This information is not comprehensive and all site 4.2 Allocated sites included within this allocations will be expected to document are generally greater comply with the policies within the than 0.2ha in area and their Development Plan (ie: the London

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 98 Agenda Item 4 Page 108

Plan, the Core Planning Strategy between 2011 and 2021 (210 units and other policies within this per annum). The Mayor has also document). stated that these targets will be further reviewed by 2015/16. 4.4 The following sub-sections provide information on the land 4.6 In accordance with advice from the requirements arising from the Core former Government Office for Planning Strategy and how the site London and the GLA, boroughs allocations will contribute to the are required to roll forward their 10 delivery of the Strategic Objectives year London Plan targets as of the Core Planning Strategy and indicative figures for the remainder the implementation of the Core of the Plan period covered by core Planning Strategy policies. strategies.

Housing Supply 4.7 Furthermore since the Core 4.5 One of the key issues addressed Planning Strategy Examination-in- in the Core Planning Strategy is Public in June 2009, the Council the scale and location of new has updated its housing supply housing. The London Plan target analysis to reflect: for the Borough as set out in Core ƔWZR\HDU¶VDGYDQFHLQWKHSODQ Policy PMP1 is the provision of period; 345 additional homes per year for ƔFKDQJLQJFLUFXPVWDQFHVLQWKH the period up to 2016/17. housing market; and, However, since the adoption of the ƔWKHUHYLVHG/RQGRQ3ODQKRXVLQJ Core Planning Strategy the Mayor targets set out in the London Plan has produced a new London Plan, from 2011/12. which was adopted in July 2011. The target in that Plan for the 4.8 The revised targets are therefore borough is to provide a minimum shown in Table 4.1. of 2,100 additional new homes

Table 4.1: Revised Minimum Housing Requirements Delivery Period of CPS PPS3 Requirement Based on London Plan Targets 2009-10 (1 year) 345 2010-11(2 year) 345 2011-12 to 2015-16 (5 years) 1,050 (Five-Year Supply ± 5 x 210) 2016-17 to 2020-21 (5 years) 1,050 2021-22 to 2023-24 (3 years) 630 Total over 15 years 3,420 Ɣ+DFNEULGJH± 20%; 4.9 In addition to setting a Borough-wide Ɣ:DOOLQJWRQ± 10%; target, Core Policy PMP1 also sets Ɣ2WKHU'LVWULFW&HQWUHV 5RVHKLOO out the spatial distribution for housing North Cheam, Worcester Park, across the Borough. It states the Carshalton and Cheam) ± 10%; provision of new dwellings will be and, broadly located in the following Ɣ5HPDLQGHURIWKH%RURXJK± proportions: 20%. Ɣ6XWWRQ7RZQ&HQWUH± 40%;

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 99 Page 109 Agenda Item 4

4.10 Table 4.2 shows the target for each of the Borough locations, according to the above proportions, for each time period. Table 4.2: Scale and Spatial Distribution of Revised Minimum Housing Requirements Plan Period Years (units) 1 and 2 3 - 7 TOTAL 8 - 12 TOTAL 13 - 15 TOTAL (5 yr) 1 - 7 (5 yr) 1 - 12 (3yr) 1 - 15 Sutton 276 420 696 420 1116 252 1368 Hackbridge 138 210 348 210 558 126 684 Wallington 69 105 174 105 279 63 342 Other DCs 69 105 174 105 279 63 342 Remainder 138 210 348 210 558 126 684 Total 690 1,050 1,740 1,050 2,790 630 3,420 sites listed in the Site Development

Policies DPD, other sources of 4.11 In terms of predicted housing supply have been included, these supply, every effort has been made comprise: sites under construction, to ensure phasing information is sites with planning permission and correct, however in the current estate renewal programmes. Table uncertain housing market, 4.3 shows the predicted phasing and information from landowners and location of development, which can developers has changed frequently. be compared against the revised With respect to location, the areas targets set out in Table 4.2. The set out in Core Policy PMP1 have numbers in column two refer to the been defined as the Sustainable proposed site allocation number Residential Quality areas (i.e.: 400 (e.g.: A28) and the estimated PHWUHV¶ZDONLQJGLVWDQFHIURPWKH capacity is shown in column four. centres). In addition to the housing Table 4.3: Scale and Spatial Distribution of Potential Housing Supply (units) No of Period Site Ref Site Totals Units SUTTON Year 1-2 Year 1: Actual 49 Total: 53 Completions 4 Year 2: Estimated Completions Years 3-7 C3 Bawtree House 15 Total: 390 STC N2 Magnet/Zurich/Dex 239 STC S2 House/ Fabric World 44 Cumulative STC C3 North of Sutton Court Rd 26 Total: 443 Kwikfit 15

Other Sources 95

44 The development capacity assumes the Gas Holder is decommissioned and HSE restrictions do not apply.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 100 Agenda Item 4 Page 110

Years 8-12 STC S3 South of Sutton Court 278 Total: 478 Road STC S6 Sutherland House 96 Cumulative STC C1 North of Lodge Place 20 Total: 921 STCCW3 Beech Tree Place 60 STC N4 Burger King Site 24

Years 13-15 A10 Sutton West Centre 40 Total: 554 STCCW1 Civic Centre 31 STCCW2 Secombe Centre 33 Cumulative STC S4 Sutton Station 454 Total:1,475 STC S7 Brighton Road 63 STC N1 Gas Holder Site 123 STC N3 Blockbuster Site 26 STC C2 South of Lodge Place 95 Greenford Road STC C6 Shops opposite Sutton 17 Station

Estimated 5 years supply 41 STC S5 of 923 has been adjusted to 554 to reflect only 3 remaining years in this period. HACKBRIDGE Year 1-2 Year 1: Actual 1 Total: 2 Completions

Year 2: Estimated 1 Completions

Years 3-7 A28 Kelvin House 68 Total: 90 Cumulative Total: Other Sources 22 92 Years 8-12 A20 Felnex Trading 440 Total: 500 A23 Estate (440) Cumulative Total: /DQG+¶EULGJH 60 592 Station (60) Years 13- Total: 0 15 Cumulative Total: 592 WALLINGTON Year 1-2 Year 1: Actual Completions 4 Total: 4

Year 2: Estimated 0 Completions Years 3-7 A29 Canon House 174 Total: 247 Cumulative Total: Other Sources 73 251

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 101 Page 111 Agenda Item 4

Years 8-12 A25 Wallington Square 35 Total: 35 Cumulative Total: 286 Years 13-15 C5 Railway Approach 40 Total: 36 C6 Lidl 20 Cumulative Total: 322 Estimated 5 years supply of 60 has been adjusted to 36 to reflect only 3 remaining years in this period. OTHER DISTRICT CENTRES Year 1-2 Year 1: Actual completions 10 Total: 10 Year 2: Estimated Completions 0 Years 3-7 Other Sources 45 Total: 45 Cumulative Total: 55 Years 8-12 A31 Victoria House 25 Total: 25 Cumulative Total: 80 Years 13-15 A3 Cheam Leisure Centre 30 Total: 27 Cumulative Total: Other Sources 15 107

Estimated 5 years supply of 45 has been adjusted to 27 to reflect only 3 remaining years in this period. REST OF THE BOROUGH Year 1-2 Year 1: Actual completions 114 Total: 214 Year 2: Estimated Completions 100 Years 3-7 A8 Hallmead Day Centre 26 Total: 755 A12 Orchard Hill, Phase 1 123 A13 Stanley Park High school 90 Cumulative Total: 516 969 Other Sources

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 102 Agenda Item 4 Page 112

Years 8-12 A1 Library, Ridge Road 15 Total: 298 A2 Gleeson Offices 25 A12 Orchard Hill, Phase 2 123 Cumulative Total: B2 All Saints Rd/Benhill Rd 25 1,267 C2 107 Westmead Rd 20 Other Sources 90

Years 13-15 A11 Sutton Hospital 330 Total: 299 A17 Sheen Way 20 A18 Offices, Denmark Rd 20 Cumulative Total: A19 Car Park, Denmark Rd 15 1,566 A32 Wandle Valley Estate 50 C1 Glastonbury Centre 20 C4 Carshalton War Memorial 33 Other Sources Estimated 5 years supply 11 of 499 has been adjusted to 299 to reflect only 3 remaining years in this period. ALL LOCATIONS Year 1-2 Total: 283 Years 3-7 Total: 1,527 Cumulative Total: 1,810 Years 8-12 Total: 1,336 Cumulative Total: 3,146 Years 13-15 Total: 916 Cumulative Total: 4,062 4.13 In terms of spatial distribution, 4.12 Table 4.3 shows that the estimated 6XWWRQ¶VFDSDFLW\ZLOOFRPHFORVH capacity from the site allocations and to its target towards the end of the other sources across the borough Plan period, although this could be may exceed the minimum targets influenced by the rate that over the plan period. However, the development comes forward and uncertainties over delivery in the the mix and intensity of current economic climate make it development. The capacity for particularly difficult to predict with any Hackbridge is expected to be close accuracy when some sites, to the target at 12 years, but after particularly the larger ones, are likely 2020 there is expected to be no to come forward. Furthermore, in notable redevelopment in the area. /RQGRQ¶VG\QDPLFKRXVLQJPDUNHWLW In Wallington, housing growth is is recognised by the Mayor that there predicted to fall broadly in line with are particular difficulties in predicted targets over the whole Plan period. capacity beyond ten years. In the other district centres, the targets may not be met at any of

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 103 Page 113 Agenda Item 4

the milestones, but this is due to Town Centre due to scale and the fact that small site complexity of potential intensification is not reflected in developments, in which case some these tables. The district centres of of the over-provision from other Rosehill, North Cheam, Worcester areas of the Borough would be Park, Carshalton and Cheam have required to offset the lack of traditionally derived much of their delivery in Sutton town centre. It is housing capacity from small sites. currently estimated that the overall borough-wide target will be 4.14 Finally, the Rest of the Borough exceeded over the Plan period. total exceeds the target at all Ɣ7KHQRQ-delivery of some sites milestones and is estimated to be due to the adverse economic considerably in excess at the end climate. Two large developments of the Core Strategy period. This which had previously been likely overprovision can largely be delayed are now under accounted for by three exceptional construction (A28: Kelvin House, sites: A12: Orchard Hill (a major A29: Canon House). Nevertheless, developed site in the Green Belt it remains a possibility that some yielding a potential 246 units), sites will not come forward. Durand Close (a large estate Ɣ7KHFDSDFLW\VWDWHGIRUHDFKVLWH renewal scheme in the other will not be delivered. Capacity sources category which yields a outside Sutton has been net increase of 203 units), and the calculated using the London Plan final phases of The Hamptons Density Matrix and, while it development (which were granted provides a rough basis for permission on appeal after the assessing capacity, the suburban Core Planning Strategy nature of the Borough, individual Examination-in-Public and yield a site constraints and the prevailing potential 184 units). These three economic conditions mean that, in sites alone produce a potential many cases, it is not always capacity of 633 units. In addition, applicable. The matrix frequently there a number of large sites in produces capacities for sites which public ownership that is expected would make the likely development to come forward for development appear incongruous when within the Rest of the Borough. It compared to the surrounding low- should also be noted that Core density residential areas. It does Policy PMP1 states that the broad not take into account site features distribution set out in the policy will or infrastructure requirements. The not be used to prevent the matrix also tends to promote high- development of other sites which density small housing/flatted are in accordance with other development and hence higher policies in the plan. numbers of units, whereas 4.15 While the scale and distribution of developers in the current future housing is likely to broadly economic climate tend to be conform to the spatial strategy the favouring houses with three or risks to delivery remain. These more bedrooms, which are proving comprise: easier to sell. Within Sutton town Ɣ3RWHQWLDOQRQ-delivery of the centre there are particular 40% of housing growth in Sutton difficulties in estimating housing

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 104 Agenda Item 4 Page 114

capacities given that most Victoria House (North Cheam), C5: developments will be mixed use Railway Approach and Car Park and there is a more flexibility within (Wallington) and C6: Lidl the central area about appropriate (Wallington). building heights. 4.16 Consequently, there are risks to 4.21 Core Policy BP2 (Affordable the spatial strategy and the Housing) states the Council will Council will monitor housing seek to ensure an overall borough- development closely and seek to wide target of 50% of all new manage any deficiencies by the housing from all sources is methods set out in the Core affordable and a contribution Planning Strategy (paragraphs towards achieving this target will 7.52-7.57). be sought on site. However, there are certain site allocations which Other Housing Matters would be suitable for achieving a 4.18 Core Policy PMP3 (Community high proportion of affordable Regeneration Areas) sets out family-sized units. policies for Community Regeneration Areas and one of Employment the priorities for these areas is 4.22 Core Policy PMP4 (Main Locations improved access to housing. This for Industry) sets out a strategic will be achieved by proposed site approach in order to maintain an allocations: A11: Sutton Hospital, adequate supply of industrial land which is in the Belmont and provide employment Community Regeneration Area, opportunities in the Borough. and A32: Wandle Valley Trading Firstly, it states the Council will Estate, which is in the St Helier encourage the development and and Wandle Valley Community intensification of the Strategic Regeneration Area. Industrial Locations. Secondly, the Council will retain and promote the 4.19 Core Policy PMP7 (Hackbridge) following Established Industrial promotes the development of Locations: Restmor Way, Gander Hackbridge and supports new Green Lane and Abbotts Road, St housing development. This will be Andrews Road/Plumpton Way, achieved through proposed site Oldfields Road and Croydon Road. allocations A20: Felnex Trading As there will be no change in land Estate, A23: Land adjacent to use at these locations, they do not Hackbridge Station, A28: Kelvin appear in the site allocations, apart House and an estate renewal from proposed site allocation A26: scheme at Corbet Close, off St Andrews Road/Plumpton Way Hackbridge Road. where there is potential for expansion on to the adjoining gas 4.20 Core Policy PMP8 (Other District holder site. It should be noted, and Local Centres) promotes though, that some redevelopment intensification of housing in and intensification has already Wallington and the other District taken place: the site at Oldfields Centres. This will be achieved by Road is currently undergoing proposed site allocations A29: redevelopment and the site at Canon House (Wallington), A31:

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 105 Page 115 Agenda Item 4

Croydon Road has recently been London Joint Waste Plan, redeveloped. produced in collaboration with the London Boroughs of Croydon and 4.23 Thirdly, Core Policy PMP4 Merton and the Royal Borough of promotes mixed use Kingston, and consequently there redevelopment at Felnex Trading are no site allocations for waste Estate, Hackbridge Station and management facilities in this Wandle Valley Trading Estate and document. The South London these sites are all designated for Joint Waste Plan has just mixed-use redevelopment within completed its Preferred Options the proposed site allocations consultation and the Proposed schedule. Proposed site allocation Submission version of the A20: Felnex Trading Estate is document will propose waste allocated for residential, retail, management site allocations. It will employment and community uses also provide policy guidance to with approximately 25% being assist the determination of any retained for employment. planning applications that come Proposed site allocation A23: Land forward for waste management at Hackbridge Station is allocated facilities on sites not allocated for for residential and employment waste management purposes. uses with approximately 30% of the site area being retained for 4.25 Historically, offices have been a employment. Proposed site major source of employment within allocation A32: Wandle Valley the Borough but over the past two Trading Estate is allocated for decades the stock has gradually employment, residential and open become unsuited to modern space with approximately 40% of requirements. Core Policy PMP6 the site area being retained for seeks to promote Sutton town employment purposes. Finally, centre and indicates that the Core Policy PMP4 supports council will support the creation proposals for new development, and protection of a range of which improves opportunities for employment opportunities small and medium-sized including enhanced office enterprises. It is considered that all provision. Site allocation the Established Industrial Areas information regarding deliverability and Mixed Use Areas are suitable of the objectives for the town locations for development of small centre, including office uses, is set and medium-sized enterprises. out for each of the Quarters in the Section below on Retail and Town 4.24 In addition to traditional industrial Centre Uses. Core Policy PMP8 sectors, one of the fastest growing encourages proposals for new industries, both currently and office space, the potentially, is the waste intensification/redevelopment of management sector and Core existing office space in district Policy BP8 (Waste Reduction and centres and specifically mentions Management) states that the Wallington as a location for an Council will identify the necessary expansion in office provision. capacity for the industry. This will Proposed site allocations A25: be conducted though the South Wallington Square, A29: Canon

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 106 Agenda Item 4 Page 116

House, C5: Railway Approach and provides a strong economic hub C6: Lidl are all sites within for Sutton and the wider area45. Wallington district centre which have been proposed for mixed use 4.28 In order to promote a competitive and which will include an element town centre environment and to of office redevelopment or re- provide consumer choice the provision. Four other sites across council must plan for a strong retail the Borough have also been mix that meets the quantitative and designated for office provision qualitative needs for comparison within mixed-use developments and convenience retail identified in and these proposed site the 2007 Sutton Retail allocations, which are all in Assessment46. The Sutton Retail accessible locations, are: A2: Assessment concluded that Sutton Gleeson Offices (on a major road), must improve its retail offer simply A28: Kelvin House (within the new to maintain its position relative to Hackbridge district centre), A31: competing centres and, in the Victoria House (within North context of expected growth in Cheam district centre) and C2: comparison goods expenditure Westmead Road (within there is an identified need for up to Westmead Road local centre). an additional 16,000 sq m net (equivalent to 20,000 sq m Retail and Town Centre Uses gross47) of comparison floorspace 4.26 Core Policy PMP7 (Hackbridge) in the Borough up to 2017. supports proposals for new Experian, commissioned by the commercial and retail development GLA, has prepared a more recent in Hackbridge while Core Policy report into comparison goods retail PMP8 (Other District and Local floorspace needs in London48 Centres) promotes the which identifies a South West sub intensification of shopping and regional need for 352,000 sq m net commercial uses at Wallington, (440,000sqm gross) by 2031. Rosehill, North Cheam and Whilst by 2016 the growth Worcester Park and the anticipated for Sutton by Experian consolidation of shopping and is 9,200sq m net (i.e. significantly commercial uses at Cheam and less than that identified by Savills), Carshalton. E\6XWWRQ¶VFRPSDULVRQ floorspace requirement is identified 4.27 Sutton town centre is identified by as nearly 30,000sq m net the Mayor as one of only four (40,000sqm gross). This is almost metropolitan centres in south double the figure identified by London. In accordance with the Vision for the town centre the 45 As set out in The Town Centre Partnership Vision, council is seeking to secure a Strategic Objective 12 and Policy PMP6 of the Core more attractive, thriving, vibrant, Strategy. safe, diverse, welcoming and 46 Undertaken by Savills Hepher Dixon accessible town centre which 47 Conversion ratio of 1.25:1 gross to net expressed by Experian

48 µ&RQVXPHUExpenditure and Comparison Goods Retail Floorspace Need in London: A Report by ([SHULDQIRUWKH*/$¶0DUFK

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 107 Page 117 Agenda Item 4

Savills. In line with the town centre by Experian, although there are a hierarchy and government number of additional sites within guidance in PPS4 the priority for and adjacent to the Primary provision of this comparison Shopping Area which could floorspace should be within Sutton provide some of the additional town centre. retail capacity, but which have not 4.29 The Mayor is clear that LDFs been identified as allocations as, in should not only identify future the present economic climate the levels of retail and other owners have not expressed any commercial floorspace need but redevelopment intentions. should take a proactive However, even taking into account partnership approach towards this potential future capacity, the identifying capacity and bringing council considers that in order to forward development in the town secure the deliverability of the centre. Accordingly, the supply objectives of the Core Strategy, side assessments set out below, in over the timeframe of this Plan, Table 4.4a, for each of the retail floorspace must be provided identified town centre Quarters on each of the sites in accordance must be considered against the with their allocations and where assessments of need set out possible the level of retail above. floorspace should be exceeded. 4.30 The allocations for Sutton Town 4.31 The Employment Land Review Centre set out in Table 4.4a Update identified an additional demonstrate that 16,800 sq m net need for 22,500sq m gross of (c. 20,500 sq m gross) of retail office floorspace over the period of floorspace can be delivered over the Plan and the Allocations the next 15 years. This therefore demonstrate that this figure can be does not meet the need identified delivered.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 108 Agenda Item 4 Page 118

Table 4.4a: Potential Net Changes to Capacity by Uses and Quarter* Allocated Site Retail (A Office (B1) Other Classes) Town Centre Uses Gross External Floor Areas (sq m) North Sutton - Village Quarter STC N1: Gas Holder Site 1,663 1,663 1,479 STC N1: Magnet Site# 3 595 0 STC N1: Zurich Site# 2,713 -3,117 -562 STC N3: Blockbuster Site* -246 360 360 STC N4: Burger King Site* 576 0 0 Total 4,709 -499 1,277

Central Sutton - Exchange Quarter STC C1: North of Lodge Place 720 2,344 1,248 STC C2: South of Lodge Place 274 2,950 0 STC C3: Kwikfit Site (i) 0 0 1,693 STC C3: Kwikfit Site (ii) 595 0 -291 STC C6: North of Greenford Road 450 97 -220 Total (i) 1,444 5,391 2,721 Total (ii) 2,039 5,391 737

Central West Sutton - Civic Quarter STC CW1: Civic Centre Site 4,744 5,379 8,214 STC CW2: Secombe Centre 0 1,348 -2,216 STC CW3: Beech Tree Place 0 500 5,255 Total 4,744 7,227 11,253

South Sutton - Station Quarter STC S2: North of Sutton Court Road 1,056 4,858 0 STC S3: South of Sutton Court Road 1,138 1,800 562 STC S4: Sutton Station and Car Park 1,756 10,000 25,603 STC S5: Shops Opposite Sutton Station 1,216 3,303 3,464 STC S6: Sutherland House 1,436 -5,507 3,268 STC S7: Brighton Road Sites 2,413 3,272 -4,731 Total 9,015 17,726 28,166

Town Centre Total - All Quarters TOTAL (i) 19,912 29,845 43,417 TOTAL (ii) 20,507 29,845 41,433 * This table sets out net changes and therefore #These figures assume that the STC N1 (Gas excludes existing floor areas. Total gross Holder) is decommissioned and that Health and development capacity for each site is set out in the Safety Executive PADHI guidance does not apply. corresponding Allocations Schedule. *These sites are in the HSE Consultation Outer These figures exclude residential which is dealt with Zone within which there are restrictions over very separately in Table 4.3 on Housing Supply. large and sensitive developments such as

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 109 Page 119 Agenda Item 4

institutional accommodation. Developers will need Way (Site Allocation A17), which to take this into account when considering any currently has restricted public redevelopment proposals. (i) Assuming hotel uses on-site. access, should become a park to (ii) Assuming residential-led mixed use on-site. help rectify the current deficiency in access to local parks in this part 4.32 Within Hackbridge, proposed site of the Borough. Other proposed allocations A20: Felnex Trading site allocations which will Estate and A28: Kelvin House are safeguard and enhance the both allocated for mixed-use %RURXJK¶VRSHQVSDFHQHWZRUNDUH developments including retail use. C7: Part of Stanley Road Allotments, which will cease to be 4.33 Retail and other appropriate town designated for primary school centre uses are designated in provision, and C8: Demesne Wallington in proposed site Road Allotments, less of which is allocations A25: Wallington now safeguarded for a cemetery Square, A29: Canon House, C5: extension. Railway Approach and C6: Lidl. In addition, there are also two 4.35 Core Policy PMP9 also states that Council-owned sites in the centre the Council will designate the of Wallington, which if former Orchard Hill Hospital and redeveloped, could contribute to BIBRA sites as Major Developed the vitality and viability of Sites in the Green Belt and it is Wallington. However, further work proposed that the Orchard Hill needs to be undertaken with development will include an regard to the two sites to establish element of open space. These the viability of site redevelopment sites appear as site allocations and the feasibility of relocating A12 and B5 respectively. Finally, existing on-site uses. Therefore, Core Policy PMP5 (Wandle Valley) with deliverability unassured, it states that the Council will play an was considered inappropriate to active role in enhancing the River include these sites in this Wandle and adjoining open document. However, development spaces. Prposed site allocation on these sites may come forward A32: Wandle Valley Trading Estate during the plan period on will provide an opportunity to completion of the above work. create a riverside open space area With regard to other district which will link other areas of the centres, proposed site allocation Wandle Trail and to other areas of A31: Victoria House in North the larger Wandle Valley Regional Cheam is allocated in part for Park. Part of proposed site retail. allocation A24: Open Land within BedZED and Land North of Open Spaces BedZED is also within the Wandle 4.34 Core Policy PMP9 (The Open Valley Regional Park and it is Spaces Network) states that the proposed to develop this area for Council will seek to safeguard and recreational uses in the longer HQKDQFHWKH%RURXJK¶VRSHQ term. space network. It is therefore proposed that the majority of the Education Former Playing Fields at Sheen

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 110 Agenda Item 4 Page 120

4.36 Core Policy BP4 (Education and Policy PMP3 (Community Skills) states that the Council will Regeneration Areas) seeks to provide facilities to meet future reduce levels of significant primary school provision needs. deprivation. Parts of Sutton Town Currently, the Council is awaiting Centre fall within an identified further data on (i) the birthrate, (ii) Priority Community Regeneration trends regarding children living in Area. These policy objectives will the Borough but being educated be addressed in the Sutton Town outside the authority boundary and Centre through the Site Allocations (iii) the proportion of Borough STC C1: North of Lodge Place, children being educated privately which supports the development of in order to determine the precise an improved health clinic at the level of need. In the meantime, the existing GPs premises. Council is proposing to safeguard a number of sites for possible Health, Well Being and Recreation primary school provision pending 4.39 Core Policy BP5 (Improving Health this review of primary school place and Well-Being) supports the need. The proposed sites are: development of healthcare centres A10: Sutton West Centre; A17: at Wallington and Hackbridge and Former Playing Fields at Sheen the establishment of a Local Acute Way; A24: Open Land within Hospital at St Helier. The BedZED (buildings) and Land Wallington Local Care Centre is North of BedZED (playing fields); already under construction and it is and C1: Glastonbury Centre. planned that a health facility will be Should any of these sites not be part of a community hub on required for primary school proposed site allocation A20: provision, the sites will be Felnex Trading Estate in available for the alternative Hackbridge. The redevelopment of allocated use. St Helier Hospital appears as proposed site allocation A27: St 4.37 Core Policy BP4 also states that Helier and includes plans for a the Council will support the Local Acute Hospital and Local development of a new secondary Care Centre. The redevelopment school at the former Orchard Hill of St Helier may be give rise to the Hospital site. Part of the proposed temporary relocation of health site allocation A12: Orchard Hill services to the Sutton Hospital site has been allocated for education (proposed site allocation A11), use as well as residential uses and pending its long-term open space. It is anticipated that redevelopment for housing and any further need for secondary health purposes. school places in the Borough can be accommodated by the 4.40 There are also two other site expansion of existing secondary allocations which will provide schools. redeveloped health facilities. Subject to the satisfactory 4.38 Core Policy PMP6 (Sutton Town relocation of the existing leisure Centre) supports proposals for, centre, proposed site allocation amongst other things, accessible A3: Cheam Leisure Centre community facilities. Furthermore, includes the redevelopment and

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 111 Page 121 Agenda Item 4

possible expansion of existing of the western part of the Borough. health services to serve the west However, the redevelopment of of the Borough, while the long- the Cheam Leisure Centre site term redevelopment of proposed would only come forward once site allocation A11: Sutton Hospital such a new centre was envisages a local health facility to operational. As it is currently serve the south of the Borough. uncertain where the replacement leisure centre would be located, a 4.41 Core Policy BP5 supports the replacement leisure centre is not development at the Royal Marsden included as a site allocation. Hospital and Institute of Cancer Research in the south of the 4.44 Proposed site allocation D4: Borough. Proposed site allocation Sutton United Football Ground B6 details an expansion of the includes proposals to reinstate Institute of Cancer Research to playing fields that are currently ensure it remains at the forefront unmaintained at Collingwood of research and development into Recreation Ground, while cancer treatment. Meanwhile, proposed site allocation A24: proposed site allocation D3 Open Land within BedZED and provides for the redevelopment of Land North of BedZED could the Royal Marsden Hospital, which provide new playing fields for a is required to meet changing possible new primary school and patterns in cancer treatment and for the local community. Proposed care. site allocations C7: Part of Stanley Road Allotments and C8: 4.42 In addition to the treatment of Demesne Road Allotments both illness, Core Policy BP5 supports reduce the areas within existing the retention and improvement of allotments which were previously facilities which help to prevent safeguarded for other uses in the illness and which promote healthy &RXQFLO¶V8'3 lifestyles. The policy states that the Council will support the retention Sustainability Issues and improvement of leisure 4.45 Core Policy BP6 (One Planet centres, playing pitches, and Living) specifies Hackbridge as a allotments and other uses which regeneration and growth area that will promote healthy lifestyles as will be delivered to low carbon well as supporting increased standards with zero carbon options for cycling and walking. standards to be achieved for all new developments within the 4.43 The Council currently has two Hackbridge Limit of Sustainable leisure centres, in North Cheam Residential Quality from 2011, and Carshalton. The centre at where this is feasible. Proposed North Cheam, which is no longer site allocations A20: Felnex fit for purpose, is proposed as site Trading Estate, A23: Hackbridge allocation A3 for redevelopment for Station and A28: Kelvin House will housing and health facilities. implement this policy. Consideration is currently being given to relocating this centre to a 4.46 Core Policy BP7 (Flood Risk and suitable site to serve the residents Climate Change Adaptation) states

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 112 Agenda Item 4 Page 122

that the Council will steer site Trading Estate, A23: Hackbridge allocations towards areas of lowest Station, A28: Kelvin House and flood risk, taking the vulnerability A32: Wandle Valley Trading of the proposed uses into account. Estate. The plans for Only two of the 35 proposed site improvements to Beddington Lane allocations require the Exceptions are detailed in proposed site Test, as set out in PPS25, and allocation C9. they are A20: Felnex Trading Estate and A32: Wandle Valley 4.42 There are also a number of other Trading Estate. Proposed site proposed sites where development allocation A20 is only partially in would involve transport Flood Zone 3a and it is proposed improvements. These are: to locate much of the employment Ɣ$*OHHVRQ2IILFHV LPSURYHG (less vulnerable) use, as opposed permeability for pedestrians and to the residential (more vulnerable) cyclists); use, in the higher risk area. Ɣ$+DOOPHDG'D\&HQWUH Similarly, with regard to proposed (footpath network improvements); site allocation A32, it is expected Ɣ$6XWWRQHospital the open space use will occupy (improvements to permeability and much of Flood Zone 3a while the bus service facilities); employment and residential uses Ɣ$2UFKDUG+LOO LPSURYHG will largely occupy the other, lower access, improved permeability for risk Flood Zone, areas. pedestrians and cyclists and bus service improvements); Transport Infrastructure Ɣ$6WDQOH\3DUN+LJK6FKRRO 4.47 Core Policy BP9 (Enabling (improved permeability for Smarter Travel Choices ± an Area- pedestrians and cyclists); Based Approach) outlines a series Ɣ$)RUPHU3OD\LQJ)LHOGVDW of transport improvements, many Sheen Way (improved access and of which are planned in permeability for pedestrians and conjunction with other bodies such cyclists); as Transport for London. The site Ɣ$:DOOLQJWRQ6TXDUH allocations provide further (personal safety improvements for information on the proposed pedestrians); transport improvements. Ɣ$6W+HOLHU+RVSLWDO WUDPOLQN Improvements to the Wallington facilities and improved access); station area are detailed in Ɣ%%,%5$6LWH LPSURYHG proposed site allocation C5: access and permeability for Railway Approach and C6: Lidl. pedestrians and cyclists); and, Information on a new traffic Ɣ'5R\DO0DUVGHQ+RVSLWDO management scheme for (improved access and permeability Carshalton is provided in proposed and bus service improvements) site allocation C10. A description Ɣ67&1&URZQ5RDG+LJK of how the area around Street Sites (new road link to Hackbridge Station and traffic flow, enable the creation of a Village cycling and walking opportunities Square visually and functionally in Hackbridge generally are to be connecting the Village Quarter to improved is provided in proposed the Exchange Quarter and site allocations A20: Felnex enabling the creation of a

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 113 Page 123 Agenda Item 4

pedestrian/tram link route along the northern part of the High Street) Ɣ67&66RXWKRI6XWWRQ&RXUW Road and STC S4: Sutton Station and Car Park (create a public transport interchange).

4.43 The majority of these improvements are related to improvements for pedestrians and cyclists and bus services and hence comply with Core Policy BP10 (Transport ± Strategic and Borough-wide Proposals) which seeks to encourage the use of sustainable modes of transport.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 114 Agenda Item 4 Page 124

Table 4.5: SITE ALLOCATIONS SCHEDULE

No Site Proposed Allocation

A1 Library, Ridge Road, Stonecot Residential

A2 Gleeson Offices (Haredon House), London Mixed Use: Road, Stonecot Residential/Retail/Offices

A3 Cheam Leisure Centre, Malden Road, North Mixed Use: Cheam Residential/Health

A8 Hallmead Day Centre, Anton Crescent, Mixed Use: Sutton Residential/Community

A10 Sutton West Centre, Robin Hood Lane, 2010-15: Safeguarded for Sutton an Educational Use Post 2015: Mixed Use: Community/Residential

A11 Sutton Hospital, Cotswold Road, Sutton Mixed Use: Residential/Health

A12 Orchard Hill, Carshalton Beeches Mixed Use: Residential/Education/Open Space

A13 Stanley Park High School, Stanley Park Residential Road, Carshalton

A17 Former Playing Fields, Sheen Way, 2010-15: Safeguarded for Wallington an Educational Use Post 2015; Mixed Use: Open Space/Residential

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 115

Page 125 Agenda Item 4

A18 Council Offices, Denmark Road, Carshalton Residential

A19 Council Car Park, Denmark Road, Carshalton Residential

A20 Felnex Trading Estate, London Road, Mixed Use: Hackbridge Residential/Retail/ Employment/Community

A23 Land adjoining Hackbridge Station, London Mixed Use: Road, Hackbridge Residential/Employment

A24 Open Land within BedZED and Land North of Within BedZED: BedZED, Hackbridge Education/Community

North of BedZED: Short Term: Safeguarded for Mineral Extraction. Long-term: Regional Park and Playing Fields

A25 Wallington Square, off Woodcote Road, Mixed Use: Wallington Residential/Retail/ Offices/Leisure

A26 Trading Estate and Gas Holder, Plumpton Industry Way, Carshalton

A27 St Helier Hospital, Wrythe Lane, Rosehill Health

A28 Kelvin House, London Road, Hackbridge Mixed Use: Residential/Retail/Offices

A29 Canon House, Melbourne Road, Wallington Mixed Use: Residential/Retail/Offices

A31 Victoria House, London Road, North Cheam Mixed Use: Residential/Retail/Offices

A32 Wandle Valley Trading Estate, Mill Green Mixed Use: Employment/ Road, Hackbridge Residential/Open Space

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 116

Agenda Item 4 Page 126

B2 All Saints Road/Benhill Wood Road, Sutton

Residential

B5 Former BIBRA Site, Woodmansterne Road, Mixed Use: Carshalton Community/Residential

B6 Institute of Cancer Research Land, Adjacent Research and Development to Sutton Hospital, Belmont

C1 Glastonbury Centre, Hartland Road, Rosehill 2010-15: Safeguarded for an Educational Use Post 2015: Residential

C2 Land to the Rear of 107 Westmead Road, Mixed Use: Residential/ Sutton Retail/Offices

C3 Bawtree House, Worcester Road, Sutton Residential

C4 War Memorial Hospital/Ashcombe House, Residential (including The Park & Cedar Close, Carshalton supported living units)

C5 Railway Approach and Car Park, off Manor Mixed Use: Road, Wallington Office/Retail/ Leisure/Residential/ Car Parking

C6 Lidl, Beddington Gardens, Wallington Mixed Use: Retail/Office/ Residential/Car Parking

C7 Part of the Allotments, Stanley Road, Urban Green Space Carshalton (to be used as Allotments)

C8 Allotments, Demesne Road, Wallington A: Metropolitan Open Land (to be used as Allotments with Land Safeguarded for a Cemetery Extension)

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 117

Page 127 Agenda Item 4

B: Metropolitan Open Land (to be used as Allotments)

C9 Road Improvement Scheme, Beddington Road Improvement Scheme Lane, Beddington

C10 Traffic Management Scheme, Carshalton Traffic Management District Centre Scheme

D3 Royal Marsden Hospital, Downs Road, Health Belmont

D4 Sutton United Football Ground, Gander Mixed Use: Sports Green Lane, Sutton Ground/Community Facilities

STC Crown Road/High Street Sites Mixed use: residential, N1 retail, office and other STC Blockbuster Site, 341 High Street, Sutton Mixed use: retail, N3 residential, community and office

STC Burger King Site, 330 ± 332 High Street, Residential-led mixed use N4 Sutton and retail STC North of lodge place, Sutton Mixed use: health, retail, C1 residential and office or commercial leisure STC South of Lodge Place, Sutton Mixed use: retail, C2 residential and office or commercial leisure STC Kwikfit Site, Throwley Road, Sutton (i) hotel or other town centre C3 use, or (ii) residential-led mixed use and retail STC North of Greenford Road, Sutton Mixed use: residential, retail C6 and office

STC Civic Centre Site, St Nicholas Way, Sutton Mixed use: civic, CW1 community, cultural, retail and residential STC Secombe Theatre Site, Cheam Road, Sutton Residential-led mixed-use CW2 and office

STC Beech Tree Place / West Street, Sutton Mixed use: social, CW3 community, residential and office / small business units STC North of Sutton Court Road, Sutton Office-led mixed use S2

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 118

Agenda Item 4 Page 128

STC South of Sutton Court Road, Sutton Mixed use: office, S3 residential, retail and leisure STC Sutton Station and Car Park, Sutton Mixed use: office, retail, S4 residential, car park, leisure and other town centre uses STC Shops Opposite Station Mixed use: retail, S5 residential, office and hotel STC Sutherland House, Brighton Road, Sutton Mixed use: residential, S6 office, hotel, retail and leisure STC Brighton Road Sites, Sutton Mixed use: residential, S7 office, retail, car park, petrol station

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 119

Page 129 Agenda Item 4

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 120

Agenda Item 4 Page 130

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 121

Page 131 Agenda Item 4

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 122

Agenda Item 4 Page 132

GUIDANCE ON THE PROPOSED SITE ALLOCATIONS SCHEDULE

Site Numbers: The site numbers denote the point at which the site was considered as part of the DPD preparation and the numbers have been retained through subsequent stages of DPD preparation to provide a clear audit trail. At adoption, the sites will be numbered sequentially.

6LWHV ZLWK WKH SUHIL[ ³$´ ZHUH VXJJHVWHG E\ WKH &RXQFLO DW WKH ,VVXHV DQG Options stage.

6LWHV ZLWK WKH SUHIL[ ³%´ ZHUH VXJJHVWHG E\ VWDNHKROGHUV DW WKH ,VVXHV and Options stage.

6LWHVZLWKWKHSUHIL[³&´ZHUHVXJJHVWHGE\WKH&RXQFLODQGVWDNHKROGHUVDWWKH Preferred Options stage.

6LWHV ZLWK WKH SUHIL[ ³'´ ZHUH VXJJHVWHG E\ VWDNHKROGHUV DIWHU WKH 3UHIHUUHG Options stage and were subject to an additional consultation prior to the submission stage.

6LWHVZLWKWKHSUHIL[µ67&¶DUHDOORFDWLRQVZKLFKKDYHEHHQ brought forward from the Sutton Town Centre AAP. In addition the STC Allocation references refer to the Quarters within which the sites fall and therefoUHµ1¶VLWHVDUHWKRVHLQ the QRUWKRIWKHWRZQFHQWUHLQWKHµ9LOODJH4XDUWHU¶µ&¶VLWHV DUHFHQWUDOVLWHVLQWKH([FKDQJH4XDUWHUµ&:¶VLWHVIDOOLQ the west of Sutton in WKH&LYLF4XDUWHUDQGµ6¶VLWHVDUHLQ the Station Quarter.

For an explanation of how the sites contribute to the Strategic Objectives, the Spatial Strategy and the Policies of the Core Planning Strategy, please refer to paragraphs 4.1-4.42 of this document.

Current Land Use: The land use is correct as of September 2009.

Public Transport: Public transport is assessed according to the Public Transport Accessibility Levels (PTALs) methodology. Level 6 denotes an area with excellent public transport connections and services. Level 1 refers to those areas of the Borough which have poor public transport services. The PTALs are as of 2006 and do not take account of predicted future changes to PTALs.

Proposals Map: The designations refer to the proposed future Proposals Map.

Relevant Planning History: This section covers planning applications and permissions which are similar in land use terms to all or part of the allocation and which were submitted or granted in the ten years prior to September 2009. Planning permissions concerning hazardous substances are included where it is considered appropriate.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 123

Page 133 Agenda Item 4

Allocation: The allocation provides stakeholders with the information on the type(s) of land use the Council is expecting on the site. Further information specific to the site is also provided. This further information covers infrastructure requirements related to delivery of the site as Planning Policy Statement 12 stresses that deliverability is a key aspect of a Local Development Framework.

The information also includes design guidance and the Council will seek to ensure that all developPHQW KDV UHJDUG WR WKH &RXQFLO¶V VL[ XUEDQ GHVLJQ SULQFLSOHVVHWRXWLQWKH&RXQFLO¶Vµ8UEDQ'HVLJQ*XLGH¶63'  

Development of allocations within Sutton town centre must also have regard to the design aspirations set out in the Sutton town Centre Urban Design Framework (2009) prepared by Gillespies until the Sutton Urban Design guidelines SPD is adopted.

The site information does not constitute an exhaustive list of criteria for development and all schemes will need to comply with the policies within the Development Plan (ie: the London Plan, the Core Planning Strategy and other policies within this document).

In considering development proposals for those sites with mixed-use allocations, the Council may allow some flexibility in the overall composition of land-uses provided the proposal remains in conformity with the Core Planning Strategy for the particular site.

Flood Risk: Fluvial (river) flood risk is graded with Flood Zone 1 being the least likely areas in the Borough to flood. Flood Zone 3a is a high-risk flood zone, while Flood Zone 3b is the functional floodplain. The comments on flood risk, which are included for each site, are intended as a guide and are identified in the Level 2 Strategic Flood Risk Assessment (July 2009). Sites in Sutton town centre fall within a Critical Drainage Area (CDA) identified in the Sutton Surface Water Management Plan (July 2010). For comprehensive information on the flood risk on each site and other environmental matters, please contact the Environment Agency.

Waste Water Infrastructure Within Sutton Town Centre: Waste water infrastructure capacity issues are based on information provided by Thames Water. The comments are intended as a guide and for comprehensive information on waste water issues please contact Thames Water Developer Services on 0845 850 2777.

Potential for Decentralised Energy: 6LWHV ORFDWHG ZLWKLQ WKH 6XWWRQ WRZQ FHQWUH µ'HFHQWUDOLVHG (QHUJ\ 2SSRUWXQLW\ $UHD¶DVLGHQWLILHGLQWKH%RURXJK+HDW0DSSLQJ6WXG\ 8566FRWW:LOVRQ)HE 2011). The envisaged network would be served by a gas-fired or biomass Combined Heat and Power (CHP) with optimum capacity of 4.8 MWe and carbon dioxide savings of 8,250 tonnes per year. In the interim period, site-wide CHP or communal heating/cooling systems should be prioritised, ensuring that energy centres and site layouts are compatible with future connection.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 124

Agenda Item 4 Page 134

Indicative Phasing: Indicative phasing is divided into three periods: April 2010- March 2015; April 2015-March 2020; and, April 2020-March 2025. The Council has consulted with stakeholders to ensure that the indicative phasing information is as accurate as possible. However, it should be noted that the London development industry is very dynamic and that phasing assessments are always liable to change.

Indicative Housing Capacity: Outside Sutton Town Centre: The London Plan Density Matrix has been applied to calculate indicative housing capacity. However, it should be stressed that the matrix is a basic method for calculating capacity and does not take into account special site constraints.

Within Sutton Town Centre: The development capacity is based on the development footprint and building heights proposed in Gillespies Urban Design Framework, the draft Sutton Urban Design Guidance SPD and the adopted Lodge Place SPD. Where a range of building heights is given, an average has been taken of all the proposed buildings. The number of suggested residential units is based on 95sqm, which represents an average gross floorspace per unit including a relevant percentage of internal circulation and other communal space. The residential capacity of sites which were identified after the preparation of Gillespies Urban Design Framework is based on the London Plan Density Matrix.

All Sites: The capacity stated for each site is merely a guide. It does not follow that a planning application will be granted if the application contains the stated amount of housing units. Equally, through the submission and approval of a planning application, it may be possible to achieve a suitable development which exceeds the guideline capacity.

Indicative Non-Residential Capacities in Sutton Town Centre: The figures identified in the Allocations schedules represent the total gross capacity of development on the site. No deductions have been made for existing uses/floor areas.

Delivery Mechanism: In order to ensure the delivery of the sites and consequently the Core Planning Strategy, the Council has consulted extensively with stakeholders to ensure the sites are deliverable. However, as stated above, the London development industry is very dynamic and delivery mechanisms are liable to change.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 125

Page 135 Agenda Item 4

SITE ALLOCATIONS SCHEDULE

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 126

Agenda Item 4 Page 136

A1: LIBRARY, RIDGE ROAD, STONECOT

Site Description: The site is located on the western perimeter of the Borough on the corner of London Road and Ridge Road within a predominantly UHVLGHQWLDODUHD,WLVDSURPLQHQWVLWHDVLWLVORFDWHGRQDVLJQLILFDQW³$´URDG

Site Area: 0.2ha

Current Land Use: Community - Library

Ownership: Council

Public Transport: Level 2

Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 127

Page 137 Agenda Item 4

A1: LIBRARY, RIDGE ROAD, STONECOT

The site is allocated for RESIDENTIAL use

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

Ɣ(QKDQFLQJWKHLGHQWLW\RIWKHDUHD Ɣ1RWH[FHHGLQJDKHLJKWRIWKUHHVWRUH\V Ɣ3URYLGLQJYHKLFXODUDFFHVVWRWKHVLWHIURP5LGJH5RDG Ɣ5HWDLQLQJWKHPDWXUHSODQWLQJDURXQGWKHHGJHRIWKHVLWH Ɣ(QVXULQJFDUSDUNLng arrangements are unobtrusive Ɣ0LQLPLVLQJWKHHIIHFWRIWUDIILFQRLVHIURP/RQGRQ5RDGRQUHVLGHQWV

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7).

Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity 15 units. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Suburban 2.7- 3.0hr/u.

Delivery Mechanism The library is being relocated to the new Life Skills Centre at Alcorn Close. The site will become vacant in 2010-11. The site will then be disposed of by the Council to fund the development of the Life Skills Centre. (Ref: Report to The Executive, 6 April 2009).

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 128

Agenda Item 4 Page 138

A2: GLEESON OFFICES (HAREDON HOUSE), LONDON ROAD, STONECOT

Site Description: The site is located at the junction of London Road and Gander GUHHQ /DQH DQG RSSRVLWH 6W $QWKRQ\¶V +RVSLWDO ,W LV VXUURXQGHG E\ inter-war housing. However, the character of London Road is more mixed. This LVDSURPLQHQWVLWHORFDWHGRQDVLJQLILFDQW³$´URDG7KHVLWHLVRFFXSLHGE\D large office building, which is currently vacant.

Site Area: 0.5ha

Current Land Use: Offices

Ownership: Private

Public Transport: Level 2

Proposals Map: Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 129

Page 139 Agenda Item 4

A2: GLEESON OFFICES (HAREDON HOUSE), LONDON ROAD, STONECOT

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL, RETAIL and OFFICES

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

Ɣ(QKDQFLQJWKHLGHQWLW\RIWKHDUHD Ɣ &UHDWLQJ D PL[HG XVH GHYHORSPHQW ZLWK UHWDLORIILFH VSDFH RQ WKH JURXQG floor, office space on the first floor and residential uses on the upper floors Ɣ3URYLGLQJVDIHYHKLFXODUDFFHVVRQWR*DQGHU*UHHQ/DQH Ɣ,QWHJrating the site with the London Road frontage to the north of the site and creating permeability through the site Ɣ 5HWDLQLQJ WKH PDWXUH SODQWLQJ RQ WKH /RQGRQ 5RDG IURQWDJH WR SURYLGH amenity for residents, workers and shoppers Ɣ 'HVLJQLQJ WKH UHVLGHQWLDO units to minimise the effect of traffic noise on residents

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Supporting proposals for new development which improves opportunities for small and medium enterprises in all economic sectors (PMP4). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7).

Flood Risk Zone 2 ± Flood Risk Assessment required. Site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity 25 units. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Suburban 3.8- 4.6hr/u.

Delivery Mechanism The current landowners have indicated to the Council an intention to redevelop the site.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 130

Agenda Item 4 Page 140

A3: CHEAM LEISURE CENTRE, MALDEN ROAD, NORTH CHEAM

Site Description: The site is located between Cheam Village and North Cheam district centres on Malden Road fronting busy bus routes. It is surrounded by inter-war housing, which is fairly uniform and cohesive. It is a SURPLQHQWVLWHORFDWHGRQDVLJQLILFDQW³$´URDG7KHVLWHLVRFFXSLHGE\DOHLVXUH centre, surgery, a day centre and a health centre.

Site Area: 1.3ha

Current Land Use: Community ± Leisure and Health

Ownership: Council and Other Public

Public Transport: Level 2

Proposals Map: North Cheam SRQ, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 131

Page 141 Agenda Item 4

A3: CHEAM LEISURE CENTRE, MALDEN ROAD, NORTH CHEAM

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL and HEALTH (but only when a replacement leisure centre that serves the residents of the western part of the Borough is operational on an alternative site)

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

Ɣ(QKDQFLQJWKHLGHQtity of the area Ɣ5HORFDWLQJWKHKHDOWKDQGFRPPXQLW\XVHVWRWKH0DOGHQ5RDGIURQWDJHLQ order to improve access to facilities and using the rest of the site for residential uses Ɣ3URYLGLQJDFFHVVIURP0DOGHQ5RDGDQG3ULRU\&UHVFHQW Ɣ 5HVSHFWLQJ WKH GHnsity and heights of the surrounding residential development (ie two-storey terraced/semi-detached units) Ɣ5HWDLQLQJWKHPDWXUHSODQWLQJZLWKLQDQGDURXQGWKHVLWH

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in a district centre (PMP1). Supporting proposals for the intensification of housing and accessible community facilities (PMP8). Supporting proposals for higher density development within and around town centres (BP1). Supporting health facilities in the west of the Borough (BP5). Steering site allocations and development towards lowest flood risk (BP7).

Flood Risk Zone 1 ± Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity 30 units. This is based on locating the Day Care Centre and Health Centre on the road frontage and so there may be residential developable area of 0.6ha. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Suburban 3.8-4.6hr/u. The 6XEXUEDQVHWWLQJKDVEHHQXVHGLQWKLVLQVWDQFHWRUHIOHFWWKHDUHD¶VVXEXUEDQ FKDUDFWHU DQG WKH VLWH¶V ORFDWLRQ RQ WKH HGJH RI WKH 6XVWDLQDEOH 5HVLGHQWLDO Quality area.

Delivery Mechanism The Council has indicated plans to relocate the leisure centre to another site to serve the western part of the Borough. The site will become vacant once the new site is operational (Ref: Report to The Executive 8 June 2009). The Primary Care Trust has indicated an interest in relocating services within the site.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 132

Agenda Item 4 Page 142

A8: HALLMEAD DAY CENTRE, ANTON CRESCENT, SUTTON

Site Description: The site is located to the north west of Sutton town centre and is bounded by residential uses, Westbourne Primary School and the site currently known as Oldfields Trading Estate. The site is isolated from the existing urban fabric and grain. The site is currently occupied by the Hallmead Day Centre but there is a considerable amount of vacant land on the site.

Site Area: 0.9ha

Current Land Use: Community ± Day Care

Ownership: Council

Public Transport: Level 2

Proposals Map: Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: Planning permission B2008/60139: Erection of a detached building for use as a resource centre for adults with learning disabilities, associated car and cycle parking and landscaping.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 133

Page 143 Agenda Item 4

A8: HALLMEAD DAY CENTRE, ANTON CRESCENT, SUTTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL and COMMUNITY

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

Ɣ3ODQQLQJSHUPLVVLRQ%8/60139 which allows for a rebuilt day centre in the north-eastern portion of the site, while residential use should be on the remainder of site Ɣ7DNLQJRSSRUWXQLWLHVWRFUHDWHDGHYHORSPHQWZLWKDGLVWLQFWLYHFKDUDFWHU Ɣ ,PSURYLQJ YHKLFXODU DFFHVV YLD 1Rrthspur Road and pedestrian access to the footpath network. Ɣ 'HVLJQLQJ UHVLGHQWLDO XQLWV WR SUHYHQW XQGXH RYHUORRNLQJ RI :HVWERXUQH Primary School Ɣ5HVSHFWLQJWKHKHLJKWDQGGHQVLW\RIWKHVXUURXQGLQJUHVLGHQWLDODUHDV LH two-storey terraced/semi-detached units)

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7).

Flood Risk Zone 2 ± Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is in a Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 area so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity 25 units. The planning permission for the day centre has a site area of 0.35ha so the net residential developable area is 0.55ha. Capacity is based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Suburban 3.8-4.6hr/u.

Delivery Mechanism Planning permission B2008/60139 indicates the site area to be developed by Council and the area that remains for others to develop. The site is awaiting disposal from Council ownership.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 134

Agenda Item 4 Page 144

A10: SUTTON WEST CENTRE, ROBIN HOOD LANE, SUTTON

Site Description: The site is located to the west of Sutton town centre and the surrounding development is predominantly residential. The site adjoins an Area of Special Local Character (ASLC) to the north and east, designated due to the heritage value of the late-Victorian and Edwardian housing. The site is occupied by a youth centre, a nursery and an adult learning centre. Many of the buildings are in a sub-standard state of repair.

Site Area: 1.0ha

Current Land Use: Community ± Youth and Education Services

Ownership: Council

Public Transport: Level 4

Proposals Map: Sutton SRQ, Archaeological Priority Area, Adjoins Beulah/Clarence Road ASLC, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: Planning permission B2007/58385: Erection of two-bedroom detached housing with parking spaces on area to the north west of

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 135

Page 145 Agenda Item 4

the site. A10: SUTTON WEST CENTRE, ROBIN HOOD LANE, SUTTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: COMMUNITY and RESIDENTIAL (but safeguarded for a possible future Primary School from 2010 to 2015)

Subject to not being required for education purposes within the period 2010- 2015, any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

Ɣ *URXSLQJ DQ\ FRPPXQLW\ IDFLOLWLHV WKDW UHPDLQ RQ VLWH LQ IXQFWLRQDO DQG attractive accommodation Ɣ3URYLGLQJKLJKTXDOLW\UHVLGHQWLDOXQLWVZKLFKUHVSHFWWKHKHLJKWDQGGHQVLW\ of the surrounding residential development Ɣ5HVSHFWLQJWKHDPHQLW\RIQHDUE\UHVLGHQWVHVSHFLDOO\WKHGHWDFKHGKRXVH granted planning permission near the northern boundary Ɣ (QFRXUDJLQJ WKH XVH RI VXVWDLQDEOH PRGHV RI WUDQVSRUW WKURXJK GHVLJQ since the site has excellent links to shops, services and public transport nodes

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in Sutton town centre (PMP1). Supporting proposals for new housing and community and leisure facilities (PMP6). Supporting proposals for higher density development within and around town centres (BP1). Meeting needs for additional primary school places (BP4). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Developing leisure and cultural facilities in sustainable locations within the Borough (BP11).

Flood Risk Zone 1 ± Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2020-March 2025

Indicative Housing Capacity Subject to not being required for education purposes, 40 units. Assuming 0.65ha of the site will be retained for community uses, the net residential developable area would be 0.35ha. Capacity is based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Urban 3.8-4.6hr/u.

Delivery Mechanism This site forms part of the London Borough of Sutton Local Asset Backed Vehicle, a mechanism designed to dispose of surplus Council-owned sites and improve retained sites (Ref: Report to The Executive, 7 July 2009).

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 136

Agenda Item 4 Page 146

A11: SUTTON HOSPITAL, COTSWOLD ROAD, BELMONT

Site Description: The site forms part of large hospital complex to the south of Sutton town centre. Area A comprises the main Sutton Hospital site. Area B comprises the Chiltern Wing and is currently used by the South West London DQG 6W *HRUJH¶V 0HQWDO +HDOWK 1+6 7UXVW $UHD & LV DQ DUHD WKDW PD\ EH acquired by Royal Marsden NHS Foundation Trust. A number of the site buildings have heritage value as they were built in the mid 1880s as part of the South Metropolitan School for Girls. There is distinctive suburban development to the north, open land to the east, the Royal Marsden Hospital to the south and Cotswold Road with housing and allotments to the west.

Site Area: Area A: 5.0ha. Area B: 1.8ha. Area C: 0.8ha.

Current Land Use: Health

Ownership: Epsom and St Helier University Hospitals NHS Trust

Public Transport: Levels 1b and 2

Proposals Map: Site Allocation Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 137

Page 147 Agenda Item 4

A11: SUTTON HOSPITAL, COTSWOLD ROAD, BELMONT

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL and HEALTH. The redevelopment of Area A is subject to ensuring sufficient land is available to meet the healthcare needs of the Borough. The redevelopment of Area B is subject to the satisfactory relocation of in-patients from the Chiltern Wing. The redevelopment of Area C is subject to the Royal Marsden Hospital not requiring land for expansion

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

Ɣ 3URYLGLQJ D KHDOWK IDFLOLW\ KHDOWK FHQWUH RU *3V¶ SUDFWLFH  ZKLFK LV HDVLO\ accessible for the local community Ɣ 5HVSHFWLQJ WKH KHULWDJH DVVHWV RQ VLWH DQG UHWDLQLQJ DQ\ EXLOGLQJV RI architectural or historical importance as well as the existing tree planting on site Ɣ3URYLGLQJDKLJKSURSRUWLRQRf family-sized units Ɣ,PSURYLQJDFFHVVDUUDQJHPHQWVDQGSHUPHDELOLW\WKURXJKWKHVLWH Ɣ$OORZLQJIRUSXEOLFWUDQVSRUWLPSURYHPHQWVDQGEXVWHUPLQXVGULYHUIDFLOLWLHV Ɣ(QVXULQJWKHUHGHYHORSPHQWGRHVQRWKDUPWKHDPHQLW\RUWKHIXQFWLRQLQJRI neighbouring uses Ɣ ,PSURYLQJ SHGHVWULDQ DQG F\FOH OLQNDJHVDQGSRVVLEOH EXV OLQNDJHV WR WKH adjoining Royal Marsden Hospital site

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Improving access to housing and social facilities in a Community Regeneration Area (PMP3). Supporting health facilities in the south of the Borough (BP5). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7).

Flood Risk Zone 1 ± Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2020-March 2025

Indicative Housing Capacity 330 units. Assuming the whole site is developed for housing and allowing for 1ha for a health facility. Capacity is based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Suburban 3.8-4.6hr/u.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 138

Agenda Item 4 Page 148

Delivery Mechanism The NHS Strategy document for Sutton and Merton, Better Healthcare Closer to Home, indicates that Sutton Hospital is no longer fit for purpose and local acute services are intended to be transferred to St Helier Hospital (Ref: Better Helathcare Closer to Home, Programme of Investment Overview, Annex S). In DGGLWLRQWKH6RXWK:HVW/RQGRQDQG6W*HRUJH¶V0HQtal Health NHS Trust has indicated to the Council that it wishes to concentrate its in-patient operations on fewer sites across the sub-region. Consequently, the Chiltern Wing of Sutton Hospital (Area B), which currently houses in-patients for the Mental Health Trust and which is an ageing facility, is also likely to close. The Council, however, will seek assurances that those in-patients currently in the Chiltern Wing will be accommodated in facilities that are suitable for them and suitable for visitors and friends who wish to visit them. Finally, the Royal Marsden Hospital NHS Foundation Trust has indicated that it may wish to expand and utilise the south- western part of the Sutton Hospital site (Area C).

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 139

Page 149 Agenda Item 4

A12: ORCHARD HILL, CARSHALTON BEECHES

Site Description: The site is located in the Green Belt. It previously housed people with learning disabilities and includes buildings of heritage value. The site abuts inter-war housing to the north and newer residential development to the east and west. The land to the south is of more open character. Site Area: 20ha

Current Land Use: Health

Ownership: Sutton and Merton Primary Care Trust

Public Transport: Level 1a

Proposals Map: Identified as a Major Developed Site in the Green Belt, Metropolitan Green Belt, Site of Importance for Nature Conservation and includes a Scheduled Ancient Monument

Relevant Planning History: Full permission C2008/58920 for a secondary school. Outline permissions C2008/59828 for 246 dwellings with the school and C2008/59829 for 330 dwellings without the school. Access is to be determined at the reserved matters stage for both outline applications.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 140

Agenda Item 4 Page 150

A12: ORCHARD HILL, CARSHALTON BEECHES

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL, EDUCATION and OPEN SPACE

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

Ɣ3ODQQLQJSHUPLVVLRQ&IRUDQHZVHFRQGDU\VFKRRO Ɣ2XWOLQHSODQQLQJSHUPLVVLRQ&IRUUHVLGHQWLDOGHYHORSPHQW Ɣ +DYLQJ UHJDUG WR WKH GHVLJQSULQFLSOHV LQWKH &RXQFLO¶Vµ2UFKDUG +LOO¶63' (2007) Ɣ 3URYLGLQJ D VPDOO UHWDLO RXWOHW WR VHUYe the new development and surrounding residential areas Ɣ &RQVWUXFWLQJ D VXLWDEOH VHFRQGDU\ DFFHVV IURP :RRGPDQVWHUQH 5RDG WR provide access for the secondary school Ɣ3URYLGLQJDKLJKSURSRUWLRQRIIDPLO\-sized units Ɣ8VLQJKDUGDQGVRIWODQGVFDSLQJDQGappropriate materials to limit the effect of the development on the Green Belt and the amenity of neighbouring uses Ɣ 3URYLGLQJ IRU LPSURYHG SXEOLF WUDQVSRUW DFFHVVLELOLW\ LQ YLHZ RI WKH VLWH¶V currently low PTAL value

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough 303  (QKDQFLQJ WKH %RURXJK¶V RSHQ VSDFH QHWZRUN 303  6XSSRUWLQJ D new secondary school at the former Orchard Hill site (BP4). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7).

Flood Risk Zone 1 ± Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zones 1 and 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2010-March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity 246 units based on the extant outline planning permission.

Delivery Mechanism Full permission C2008/58920 for a secondary school and outline permission C2008/59828 for 246 dwellings in conjunction with the school. In addition, the Council is considering making a Compulsory Purchase Order for the land needed to construct a new road linking Woodmansterne Road to the site of the proposed new school, should the land required not come forward within the appropriate timescale (Ref: Report to The Executive, 7 July 2009).

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 141

Page 151 Agenda Item 4

A13: STANLEY PARK HIGH SCHOOL, STANLEY PARK ROAD, CARSHALTON

Site Description: The site is located to the west of Wallington District Centre and is within walking distance of the centre. The site is surrounded by inter-war residential development. The site is currently occupied by a secondary school and an adult education centre.

Site Area: 1.8ha

Current Land Use: Education

Ownership: Council

Public Transport: Levels 2 and 3

Proposals Map: Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 142

Agenda Item 4 Page 152

A13: STANLEY PARK HIGH SCHOOL, STANLEY PARK ROAD, CARSHALTON

The site is allocated for RESIDENTIAL use

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

Ɣ3URYLGLQJDKLJKSURSRUWLRQRIIDPLO\-sized units Ɣ5HVSHFWLQJthe height and density of the surrounding residential areas (ie two-storey semi-detached units) Ɣ &UHDWLQJ DQ DGGLWLRQDO DFFHVV SRLQW WR WKH VLWH ZKLFK LPSURYHV WKH pedestrian permeability through the site but avoids creating a vehicular through route Ɣ 5especting and utilising the topography of the site to provide a well- designed and imaginative scheme Ɣ5HWDLQLQJWKHPDWXUHWUHHVZLWKLQDQGDURXQGWKHVLWH

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7).

Flood Risk Zone 1 ± Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zones 1 and 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity 90 units. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Suburban 3.8- 4.6hr/u.

Delivery Mechanism The Council intends to relocate the school to Orchard Hill (see Site A12) and the site will become vacant in September 2011. The Council then intends to dispose of the site.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 143

Page 153 Agenda Item 4

A17: FORMER PLAYING FIELDS, SHEEN WAY, WALLINGTON

Site Description: The site is located on the eastern boundary of the Borough, adjacent to an industrial area in Croydon. The site is bounded by a railway to the north and is in a predominantly inter-war residential area. The site originally formed part of the playing fields for the former Highview Secondary School but it has been fenced off and has not been used for that purpose for over ten years.

Site Area: 2.5ha

Current Land Use: Vacant land with de facto public access

Ownership: Council

Public Transport: Level 2 and 3

Proposals Map: Site Allocation, Green Corridor, Urban Green Space, Archaeological Priority Area

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 144

Agenda Item 4 Page 154

A17: FORMER PLAYING FIELDS, SHEEN WAY, WALLINGTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: OPEN SPACE and RESIDENTIAL (but safeguarded for a possible future Primary School from 2010 to 2015)

Subject to not being required for education purposes within the period 2010- 2015, any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

Ɣ(QVXULQJWKDWORFDOVFKRROXVHIRUVSRUWRQSDUWRIWKHVLWHLVUHVSHFWHGDQG its requirements are taken into account in designing the new park Ɣ5HVSHFWLQJWKHKHLJKWDQGGHQVLW\RIWKHVXUURXQGLQJUHVLGHQWLDODUHDV LH two-storey terraced/semi-detached units) Ɣ(QVXULQJWKHXQGHUJURXQGFDEOLQJDQGLWVVDIHW\FRUULGRUDUHNHSWIUHHIURP all built development and private property in order to allow maintenance as necessary Ɣ(QVXULQJWKDWSDUNLVDFFHVVLEOHIURPDQXPEHURISRLQWVDQGLVRYHUORRNHG for the purposes of safety and security

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough 303 (QKDQFLQJWKH%RURXJK¶VRSHQVSDFHQHWZRUN 303 0HHWLQJQHHGV for additional primary school places (BP4). Improving facilities which promote healthy lifestyles (BP5). Steering site allocations and development towards lowest flood risk (BP7). Developing leisure/cultural facilities (BP11).

Flood Risk Zone 1 ± Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zones 1 and 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2020-March 2025

Indicative Housing Capacity Subject to not being required for education purposes, 20 units. After requirements for school playing field use and a park, the net developable residential area is assumed to be 0.4ha. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Suburban 3.8-4.6hr/u.

Delivery Mechanism The site is currently vacant. The Council intends to allow local schools to use a small part of the site for school sport. The majority of the site would be used to provide a local park and the small amount of residential development proposed would fund the development of a park, with appropriate facilities to address the current local deficiencies, and allow for future maintenance. (Ref: Report to the Planning Advisory Group, 15 September 2009).

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 145

Page 155 Agenda Item 4

A18: COUNCIL OFFICES, DENMARK ROAD, CARSHALTON

Site Description: The site is located within a predominantly residential area of mixed character, next to Carshalton College and in close proximity to Carshalton railway station. Although the character is suburban, a number of larger semi- detached houses have recently been redeveloped as blocks of flats. The site is currently used as offices by the London Borough of Sutton.

Site Area: 0.4ha

Current Land Use: Offices

Ownership: Council

Public Transport: Level 3

Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 146

Agenda Item 4 Page 156

A18: COUNCIL OFFICES, DENMARK ROAD, CARSHALTON

The site is allocated for RESIDENTIAL use

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

Ɣ 7KH VKDUHG DFFHVV DUUDQJHPHQWV IURP 'HQPDUN 5RDG ZLWK &DUVKDOWRQ College Ɣ5HWDLQLQJWKHSODQWLQJZLWKLQDQGDURXQGWKHVLWH Ɣ(QVXULQJWUDIILFIORZRQ'HQPDUN5RDGLVQRWXQGXO\DIIHFWHG

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7).

Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zones 1 and 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2020-March 2025

Indicative Housing Capacity 20 units. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Suburban 3.8- 4.6hr/u.

Delivery Mechanism This site forms part of the London Borough of Sutton Local Asset Backed Vehicle, a mechanism designed to dispose of surplus Council-owned sites and improve retained sites (Ref: Report to The Executive, 7 July 2009).

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 147

Page 157 Agenda Item 4

A19: COUNCIL CAR PARK, DENMARK ROAD, CARSHALTON

Site Description: The site is located within a predominantly residential area, next to Carshalton College and in close proximity to Carshalton railway station. The surrounding housing is mixed and includes inter-war housing, more modern development and flatted development which has replaced semi-detached housing. The site is currently used as a car park for staff at the nearby Council offices.

Site Area: 0.4ha

Current Land Use: Car Park

Ownership: Council

Public Transport: Level 3

Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 148

Agenda Item 4 Page 158

A19: COUNCIL CAR PARK, DENMARK ROAD, CARSHALTON

The site is allocated for RESIDENTIAL use

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

Ɣ5HVSHFWLQJWKHKHLJKWDQGGHQVLW\RIWKHQHDUE\/DQJFURIW&ORVHUHVLGHQWLDO area (ie two-storey terraced units) Ɣ 5HWDLQLQJ WKH SODQWLQJ ZLWKLQ DQG DURXQG WKH VLWH LQ SDUWLFXODU WKH PDWXUH trees Ɣ 3URYLGLQJ DGGLWLRQDO DFFHVV SRLQWV WR SURYLGH SHUPHDELOLty for pedestrians across the site Ɣ(QVXULQJWUDIILFIORZRQ'HQPDUN5RDGLVQRWXQGXO\DIIHFWHG

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7).

Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zones 1 and 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2020-March 2025

Indicative Housing Capacity 15 units. Assuming 0.1ha is not developable due to tree coverage and based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Suburban 3.8-4.6hr/u.

Delivery Mechanism This site forms part of the London Borough of Sutton Local Asset Backed Vehicle, a mechanism designed to dispose of surplus Council-owned sites and improve retained sites (Ref: Report to The Executive, 7 July 2009).

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 149

Page 159 Agenda Item 4

A20: FELNEX TRADING ESTATE, LONDON ROAD, HACKBRIDGE

Site Description: The site falls within the Hackbridge Sustainable Neighbourhood and is partly within the proposed Hackbridge district centre. The site is bounded by two roads (London Road A237 and Hackbridge Road B277), local schools, a railway line and an office/industrial area. The site comprises older industrial buildings, many of which have become vacant.

Site Area: 7.7ha

Current Land Use: Industry

Ownership: Private

Public Transport: Level 2 and 3

Proposals Map: Partly within Hackbridge District Centre, Hackbridge SRQ, Preferred Location for Industry, Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 150

Agenda Item 4 Page 160

A20: FELNEX TRADING ESTATE, LONDON ROAD, HACKBRIDGE

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL, RETAIL, EMPLOYMENT and COMMUNITY

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

Ɣ3URYLGLQJUHWDLODQGFRPPXQLW\XVHVLQFOXGLQJDSRVVLEOHKHDOWKFDUHIDFLOLW\ within the site to create a focal point for the regeneration of Hackbridge Ɣ (VWDEOLVKLQJ D WUDQVSRUW KXE WR SURYLGH LPSURYHG SXEOLF WUDQVSRUW interchanges and seeking improvements to services to raise the PTAL Ɣ5HWDLQLQJDPLQLPXPRIRIWKHVLWHDUHDIRUHPSOR\PHQWXVHV Ɣ3URYLGLQJDKLJKSURSRUWLRQRIDIIRUGDEOHIDPLO\-sized units with appropriate play space and open space provision Ɣ'HVLJQLQJWKHUHVLGHQWLDOunits to prevent undue overlooking of Hackbridge Primary School Ɣ&UHDWLQJDQHWZRUNRIVWUHHWVDQGVSDFHVZKLFKSURYLGHLPSURYHGOLQNDJHV to the station, local schools, the Restmor Way Industrial Area, Hackbridge Green and, where possible, the River Wandle and which provide legible permeability throughout the site Ɣ 7KH VLWH¶V ORFDWLRQ ZLWKLQ DQ $UHD RI 7DOOHU %XLOGLQJ 3RWHQWLDO IRXU WR VL[ storeys). However, any proposals for taller buildings should be exceptionally designed and respect the local context and character Ɣ 5HVSHFWLQJ WKH KHULWDJH YDOXH RI +DFNEULGJH *UHHQ WKH 5HG /LRQ 3XEOLF House and the industrial heritage value of the site itself Ɣ0LQLPLVLQJIORRGULVNRQDQGRIIVLWH Ɣ5HPHGLDWLQJWKHVLWHRIDQ\FRQWDPLQDWLRQ Ɣ(QVXULQJWKHKLJKHVWVWandards in sustainable design and construction are employed to achieve an exemplary low-carbon development Ɣ7KHQHHGWRFRQWDFWWKH+HDOWKDQG6DIHW\([HFXWLYHZLWKUHIHUHQFHWRWKH current storage of liquid gas in close proximity to this site (see Site A23)

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in Hackbridge (PMP1). Improving access to housing, employment and social facilities in a Community Regeneration Area (PMP3). Retaining and promoting the intensification of employment uses (PMP4). Promoting sustainable regeneration in the Wandle Valley corridor (PMP5). Supporting proposals for new shopping, housing and commercial development in Hackbridge (PMP7). Supporting the development of additional local healthcare centres at Hackbridge (BP5). Ensuring that any new development in higher flood risk areas demonstrates compliance with PPS25 Exceptions Test (BP7). Improving bus/rail/cycle/pedestrian interchange facilities (BP9). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13).

Flood Risk Zone 1 and 2± Flood Risk Assessment required.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 151

Page 161 Agenda Item 4

Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity 440 units. Net residential developable area of 4.4ha. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Urban 3.1-3.7hr/u.

Delivery Mechanism The current landowners conducted a public consultation for Hackbridge residents on a proposed scheme in September 2009 and have now submitted a planning application for a mixed-use development of the site as at October 2010.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 152

Agenda Item 4 Page 162

A23: LAND ADJOINING HACKBRIDGE STATION, LONDON ROAD, HACKBRIDGE

Site Description: The site falls within the Hackbridge Sustainable Neighbourhood. It is bounded by a bridge embankment with housing beyond to the north, a railway to the east, an approach road to the south and retail and residential uses to the west. The site is currently occupied by small industrial units and open storage activities.

Site Area: 1.2ha

Current Land Use: Industry

Ownership: Private

Public Transport: Level 3

Proposals Map: Hackbridge District Centre, Hackbridge SRQ, Preferred Location for Industry, Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: Planning Permission C2005/53913 for the storage of liquid petroleum gas.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 153

Page 163 Agenda Item 4

A23: LAND ADJOINING HACKBRIDGE STATION, LONDON ROAD, HACKBRIDGE

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL and EMPLOYMENT

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

Ɣ5HWDLQLQJDPLQLPXPRIRIWKHVLWHDUHDIRUHPSOR\PHQWXVHV Ɣ&UHDWLQJDQDFWLYHPL[HGXVHUHWDLOIURQWDJHRQWRWKHVWDWLRQIRUHFRXUW Ɣ&RQWULEXWLQJWRZDUGVWKHHQKDQFHPHQWRIWKHVWDWLRQIRUHFRXUW Ɣ5HPHGLDWLQJWKHVLWHRIDQ\FRQWDPLQDWLRQ Ɣ7KHVLWH¶VORFDWLRQZLWKLQDQ$UHDRI7DOOHU%XLOGLQJ3RWHQWLDO VHYHQ to ten storeys). However, any proposals for taller buildings should be exceptionally designed and respect local context and character Ɣ(QVXULQJWKHKLJKHVWVWDQGDUGVLQVXVWDLQDEOHGHVLJQDQGFRQVWUXFWLRQDUH employed to achieve an exemplary low-carbon development Ɣ7KHQHHGWRFRQWDFWWKH+HDOWKDQG6DIHW\([HFXWLYHZLWKUHIHUHQFHWRWKH current storage of liquid petroleum gas on site

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in Hackbridge (PMP1). Improving access to housing, employment and social facilities in a Community Regeneration Area (PMP3). Retaining and promoting the intensification of employment uses (PMP4). Promoting sustainable regeneration in the Wandle Valley corridor (PMP5). Supporting proposals for new housing and commercial development in Hackbridge (PMP7). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Improving bus/rail/cycle/pedestrian interchange facilities and enhancing the station environment (BP9). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13).

Flood Risk Zone 1 ± Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is adjacent to a main river and an ordinary watercourse. For new development, 8-metre buffer zones are required adjacent to open watercourses.

Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity 60 units. Net residential developable area of 0.6ha. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Urban 3.1-3.7hr/u.

Delivery Mechanism 7KHVLWHRZQHUVDUHSDUWRIWKH'HYHORSHUV¶/LDLVRQ*URXS under the Hackbridge Project Charter. The group has regular meetings to discuss development options.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 154

Agenda Item 4 Page 164

A24: OPEN LAND WITHIN BEDZED AND LAND NORTH OF BEDZED, HACKBRIDGE

Site Description: Within the Hackbridge Sustainable Neighbourhood, Area A is enclosed to the south-east, south and west by residential development and by open land to the north and north-east, while Area B is bounded by open land, a railway, a community facility and London Road. Site Area: 7.5ha

Current Land Use: Area A: Vacant Land; Area B: Vacant Land

Ownership: Area A: Private; Area B: Council

Public Transport: Levels 1b and 2

Proposals Map: Area A: Part MOL, Part Metropolitan Green Chain, Part Site of Importance for Nature Conservation, Whole Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation. Area B: all the above designations plus Land Safeguarded for Wandle Valley Regional Park.

Relevant Planning History: Planning permission C2000/45806 for the BedZED development, including football pitch on Area A. Planning Application C1997/42105 for mineral working and restoration by landfilling on Area B.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 155

Page 165 Agenda Item 4

A24: OPEN LAND WITHIN BEDZED AND LAND NORTH OF BEDZED, HACKBRIDGE

Area A is allocated for EDUCATION/COMMUNITY. Area B is allocated for a REGIONAL PARK and PLAYING FIELDS (Area B is safeguarded for mineral extraction)

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

Ɣ([WUDFWLQJWKHVDQGDQGJUDYHOUHVHUYHVLQ$UHD%SULRUWRDQ\GHYHORSPHQW unless it is proved that extraction is not economically viable Ɣ8VLQJLQHUWPDWHULDOVDVODQGILOOVKRXOGPLQHUDOH[WUDFWLRQWDNHSODFH Ɣ5HPHGLDWLQJWKHVLWHRIFRQWDPLQDWLRQLI there is no mineral extraction Ɣ (QVXULQJ DOO EXLOW GHYHORSPHQW LV UHVWULFWHG WR $UHD $ XQOHVV DQFLOODU\ development is required for the playing field Ɣ(QVXULQJWKHKLJKHVWVWDQGDUGVLQVXVWDLQDEOHGHVLJQDQGFRQVWUXFWLRQDUH used for any buildings on Area A, including a possible new primary school Ɣ(QVXULQJWKHSOD\LQJILHOGLVDYDLODEOHIRUVFKRROXVHDQGJHQHUDOSXEOLFXVH Ɣ3URYLGLQJDFFHVVWRWKHVFKRRODQGSOD\LQJILHOGVYLD+HOLRV5RDGRUDQHZ road across Area B (avoiding any underground infrastructure provision) Ɣ6DIHJXDUGLQJDQGHQKDQFLQJWKHQDWXUHFRQVHUYDWLRQYDOXHRIWKHVLWH Ɣ6DIHJXDUGLQJDQGHQKDQFLQJWKHHQYLURQPHQWDQGODQGVFDSH

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Creating the Wandle Valley Regional Park (PMP5). Safeguarding identified sand and gravel reserves against sterilisation (PMP5). Undertaking restoration of mineral/landfill tipping sites and environmental/landscape improvements within the public realm (PMP5). Promoting development at Hackbridge, including additional primary school accommodation (PMP7). Creating additional public open spaces (PMP7). Enhancing the nature conservation value of Beddington Farmlands (PMP9).

Flood Risk Zone 1 and 2± Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is affected by shallow ground water, has a minor aquifer but has flood defences

Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity Not applicable.

Delivery Mechanism Area A could provide a possible site to accommodate the buildings for a new primary school, with any playing fields located within Area B. Since the primary school need is a consequence of growth in Hackbridge, the school will be IXQGHGE\VFRQWULEXWLRQVDQGIURPWKH&RXQFLO¶VHGXFDWLRQEXGJHW

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 156

Agenda Item 4 Page 166

A25: WALLINGTON SQUARE, OFF WOODCOTE ROAD, WALLINGTON

Site Description: The site is located in Wallington district centre and forms part of the shops and services of the district centre. The site is bounded by two- storey housing to the north, offices to the east and Sainsburys supermarket to the south. The site comprises an unexceptional 1970s shopping precinct with a poor quality public realm and limited street furniture and landscaping. Site Area: 0.6ha

Current Land Use: Retail and Offices

Ownership: Private

Public Transport: Level 4

Proposals Map: Primary Shopping Frontage, Wallington District Centre, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: Planning application D2008/59825 for 33 residential units, new shopfronts, extensions to shop units and alterations to entrance on eastern part of the site has been approved subject to the completion of a S106 Agreement (October 2010).

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 157

Page 167 Agenda Item 4

A25: WALLINGTON SQUARE, OFF WOODCOTE ROAD, WALLINGTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL, RETAIL, OFFICES and LEISURE

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

Ɣ,PSURYLQJWKHFXUUHQWUHWDLOOHLVXUHRIIHULQWKHSUHFLQFW Ɣ(QVXULQJWKHQHZIDFDGHVRIWKHUHWDLOXQLWVFUHDWHDQDWWUDFWLYHHQYLURQPHQW Ɣ 0DNLQJ VLJQLILFDQW LPSURYHPHQWV WR WKH SXEOLF UHDOP LQ RUGHU WR FUHDWH D safe and attractive environment Ɣ,PSURYLQJLQWHJUDWLRQZLWKWKHDGMRLQLQJWRZQFHQWUHXVHV Ɣ ,QFRUSRUDWLQJ DQ\ WUDQVSRUW LPSURYHPHQWV UHVXOWLQJ IURP 3KDVH  RI Smarter Travel Sutton proposals for Wallington Ɣ (QVXULQJ D VXSSO\ RI RIILFH DFFRPPRGDWLRQ VXLWDEOH WR PRGHUQ EXVLness needs, is retained Ɣ(QVXULQJDQ\UHGHYHORSPHQWUHVSHFWVWKH&RUH3ODQQLQJ6WUDWHJ\$UHDRI Taller Building Potential (four to six storeys). However, any proposals for taller buildings should be exceptionally designed and respect local context and character Ɣ 3URYLGLQJ IODWWHG DFFRPPRGDWLRQ ZLWK VXIILFLHQW DPHQLW\ VSDFH DQG RWKHU appropriate facilities for residents

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in Wallington (PMP1). Expanding the retail and office offer in Wallington (PMP8). Supporting proposals for higher density development within and around town centres (BP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Developing leisure and cultural facilities in sustainable locations in the Borough (BP11). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13).

Flood Risk Zone 1. The site lies within a major aquifer.

Indicative Phasing March 2015-April 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity 35 units. Net residential developable area of 0.3ha. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Urban 3.1-3.7hr/u.

Delivery Mechanism The planning application D2008/59825 has been approved (subject to the completion of a S106 Agreement) and the Council understands that the site owners intend to submit further applications relating to the central and western parts of the site.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 158

Agenda Item 4 Page 168

A26: TRADING ESTATE AND GAS HOLDER, PLUMPTON WAY, CARSHALTON

Site Description: The site is located near the Wrythe Green local centre on a VLJQLILFDQW ³%´ URDG ,W LV bounded by terraced housing to the north-east and east. There are larger residential units to the west and south. The site also adjoins a surgery and school playing fields. The site is occupied by small business units to the west and north and a gasholder.

Site Area: 0.7ha

Current Land Use: Industry

Ownership: Private and Public

Public Transport: Level 3

Proposals Map: Preferred Location for Industry, Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: Planning permission C2000/46033 for the storage of natural gas.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 159

Page 169 Agenda Item 4

A26: TRADING ESTATE AND GAS HOLDER, PLUMPTON WAY, CARSHALTON

The site is allocated for INDUSTRIAL use

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

Ɣ(QVXULQJGHYHORSPHQWLVVXLWDEOHIRUPRGHUQHPSloyment purposes Ɣ(QFRXUDJLQJWKHGHYHORSPHQWRIVPDOOEXVLQHVVHVDQGEXVLQHVVVWDUW-ups Ɣ 5HPHGLDWLQJ WKH *DV +ROGHU VHFWLRQ RI WKH VLWH RI FRQWDPLQDWLRQ ZKHQ LW becomes vacant Ɣ /LPLWLQJ YHKLFXODU DFFHVV WR :U\WKH /DQH DQG HQVXULQJ WUDIILF IORZ RQ Wrythe Lane is not unduly affected by any increase in vehicular movements Ɣ 3URYLGLQJ KLJK-quality environmental improvements to the Wrythe Lane frontage and improving the boundary treatments to the remainder of the site

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Retaining and promoting the intensification of employment uses at St Andrews Road/Plumpton Way (PMP4). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7).

Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2020-March 2025

Indicative Housing Capacity Not applicable.

Delivery Mechanism The landowners of the gasholder section of the site have informed the Council that the gas holder is not currently utilised for the storage of gas. However, the isolation and demolition of holder, relocation of other operational equipment and remediation of the site is only likely to be funded from any proceeds of a development of the site. The landowners consider this site to be a long-term development.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 160

Agenda Item 4 Page 170

A27: ST HELIER HOSPITAL, WRYTHE LANE, ROSEHILL

Site Description: The site is located on the edge of Rosehill district centre, adjacent to Metropolitan Open Land, Urban Green Space, a Metropolitan Green Chain and a Site of Importance for Nature Conservation. The site is covered by a large hospital with buildings dating from various periods and auxiliary land uses related to the main hospital use, including substantial areas of car parking. Site Area: 5.8ha

Current Land Use: Health

Ownership: Epsom and St Helier University Hospitals NHS Trust & Council

Public Transport: Level 1b and 2

Proposals Map: Rosehill SRQ, Land safeguarded for a Tramlink extension, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: Outline planning permission (C2009/62093) granted for the demolition of Ferguson House and the erection of a new building of 24,000 sq m to provide replacement hospital wards, out-patients accommodation and a local care centre for the PCT together with a separate multi-storey car park.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 161

Page 171 Agenda Item 4

A27: ST HELIER HOSPITAL, WRYTHE LANE, ROSEHILL

The site is allocated for HEALTH use

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

Ɣ7KHSURSRVHGSRVVLEOHIXWXUHH[WHQVLRQRI7UDPOLQNWR6XWWRQLQWKHGHVLJQ and layout of the site Ɣ(QVXULQJDGHTXDWHKHDOWKFDUHLVUHDGLO\DYDLODEOHWRUHVLGHQWVRIWKH Borough during any phase of redevelopment Ɣ,PSURYLQJDFFHVVIRUEOXHOLJKWVHUYLFH and public traffic to and from Wrythe Lane Ɣ8WLOLVLQJFDUSDUNLQJIDFLOLWLHVPRUHHIILFLHQWO\. ƔThe design of any redevelopment should respect the history of the development of the area and the existing main hospital building as a key element of the 193¶V6W+HOLHUEstate. Ɣ5HVSHFWLQJWKHLQWHJULW\RIWKHVXUURXQGLQJ0HWURSROLWDQ2SHQ/DQG3XEOLF Open Space

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Supporting a local hospital at St Helier (BP5). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7).

Flood Risk Zone 1 ± Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity Not applicable.

Delivery Mechanism The NHS Strategy document for Sutton and Merton, Better Healthcare Closer to Home, indicates that St Helier Hospital will be the acute care hospital for the area, providing a wide range of services, including an Accident and Emergency Department. It proposes a new building programme and extensive refurbishment. In addition, the Primary Care Trust is proposing a Local Care Centre on the site to meet local non-acute health requirements.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 162

Agenda Item 4 Page 172

A28: KELVIN HOUSE, LONDON ROAD, HACKBRIDGE

Site Description: The site is located in central Hackbridge and is currently a cleared site, having been formerly occupied by a relatively tall office building. It is adjacent to Hackbridge Junior School and Felnex Trading Estate (see Site A20) and faces onto a row of small two-storey terraced housing on the opposite side of London Road. Site Area: 0.3ha

Current Land Use: Vacant

Ownership: Private

Public Transport: Level 3

Proposals Map: Hackbridge District Centre, Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: Planning permission C2006/56201 for 96 flats with parking and cycle spaces and floorspace for Class A1 and B1 uses. Planning application C2008/59625 undetermined for 117 flats with associated parking and cycle spaces and floorspace for Class A1 and B1 uses.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 163

Page 173 Agenda Item 4

A28: KELVIN HOUSE, LONDON ROAD, HACKBRIDGE

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL, RETAIL AND OFFICE

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

Ɣ3ODQQLQJSHUPLVVLRQ& for 400m2 of A1 use floorspace, 200m2 of B1 use floorspace and 96 residential units Ɣ5HVSHFWLQJWKHFKDUDFWHUDQGSULYDF\RIWKHDGMRLQLQJ+DFNEULGJH3ULPDU\ School Ɣ 7KH VLWH¶V ORFDWLRQ ZLWKLQ DQ $UHD RI 7DOOHU %XLOGLQJ 3RWHQWLDO IRXU WR VL[ storeys). However, any proposals for taller buildings should be exceptionally designed and respect local context and character Ɣ6HWWLQJEDFNWRDOORZIRUWKHZLGHQLQJRIIRRWZD\VDQGSURYLGLQJDQDFWLYH and attractive road frontage Ɣ,QWHJUDWLQJZLWKGHYHORSPHQWSroposals on the adjoining Felnex site so as to provide a cohesive frontage along London Road. Ɣ(QVXULQJWKHKLJKHVWVWDQGDUGVLQVXVWDLQDEOHGHVLJQDQGFRQVWUXFWLRQDUH employed to achieve an exemplary low-carbon development

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in Hackbridge (PMP1). Improving access to housing, employment and social facilities in a Community Regeneration Area (PMP3). Retaining and promoting the intensification of employment uses (PMP4). Retaining and promoting sustainable regeneration in the Wandle Valley corridor (PMP5). Supporting proposals for new shopping, housing and commercial development in Hackbridge (PMP7). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13).

Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zones 1 and 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity 96 units. Based on the extant planning permission.

Delivery Mechanism The Council understands that the site owners still intend to proceed with development of the site.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 164

Agenda Item 4 Page 174

A29: CANON HOUSE, MELBOURNE ROAD, WALLINGTON

Site Description: The site is located within Wallington district centre and is opposite the railway station. The site is bounded by a railway line, Manor Road, Melbourne Road and mid-rise blocks of flats. The buildings on site were formerly used as offices and are now currently vacant.

Site Area: 0.5ha

Current Land Use: Vacant

Ownership: Private

Public Transport: Level 4

Proposals Map: Wallington District Centre, Secondary Shopping Frontage, Adjoins Park Road/Melbourne Road ASLC, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: Planning application D2006/56209 for 174 residential units and floorspace for A1-A5, B1, D1 and D2 uses was refused by the Council. However, it was allowed on appeal by the Secretary of State in May 2007 (Ref: APP/P5870/A/06/2029635).

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 165

Page 175 Agenda Item 4

A29: CANON HOUSE, MELBOURNE ROAD, WALLINGTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL, RETAIL AND OFFICE

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

Ɣ $SSHDO GHFLVLRQ $333$ IRU P2 of A1-A5, B1, D1 and D2 use floorspace and 174 residential units Ɣ3URYLGLQJDFWLYHUHWDLORIILFHIURQWDJHVDWJURXQGOHYHOSDUWLFXODUO\RQ0DQRU Road Ɣ 3URYLGLQJ IODWWHG DFFRPPRGDWLRQ ZLWK VXIILFLHQW Dmenity space and other appropriate facilities for residents Ɣ (PSOR\LQJ KLJK TXDOLW\ IDFLQJ PDWHULDOV DQG GHVLJQ PHWKRGV VR DV WR HOLPLQDWHWKHFXUUHQW³&DQ\RQ(IIHFW´RQ0DQRU5RDG Ɣ 7KH VLWH¶V ORFDWLRQ ZLWK DQ $UHD RI 7DOOHU %XLOGLQJ 3RWHQWLDO IRXU WR Vix storeys). However, any proposals for taller buildings should be exceptionally designed and respect local context and character Ɣ(QVXULQJFDUSDUNLQJDUUDQJHPHQWVDUHXQREWUXVLYH

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in Wallington (PMP1). Expanding the retail and office offer in Wallington (PMP8). Supporting proposals for higher density development within and around town centres (BP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13).

Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 and within a major aquifer so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2010-March 2015

Indicative Housing Capacity 174 units. Based on the extant planning permission.

Delivery Mechanism The Council understands that the site owners still intend to proceed with development. Forward marketing of the residential units was taking place in September 2009.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 166

Agenda Item 4 Page 176

A31: VICTORIA HOUSE, LONDON ROAD, NORTH CHEAM

Site Description: The site fronts North Cheam crossroads at the centre of North Cheam district centre and is within a mixed area of retail and office uses and recent flatted development. The site comprises Victoria House, an unattractive 1960/70s vacant office block over shops, and the Queen Victoria public house, which is also vacant.

Site Area: 0.3ha

Current Land Use: Vacant Shops, Offices and Public House

Ownership: Private

Public Transport: Level 2

Proposals Map: North Cheam District Centre, Primary Shopping Frontage, Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: Planning permission A2005/55183 for a new floor for A1, A2, A3 and A5 uses and 19 flats on the site of Victoria House lapsed in October 2009.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 167

Page 177 Agenda Item 4

A31: VICTORIA HOUSE, LONDON ROAD, NORTH CHEAM

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL, RETAIL AND OFFICE

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

Ɣ $FKLHYLQJ D KLJK-quality redevelopment in design terms on a prominent corner site which will define North Cheam District Centre Ɣ 7KH VLWH¶V ORFDWLRQ ZLWK DQ $UHD RI 7DOOHU %XLOGLQJ 3RWHQWLDO IRXU WR VL[ storeys). However, any proposals for taller buildings should be exceptionally designed and respect local context and character Ɣ8QGHUWDNLQJVLJQLILFDQWSXEOLFUHDOPLPSURYHPHQWVRQDQGDURXQGWKHVLWH Ɣ3URYLGLQJVXIILFLHQWUHWDLODQGRIILFHVSDFHWRFUHDWHDQDFWLYHIURQWDJHVDW the crossroads Ɣ 3URYLGLQJ IODWWHG DFFRPPRGDWLRQ ZLWK VXIILFLHQt amenity space and other appropriate facilities for residents

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in a District Centre (PMP1). Supporting proposals for the intensification of housing, shopping and other commercial uses (PMP8). Supporting proposals for higher density development within and around town centres (BP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13).

Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020.

Indicative Housing Capacity 25 units. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix Setting of Urban 3.8-4.6hr/u.

Delivery Mechanism The Council understands that the site owners still intend to proceed with development.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 168

Agenda Item 4 Page 178

A32: WANDLE VALLEY TRADING ESTATE, MILL GREEN ROAD, HACKBRIDGE

Site Description: The site lies on the northern edge of the Hackbridge Sustainable Area. A branch of the River Wandle runs through the trading estate. The site is adjacent to three listed buidings to the east and to a Site of Importance for Nature Conservation (SINC) to the south. It has three vehicular access points from Mill Green Road. It is currently occupied by a number of different businesses. The site has been reduced in size since the Preferred Options draft to remove part of the Spencer Road Wetland SINC, which was incorrectly shown as part of Area B.

Site Area: 2.3ha

Current Land Use: Industry

Ownership: Private

Public Transport: Level 1a and 1b

Proposals Map: Preferred Location for Industry, Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 169

Page 179 Agenda Item 4

A32: WANDLE VALLEY TRADING ESTATE, MILL GREEN ROAD, HACKBRIDGE

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: EMPLOYMENT, RESIDENTIAL AND OPEN SPACE

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

Ɣ&UHDWLQJDSXEOLFO\DFFHVVLEOHJUHHQRSHQVSDFHLQ$UHD$ZKLFKZLOOIRUP part of the wider Wandle Trail and Wandle Valley Regional Park and improving access through the site Ɣ5HWDLQLQJDPLQLPXPRIRIWKHVLWHDUHDIRUHPSOR\PHQWXVHV Ɣ(QFRXUDJLQJ the development of small and medium-sized businesses Ɣ3URYLGLQJVRPHUHVLGHQWLDOXQLWVLQEXLOGLQJVRIWZRWRIRXUVWRUH\V Ɣ5HVSHFWLQJWKHVSHFLDOFKDUDFWHURIWKHWKUHH³YLOODV´DGMDFHQWWRWKHVLWHDQG WKHOLVWHGEXLOGLQJ³5LYHUVLGH´ZKLFKLVZLWKLQ6ite A Ɣ5HVSHFWLQJDQGHQKDQFLQJWKHDGMDFHQW6,1& Ɣ0LQLPLVLQJIORRGULVNRQDQGRIIVLWH Ɣ (QVXULQJ GHYHORSPHQW ERWK LQFRUSRUDWHV WKH UHTXLUHG EXIIHU VWULSV WR WKH river and enhances the riverside setting Ɣ,PSURYLQJSXEOLFWUDQVSRUWDFFHVVLQYLHZRIWKHVLWH¶VFXUUHQWO\ORZ37$/ Ɣ(QVXULQJ$UHD&LVQRWVHUYHGE\YHKLFOHVIURP:RRG6WUHHW Ɣ5HPHGLDWLQJWKHVLWHRIDQ\FRQWDPLQDWLRQ Ɣ(QVXULQJWKHKLJKHVWVWDQGDUGVLQVXVWDLQDEOHGHVLJQDQGFRQVWUXFWLRQDUH employed to achieve an exemplary low-carbon development

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Improving access to housing, employment and supporting environmental improvements in a Community Regeneration Area (PMP3). Retaining and promoting the intensification of employment uses (PMP4). Promoting sustainable regeneration in the Wandle Valley corridor (PMP5). Regenerating Hackbridge through the re-use of land and premises at Wandle Valley Trading Estate (PMP7). ProWHFWLQJDQGVHHNLQJWRHQKDQFHWKH%RURXJK¶V diversity (PMP9). Ensuring that any new development in higher flood risk areas demonstrates compliance with PPS25 Exceptions Test (BP7).

Flood Risk Zones 1, 2, 3a & 3b ± Flood Risk Assessment required. Exception Test required for residential uses. The site is in a Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 area so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2020-March 2025

Indicative Housing Capacity

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 170

Agenda Item 4 Page 180

50 units. Net Residential Developable Area = 1.1ha. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix Setting of Suburban 3.8-4.6hr/u.

Delivery Mechanism The Council understands that the developer has appointed a team of consultants to take forward development proposals.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 171

Page 181 Agenda Item 4

B2: ALL SAINTS ROAD/BENHILL WOOD ROAD, SUTTON

Site Description: The site is in a residential area to the north of Sutton town centre. The site is currently occupied by a meeting hall, which the owners wish to relocate to another site within the Borough, its associated car parking and a private dwelling.

Site Area: 0.5ha

Current Land Use: Dwelling, Hall and Car Park

Ownership: Private

Public Transport: Levels 2 and 3

Proposals Map: Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: Planning application B2007/58709 for the erection of a three-storey building to provide a 26-bed nursing home and 14 three-, four- and five-bedroom houses with associated parking and the formation of new accesses was refused by the Council.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 172

Agenda Item 4 Page 182

B2: ALL SAINTS ROAD/BENHILL WOOD ROAD, SUTTON

The site is allocated for RESIDENTIAL use

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

Ɣ,QWHJUDWLQJLQWRWKHVXEXUEDQQDWXUHRIWKHVWUHHWVFHQH Ɣ 5HVSHFWLQJ WKH ORZ-rise nature of many of the surrounding residential developments Ɣ(QVXULQJFDUSDUNLQJDUUDQJHPHQWVDUHXQREWUXVLYH Ɣ5HWDLQLQJWKHPDWXUHWUHHVDQGKHGJHVZLWKLQDQGDURXQGWKHVLWH

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7).

Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity 25 units. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix Setting of Suburban 3.8- 4.6hr/u.

Delivery Mechanism The Council understands from the site owner that this site will become vacant once the hall has been relocated to the former BIBRA site (Site B5).

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 173

Page 183 Agenda Item 4

B5: FORMER BIBRA SITE, WOODMANSTERNE ROAD, CARSHALTON

Site Description: The site, which is a former medical research facility, is in the Green Belt. It is adjacent to Orchard Hill Hospital (see Site A12) and a relatively recently built housing estate. Site Area: Whole site: 6.7ha. Existing building footprint: 1.1ha

Current Land Use: Former Medical Research Centre

Ownership: Private

Public Transport: Level 1a

Proposals Map: Major Developed Site in Green Belt, SINC, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: Outline planning application C2007/58839 for a meeting hall and 14 dwellings was refused by the Council. Appeal APP/P5870/A/08/2089586 on the application was dismissed by the Secretary of State. However, the Inspector accepted the principle of a meeting hall on site but did not accept the principle of housing due to sustainability issues and access provision and impact on the openness of the Green Belt as a result of the proposed suburban nature of the residential development.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 174

Agenda Item 4 Page 184

B5: FORMER BIBRA SITE, WOODMANSTERNE ROAD, CARSHALTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: COMMUNITY and RESIDENTIAL

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

Ɣ(QDEOLQJDFFHVVWRDQGIURPWKHSURSRVHGVFKRRORQWKHDdjoining Orchard Hill site Ɣ+DYLQJQRJUHDWHULPSDFWWKDQWKHH[LVWLQJGHYHORSPHQWRQWKHRSHQQHVVRI the Green Belt and the purposes of the Green Belt Ɣ1RWH[FHHGLQJWKHKHLJKWRIWKHH[LVWLQJEXLOGLQJV Ɣ1RWRFFXS\LQJDODUJHUDUHDRIWKHVLWHWKDQWKH existing buildings Ɣ5HIOHFWLQJWKHVHPL-rural character of the site Ɣ(QKDQFLQJWKH6LWHRI,PSRUWDQFHIRU1DWXUH&RQVHUYDWLRQZKLFKLVZLWKLQ the boundary of the site Ɣ5HPHGLDWLQJWKHVLWHRIDQ\FRQWDPLQDWLRQ Ɣ8WLOLVLQJWKHWRSRJUDSK\RIWKHVLWHWRlimit development impact Ɣ(QVXULQJFDUSDUNLQJDQGURDGVZLWKLQWKHVLWHDUHXQREWUXVLYH Ɣ ,PSURYLQJ DFFHVV E\ SXEOLF WUDQVSRUW DQG LPSURYLQJ SHGHVWULDQ DQG F\FOH links to and within the site

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Developing leisure and cultural facilities (BP11).

Flood Risk Zone 1 ± Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting. The site is also in a minor aquifer.

Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity The use of the London Plan Density Matrix is not appropriate for this site and future development proposals would need to be considered on their merits having regard to the above considerations.

Delivery Mechanism Outline Planning Permission has been granted (C2010/62549) for a new Gospel Hall and an 80 bedroom care home with nursing care for the elderly

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 175

Page 185 Agenda Item 4

B6: INSTITUTE OF CANCER RESEARCH LAND, ADJACENT TO SUTTON HOSPITAL, BELMONT

Site Description: The site has been renamed since the Preferred Options GUDIWRIWKHGRFXPHQWDQGZDVIRUPHUO\FDOOHG³5R\DO0DUVGHQ/DQG´7KHVLWHLV adjacent to Sutton Hospital and is landlocked by low-density housing development on two sides and the hospital complex on the other two sides. The site contains some features of nature conservation value and existing legal covenants restrict development on certain parts of the site.

Site Area: 2.3ha

Current Land Use: Vacant

Ownership: Institute of Cancer Research

Public Transport: Level 1b

Proposals Map: Area with Nature Conservation Interest, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: Outline permission B2009/61542 for access, landscaping, layout and scale of three Research and Development buildings with ancillary support accommodation.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 176

Agenda Item 4 Page 186

B6: INSTITUTE OF CANCER RESEARCH LAND, ADJACENT TO SUTTON HOSPITAL, BELMONT

The site is allocated for RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT use

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

Ɣ 7KH OHJDO FRYHQDQW SURKLELWLQJ GHYHORSPHQW LQ WKH YLFLQLW\ RI WKH QRUWKHUQ and eastern boundaries of the site Ɣ3URWHFWLQJDQ\IHDWXUHVRIQDWXUHFRQVHUYDWLRQYDOXHWKDWDUHIRXQGRQVLWH Ɣ(QVXULQJDFFHVVDUUDQJHPHQWVWDNHDFFRXQWRIOLNHO\IXWXUHGHYHOopment on the adjoining Sutton Hospital site

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Supporting the development of the Royal Marsden Hospital and the Institute for Cancer Research site as a centre of medical excellence in providing cancer care, research facilities and associated activities (BP5). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7).

Flood Risk Zone 1 ± Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is within a major aquifer so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2010- March 2025

Indicative Housing Capacity Not applicable.

Delivery Mechanism The Institute of Cancer Research is currently securing funding and when this is assured, more specific details regarding the type of research which will take place on site will be forthcoming. The long timescale for implementation reflects the conditions attached to the existing planning permission, which provides for a phased development that is unlikely to be completed until towards the end of the third indicative phasing period

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 177

Page 187 Agenda Item 4

C1: GLASTONBURY CENTRE, HARTLAND ROAD, ROSEHILL

Site Description: The site is located in a residential estate to the south west of Rosehill district centre. The site is currently occupied by an educational training facility and includes some vacant land to the west, which is currently used for car parking.

Site Area: 0.5ha

Current Land Use: Council Training Offices and Vacant Land

Ownership: Council

Public Transport: Level 1b and 2

Proposals Map: Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 178

Agenda Item 4 Page 188

C1: GLASTONBURY CENTRE, HARTLAND ROAD, ROSEHILL

The site is allocated for RESIDENTIAL use (but safeguarded for a possible future primary school from 2010 to 2015)

Subject to not being required for education purposes within the period 2010- 2015, any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

Ɣ(QVXULQJVDIHDQGLPSURYHGDFFHVVWRWKHVLWHIURP+DUWODQG5RDG Ɣ,QYHVWLJDWLQJWKHSRVVLELOLW\RIVHFXULQJDFFHVVYLD,RQD&ORVH Ɣ(QVXULQJWUDIILFIORZRQVXUURXQGLQJURDGVLVQRWXQGXO\DIIHFWHGE\DQ\ increase in vehicular movements Ɣ'HVLJQLQJUHVLdential units to prevent undue overlooking of the nearby school Ɣ0LQLPLVLQJIORRGULVNRQDQGRIIVLWH

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Meeting needs for additional primary school places (BP4). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7).

Flood Risk Zone 1 but part of the site is in Zone 2 (car park area) ± Flood Risk Assessment may be required.

Indicative Phasing April 2020-March 2025

Indicative Housing Capacity Subject to not being required for education purposes, 20 units. Steering development away from the high flood risk area leaves a Net Residential Developable Area of 0.35ha. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix Setting of Suburban 3.8-4.6hr/u. The remaining area has possible uses as open land or amenity space.

Delivery Mechanism This site forms part of the London Borough of Sutton Local Asset Backed Vehicle, a mechanism designed to disposed of surplus Council-owned sites and improve retained sites (Ref: Report to The Executive, 7 July 2009).

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 179

Page 189 Agenda Item 4

C2: LAND TO THE REAR OF 107 WESTMEAD ROAD, SUTTON

Site Description: The site is located to the east of Sutton town centre, fronting Westmead Road local centre and within an established residential area. The site has a largely open frontage to Westmead Road and is currently a self- storage facility. It is bounded by housing on three sides and is a backland site.

Site Area: 0.5ha

Current Land Use: Industry: Storage Warehouse

Ownership: Private

Public Transport: Levels 1b and 2

Proposals Map: Westmead Road Local Centre, Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 180

Agenda Item 4 Page 190

C2: LAND TO THE REAR OF 107 WESTMEAD ROAD, SUTTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL, RETAIL and OFFICES

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

Ɣ 3URYLGLQJ DQ DFWLYH IURQWDJH RQ :HVWPHDG 5RDG ZLWK RIILFH DQGRU UHWDLO provision to strengthen the vitality and viability of the local centre Ɣ(QVXULQJVDIHDFFHVVWRWKHVLWHIURP:HVWPHDG5RDG Ɣ (QVXULQJ WUDIILF IORZ RQ :HVWPHDG 5RDG LV QRW XQGXO\ DIIHFWHG E\ DQ\ increase in vehicular movements Ɣ3URYLGLQJDSSURSULDWHFLUFXODWLRQZLWKLQWKHVLWH

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Supporting proposals for new development which improves opportunities for small and medium enterprises (PMP4). Promoting the development of local centres within the Borough and [supporting] proposals of an appropriate scale, which will maintain their role as local centres by protecting their retail offer and creating a safe and attractive environment through enhancements to the public realm (PMP8). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7).

Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity 20 units. Commercial development leaves Net Residential Developable Area of 0.4ha. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix Setting of Suburban 3.8- 4.6hr/u.

Delivery Mechanism The current site owners are constructing new premises on a site in the north of the Borough (the former Oldfields Trading Estate) and will relocate the business when construction on that site is completed. This site will then become vacant.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 181

Page 191 Agenda Item 4

C3: BAWTREE HOUSE, WORCESTER ROAD, SUTTON

Site Description: The site is located to the south of Sutton town centre within an established residential area, which is a mixture of blocks of flats and houses. The site was occupied by a Council-run day care centre but is no longer required for this use.

Site Area: 0.4ha

Current Land Use: Vacant

Ownership: Council

Public Transport: Levels 1b and 2

Proposals Map: Sutton SRQ, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 182

Agenda Item 4 Page 192

C3: BAWTREE HOUSE, WORCESTER ROAD, SUTTON

The site is allocated for RESIDENTIAL use

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

Ɣ3URYLGLQJDKLJKSURSRUWLRQRIIDPLO\-sized units Ɣ5HWDLQLQJWKHSODQWLQJZLWKLQDQGDURXQGWKHVLWH Ɣ(QVXULQJFDUSDUNLQJDUUDQJHPHQWVDUHXQREWUXVLYH

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in Sutton (PMP1). Supporting proposals for higher density development within and around town centres (BP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7).

Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity 25 units. The retention of the extensive tree coverage leaves a Net Residential Developable Area of 0.3ha. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix Setting of Urban 3.8-4.6hr/u.

Delivery Mechanism The site is now vacant and the Council intends to dispose of the site.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 183

Page 193 Agenda Item 4

C4: THE WAR MEMORIAL HOSPITAL/ASHCOMBE HOUSE, THE PARK, & CEDAR CLOSE, CARSHALTON

Site Description: The site is located to the south of Carshalton district centre and is in a largely residential area. The site comprises: a disused hospital and associated dwelling, the four-storey Ashcombe House and a cul-de-sac of supported living units.

Site Area: 1.5ha

Current Land Use: Residential and Vacant

Ownership: Sutton and Merton Primary Care Trust

Public Transport: Level 2

Proposals Map: Carshalton Park Conservation Area, Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: Area A has permission C2009/61409 for the demolition of Ashcombe House and erection of a two-storey building to provide ten one-bedroom supported living flats with associated facilities. Area B has permission C2009/61580 for a two-storey building to provide seven one-

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 184

Agenda Item 4 Page 194

bedroom supported living flats with associated facilities. C4: THE WAR MEMORIAL HOSPITAL/ASHCOMBE, HOUSE, THE PARK, & CEDAR CLOSE, CARSHALTON

The site is allocated for RESIDENTIAL (including Supported Living units) use

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

Ɣ 5HVSHFWLQJ WKH KHULWDJH DVVHWV RQ VLWH DQG UHWDLQLQJ DQ\ EXLOGLQJV RI architectural or historical importance Ɣ1RWGHWUDFWLQJIURPWKHFKDUDFWHURIWKH&RQVHUYDWLRQ$UHD Ɣ5HWDLQLQJWKHSODQWLQJZLWKLQDQGDURXQGWKHVLWH Ɣ(QVXULQJFDUSDUNLQJDUUDQJHPHnts are unobtrusive Ɣ (QVXULQJ WUDIILF IORZ RQ VXUURXQGLQJ URDGV LV QRW XQGXO\ DIIHFWHG E\ DQ\ increase in vehicular movements Ɣ5HVSHFWLQJDQ\DUHDVRIQDWXUHFRQVHUYDWLRQYDOXH

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7).

Flood Risk Zone 1 ± Flood Risk Assessment required.

Indicative Phasing April 2010-March 2015

Indicative Housing Capacity 50 units (including the 17 units already granted on Areas A and B). Based on the retention of the hospital building and surrounding density. As this site is in a Conservation Area, the London Plan Density matrix is not strictly applicable.

Delivery Mechanism Ashcombe House has planning permission and construction on a new building has started. The War Memorial Hospital is currently vacant and the residents of Cedar Close are currently being relocated. The Council understands that the site owners intend to submit further planning applications for the remainder of the site without permission in the near future.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 185

Page 195 Agenda Item 4

C5: RAILWAY APPROACH AND CAR PARK, OFF MANOR ROAD, WALLINGTON

Site Description: The site is located within Wallington district centre and comprises the buildings around Railway Approach and the car park associated with the station. It is in a mixed area with retail, office and residential uses all nearby.

Site Area: 1.1ha

Current Land Use: Office (some vacant), retail, car parking (public and private) and a Public Transport Interchange

Ownership: Public and Multiple Private

Public Transport: Level 4

Proposals Map: Walllington District Centre, Part Secondary Shopping Frontage, Adjoining the Park Road/Melbourne Road Area of Special Landscape Character, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 186

Agenda Item 4 Page 196

C5: RAILWAY APPROACH AND CAR PARK, OFF MANOR ROAD, WALLINGTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: OFFICE, RETAIL, LEISURE, RESIDENTIAL and CAR PARKING

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

Ɣ7KHVLWH¶VORFDWLRQZLWKLQDQ$UHDRI7DOOHU%XLOGLQJ3RWHQWLDO VHYHQWRWHQ storeys). However, any proposals for taller buildings should be exceptionally designed and respect local context and character Ɣ&UHDWLQJDQDFWLYHIURQWDJHDORQJ0DQRU5RDGZLth commercial/retail uses Ɣ3URYLGLQJPRGHUQDQGIOH[LEOHRIILFHVSDFH Ɣ3URYLGLQJKRXVLQJPL[HVWHQXUHVDQGW\SHVZKLFKUHIOHFW%RURXJKQHHGV Ɣ,PSURYLQJWKHSXEOLFUHDOPVWDWLRQDQGWUDQVSRUWLQWHUFKDQJHLQFRQMXQFWLRQ with the Smarter Travel Sutton schemes for Wallington Ɣ(QKDQFLQJOLQNDJHVWRWKHWRZQFHQWUHLQFOXGLQJSHGHVWULDQOLQNVWR0DQRU Road, the footpath to the west of the site and considering the scope for a direct link across the railway track (to Site C6) Ɣ8WLOLVLQJFDUSDUNLQJVSDFHPore efficiently

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in Wallington (PMP1). Expanding the retail and office offer in Wallington (PMP8). Making significant enhancements to the station area (PMP8). Supporting proposals for higher density development within and around town centres (BP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Improving the environment of Wallington Station and links with the centre (BP9). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13).

Flood Risk Zone 1 ± Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2020-March 2025

Indicative Housing Capacity 40 units. Allowing 0.85ha for other uses, this leaves a Net Residential Developable Area of 0.25ha. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix Setting of Urban 3.1-3.7hr/u.

Delivery Mechanism A number of the landowners with interests on the site have expressed a wish to enhance of the Railway Approach area. Issues relating to lease expiration dates and land assembly preclude the early delivery of this site. However, in the long WHUPWKH&RXQFLOFRXOGDFWDVDQHQDEOHUIRUWKHVLWH¶VUHJHQHUDWLRQ

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 187

Page 197 Agenda Item 4

C6: LIDL, BEDDINGTON GARDENS, WALLINGTON

Site Description: The site is located within Wallington district centre and is surrounded by a mix of uses. The railway is to the north, there are retail premises to the east, a church to the south and a residential development to the ZHVW7KHVLWHLVFXUUHQWO\RFFXSLHGE\D/LGOVXSHUPDUNHWDVPDOOFXVWRPHUV¶ car park and delivery bays.

Site Area: 0.3ha

Current Land Use: Retail

Ownership: Private

Public Transport: Level 4

Proposals Map: Walllington District Centre, Part Secondary Shopping Frontage, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: None.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 188

Agenda Item 4 Page 198

C6: LIDL, BEDDINGTON GARDENS, WALLINGTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RETAIL, OFFICE, RESIDENTIAL and CAR PARKING

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

Ɣ,QYHVWLJDWLQJWKHSRVVLELOLW\RIODQGDVVHPEO\WRFUHDWHDODUJHUGHYHORSPHQW block by including neighbouring properties Ɣ 7KH VLWH¶V ORFDWLRQ ZLWKLQ DQ $UHD RI 7DOOHU %XLOGLQJ 3RWHQWLDO IRXU WR VL[ storeys). However, any proposals for taller buildings should be exceptionally designed and respect local contact and character Ɣ3URYLGLQJHQKDQFHGUHWDLOIDFLOLWLHV Ɣ3URYLGLQJPRGHUQDQGIOH[LEOHRIILFHVSDFH Ɣ8WLOLVLQJFDUSDUNLQJVSDFHPRUHHIILFLHQWO\ Ɣ3URYLGLQJKRXVLQJPL[HVWHQXUHV and types which reflect the needs of the Borough Ɣ (QKDQFLQJ OLQNDJHV IURP WKH WRZQ FHQWUH WR WKH UDLOZD\ VWDWLRQ DQG improving the public realm, including considering a direct pedestrian link across the railway line (to Site C5)

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in Wallington (PMP1). Expanding the retail and office offer in Wallington (PMP8). Making significant enhancements to the station area (PMP8). Supporting proposals for higher density development within and around town centres (BP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Improving both the environment of the Wallington Station area and links with the centre (BP9). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13).

Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2020-March 2025

Indicative Housing Capacity 20 units. Net Residential Developable Area is estimated to be 0.15ha. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix Setting of Urban 3.1-3.7hr/u.

Delivery Mechanism The site owners have indicated to the Council that they may consider redeveloping the site.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 189

Page 199 Agenda Item 4

C7: PART OF THE ALLOTMENTS, STANLEY ROAD, CARSHALTON

Site Description: The site is located in a predominantly residential location towards the south of the Borough. It is bounded by housing mostly and the sites is currently used as an allotment.

Site Area: 1.5ha

Current Land Use: Allotments

Ownership: Council

Public Transport: Level 1b

Proposals Map: Urban Green Space

Relevant Planning History: None.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 190

Agenda Item 4 Page 200

C7: PART OF THE ALLOTMENTS, STANLEY ROAD, CARSHALTON

The site is designated as URBAN GREEN SPACE (to be used as Allotments)

The site was safeguarded for education provision in the Unitary Development Plan (2003). This safeguarding will now be removed. The site will remain in allotment use and the site will be designated as Urban Green Space (see Appendix 2). As a result, the whole of Stanley Road Allotments will now remain in allotment use and will be designated on the Proposals Map as Urban Green Space.

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Developing leisure and cultural facilities (BP11).

Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in a Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 area so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing Not applicable

Indicative Housing Capacity Not applicable

Delivery Mechanism Not applicable

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 191

Page 201 Agenda Item 4

C8: ALLOTMENTS, DEMESNE ROAD, WALLINGTON

Site Description: The site is located to the west of Wallington district centre. It is bounded by a cemetery, railway and housing. The site is currently used as allotments.

Site Area: Area A = 1.6ha, Area B = 2.5ha

Current Land Use: Allotments

Ownership: Council and the London Borough of Croydon

Public Transport: Level 1b and 2

Proposals Map: Metropolitan Open Land, Metropolitan Green Chain, Green Corridor, Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation.

Relevant Planning History: None.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 192

Agenda Item 4 Page 202

C8: ALLOTMENTS, DEMESNE ROAD, WALLINGTON

Area A is designated as METROPOLITAN OPEN LAND (to be used as Allotments with Land Safeguarded for a Cemetery Extension)

Area B is designated as METROPOLITAN OPEN LAND (to be used as Allotments)

Area A shows the correct extent of the safeguarding. Areas A and B were incorrectly shown in the Unitary Development Plan as the area for safeguarding.

Should the Area A be required as a cemetery extension, any development scheme should pay particular regard to: Ɣ7KHVHWWLQJRIFXUrent cemetery Ɣ7KHSULRUDJUHHPHQWRIFXUUHQWDOORWPHQWKROGHUV

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Developing leisure and cultural facilities (BP11).

Flood Risk Zone 1.

Indicative Phasing Not applicable

Indicative Housing Capacity Not applicable

Delivery Mechanism The London Planning Advisory Committee (now part of the GLA) undertook a study of the burial space need of Greater London in 1997. It produced six different predictions on the amount of time left in terms of the use of burial space LQ HDFK ERURXJK¶V FHPHWHULHV ,Q WKH ZRUVW-case scenario, the report found Sutton had sufficient burial spaces until 2018 but beyond this date burial space ZDV QRW DVVXUHG ,Q VRPH RI WKH VWXG\¶V RWKHU SUHGLFWLRQV 6XWWRQ¶V IXWXUH capacity ranged from 103 years to 226 years. Given the worst-case scenario, the Council considers it prudent to continue to safeguard the land for the plan period of the Local Development Framework.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 193

Page 203 Agenda Item 4

C9: ROAD IMPROVEMENT SCHEME, BEDDINGTON LANE, BEDDINGTON

Site Description: The development scheme involves land along the edge of Beddington Lane (B272) from the junction of Derry Road to the tram stop by Brookmead Road. Beddington Lane serves the Beddington Strategic Industrial Location.

Site Area: 0.5ha

Current Land Use: Road, footpath, verge, industrial, residential, retail and vacant land.

Ownership: Council and Private

Public Transport: Level 1 to 2

Proposals Map: London Distributor Road, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 194

Agenda Item 4 Page 204

C9: ROAD IMPROVEMENT SCHEME, BEDDINGTON LANE, BEDDINGTON

The site is allocated for A ROAD IMPROVEMENT SCHEME

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

Ɣ,PSURYLQJWKHVDIHW\DQGFLUFXODWLRQRIYHKLFXODUPRYHPHQWVVHUYLQJ Beddington Lane Strategic Industrial Location Ɣ,PSURYLQJDFFHVVWR%HGGLQJWRQ/DQHWUDPVWRS Ɣ,PSURYLQJEXVVWRSSLQJIDFLOLWLHV Ɣ3URYLGLQJDVDIHDQGDWWUDFWLYHHQYLURQPHQWIRUSHGHVWrian and cycle movements Ɣ&UHDWLQJGHVLJQDWHGSHGHVWULDQDQGF\FOHFURVVLQJSRLQWV Ɣ1RWDWWUDFWLQJH[WUDQHRXVWUDIILFLQRUGHUWRSURWHFWWKH%HGGLQJWRQ9LOODJH Conservation Area

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Improving access for heavy good vehicles to industrial sites and introducing measures to enhance the movement of, and the facilities and environment for, pedestrian and public transport users (BP9).

Flood Risk Zone 1, 2, 3.

Indicative Phasing Work to the middle section of Beddington Lane has started. Further phases are subject to funding.

Indicative Housing Capacity Not applicable

Delivery Mechanism Transport for London allocated a grant of £100,000 to the scheme for 2008-09 and has committed a further £200,000 for 2009-10. The Council has received approximately £500,000 in S106 developer contributions for the scheme.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 195

Page 205 Agenda Item 4

C10: TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT SCHEME, CARSHALTON DISTRICT CENTRE

Site Description: The site comprises three junctions in and around Carshalton district centre which will provide an alternative route for heavy goods vehicles travelling though Carshalton. There will be landtake from the curtilages of two properties.

Site Area: 0.01ha

Current Land Use: Transport and Residential.

Ownership: Council and Private

Public Transport: Level 3

Proposals Map: Carshalton Village Conservation Area, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: None.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 196

Agenda Item 4 Page 206

C10: TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT SCHEME, CARSHALTON DISTRICT CENTRE

The site is allocated for A TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT SCHEME

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

Ɣ ,QWURGXFLQJ D WUDIILF PDQDJHPHQW VFKHPH IRU +HDY\ *RRGV 9HKLFOHV (HGVs) Ɣ 5HGXFLQJ WKH PRVW VHULRXV FRQIOLFWV DURXQG WKH SRQG DUHD DQG LQ WKH narrower parts of the High Street and the Carshalton Village Conservation Area Ɣ'LYHUWLQJZHVWERXQG+*9VXVLQJthe A232 onto Park Lane, Ruskin Road, Carshalton Park Road and Benyon Road Ɣ &DUU\LQJ RXW PLQRU LPSURYHPHQWV DW WKH $FUH /DQH3DUN /DQH 3DUN Lane/Ruskin Road and Windsor Castle junctions Ɣ $FTXLULQJ ODQG RQ WKH VRXWK-eastern corner of the Acre Lane/Park Lane junction and on the north-west corner of Park Lane/Ruskin Road

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Addressing the traffic problems and improving safety on the A232 and improving the environment of the ponds and village centre (BP9).

Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2010-March 2015

Indicative Housing Capacity Not applicable

Delivery Mechanism TfL has expressed to the Council an aspiration to carry out a traffic management scheme within Carshalton. A feasibility study is scheduled to begin in 2011, subject to a programme review. In the meantime, it is proposed to continue to protect the traffic management scheme identified in the UDP.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 197

Page 207 Agenda Item 4

D3: ROYAL MARSDEN HOSPITAL, DOWNS ROAD, BELMONT

Site Description: Most of the site is occupied by the Royal Marsden Hospital with a small portion used by the Institute of Cancer Research (ICR). It is bounded by the Sutton Hospital (see Site A11) to the north, part of the ICR to the east and housing. It has access from Downs and Cotswold Roads. Site Area: 7.5ha Current Land Use: Health

Ownership: Royal Marsden Hospital NHS Foundation Trust

Public Transport: Level 1b and 2

Proposals Map: Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: Planning permission B2008/59394 for an extension to the paediatric unit. Planning permission B2008/60306 for the refurbishment and enlargement of the Bud Flanagan Unit and expansion of adjoining Haemoto-Oncology unit. Planning permission B2008/60682 for a building to store medical records. Planning permission B2009/61594 for a translational research centre

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 198

Agenda Item 4 Page 208

D3: ROYAL MARSDEN HOSPITAL, DOWNS ROAD, BELMONT

Area A is allocated for HEALTH use. Area B is also allocated for HEALTH use, if the Royal Marsden Hospital NHS Foundation Trust acquire the area. If the site is not acquired by the Royal Marsden Hospital NHS Foundation Trust, the allocation on Site A11 will apply.

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

Ɣ 5HVSHFWLQJ WKH KHULWDJH DVVHWV RQ VLWH DQG UHWDLQLQJ DQ\ EXLOGLQJV RI architectural or historical importance as well as existing tree planting on site Ɣ3URYLGLQJDVLWHWKDWLVOHJLEOHIRUIXWXUHYLVLWRUVDQGHPSOR\HHV Ɣ (QVXULQJ WKHUH LV VXLtable access for blue light, service buses and public traffic to and from the site Ɣ8VLQJFDUSDUNLQJIDFLOLWLHVDVHIILFLHQWO\DVSRVVLEOH Ɣ ,PSURYLQJ SHGHVWULDQ F\FOH DQG SRVVLEOH EXV OLQNDJHV WR WKH DGMRLQLQJ Sutton Hospital site

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Supporting the development of the Royal Marsden Hospital and the Institute for Cancer Research site as a centre of medical excellence in providing cancer care, research facilities and associated activities (BP5). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7).

Flood Risk Zone 1 ± Flood Risk Assessment required. This site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2010-March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity Not applicable

Delivery Mechanism The Royal Marsden Hospital NHS Foundation Trust has indicated to the Council that it has a programme of improvements over the plan period. The Trust currently proposes a new Translational Research Centre (see planning history), a new ward and theatre block, an outpatients and diagnostics facility, a new education and research building, and an extension to the day unit. A diagnostic treatment centre is proposed for Area B, subject to the acquisition of the site.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 199

Page 209 Agenda Item 4

D4: SUTTON UNITED FOOTBALL GROUND, GANDER GREEN LANE, SUTTON

Site Description: The site lies to the north-west of Sutton town centre. It is within Collingwood Recreation Ground and is bounded by a railway line to the south. The site comprises a football ground with stands, a car park and unkempt areas around the stadium.

Site Area: 2.4ha

Current Land Use: Football Ground, Stadium and Car Park

Ownership: Council (leased to Sutton United Football Club)

Public Transport: Level 2

Proposals Map: Urban Green Space, partly within the Sutton SRQ, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 200

Agenda Item 4 Page 210

D4: SUTTON UNITED FOOTBALL GROUND, GANDER GREEN LANE, SUTTON

This site is allocated for MIXED USE: SPORTS GROUND and COMMUNITY FACILITIES

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to:

Ɣ(QVXULQJDQ\EXLOWGHYHORSPHQWLVORFDWHGZLWKLQWKHFXUWLODJHRIWKHH[LVWLQJ football ground and, where possible, limit impact on the Urban Green Space Ɣ(QVXULQJDQ\QHZEXLOWGHYHORSPHQWGRHVQRWGHWUDFWIURPWKHRSHQQHVVRI the recreation ground Ɣ5estricting vehicular access to Gander Green Lane only Ɣ $VVHVVLQJ WKH LPSDFW RI SRVVLEOH LQFUHDVHG WUDIILF PRYHPHQWV DQG implementing traffic improvement measures where necessary Ɣ3URWHFWLQJWKHELRGLYHUVLW\RIWKHQHLJKERXULQJ6LWHRI,PSRUWDQFHIRU1DWXre Conservation (the Sutton to St Helier Railway Line) Ɣ(QKDQFLQJWKHUHFUHDWLRQDOIDFLOLWLHVRI&ROOLQJZRRG5HFUHDWLRQ*URXQG

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Supporting the retention and improvement of facilities which promote healthy lifestyles (BP5) Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Developing leisure and cultural facilities (BP11).

Flood Risk Zone 1 ± Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 1 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2010-March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity Not applicable

Delivery Mechanism 7KH6XWWRQ8QLWHG6XSSRUWHUV¶7UXVWSURSRVHVUHGHYHORSLQJWKHQRUWKHUQVWDQG (alongside the recreation ground) to provide a low-level stand for match spectators with changing rooms/other community facilities serving and facing the recreation ground, as well as re-laying the existing Collingwood Recreation Ground pitches for public use. In addition, it is proposed to redevelop the eastern stand to provide improved match-day facilities for football spectators, indoor sports provision and, possibly, a community meeting hall. Grants for the redevelopment may be forthcoming from football foundations and maintenance would be provided by existing staff.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 201

Page 211 Agenda Item 4

STC N1: CROWN ROAD/HIGH STREET SITES

Site Description: These sites are located to the north of Crown Road, opposite the northern end of St Nicholas Way and are bounded by the High Street to the east and Vale Road to the north. The Collingwood estate lies to the west and the northern boundary adjoins the rear of two-storey, mainly terraced houses in Vale Road. Allocation STC N1 accommodates two gas holders, the vacant Zurich House office building (10 storeys) and car park to the rear and retail units at ground floor, and a retail shed currently occupied by Magnet.

Site Area: 2.3ha49

Current Land Use: Gas storage/small industrial/storage units/retail/vacant office and car park

Ownership: Utility Company/Private/Council

Public Transport: Level 5

Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Community Priority Regeneration Area; Indicative Road Link; Area of Taller Building Potential; Secondary Shopping Frontages. Relevant Planning History: Outline application for the Magnet Site B2006/56167 for location and access to a mixed-use development with office, retail and residential uses.

49 The new site area includes the additional site area for Dex House and Fabric World (0.09ha) and reflects the amended figure for the Gas Holders site which had been incorrectly identified as 1.65ha rather than 1.06ha.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 202

Agenda Item 4 Page 212

STC N1: CROWN ROAD/HIGH STREET SITES

The sites are allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL, RETAIL, OFFICE and OTHER Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: Providing buildings of between 3 and 6 storeys in height, stepping down near the existing residential properties in Vale Road Providing active frontages at ground floor/first floor levels Providing a mix of housing types, including family-sized units Retaining the building line along the High Street (unless required for public transport) Protecting land for Tramlink/a Tramlink stop along the High Street frontage Creating a new road link through the site to create a northwards extension to St Nicholas Way and to create a modified town centre gyratory system (as currently set out in the Urban Design Framework). Any alternative highways scheme will only be supported by the council if it meets the objectives of significantly improving the pedestrian environment (including a possible extension of the existing pedestrianised High Street), and, improving connectivity between these sites and the Exchange Quarter to the south Creating small block sizes fronting streets Developing a more permeable site which creates connections through the site, particularly to Collingwood Estate Providing high quality public realm improvements including a public space on the corner of the High Street and Crown Road (Zurich Square) and the provision of street trees Remediating the site of any contamination Ensuring integration of all development proposals on all the adjoining land ownerships within this allocation. Where redevelopment of the sites cannot be brought forward together, development on individual sites must not prejudice future redevelopment of the adjoining sites

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Improving access to housing, employment, health and social facilities in Community Regeneration Areas (PMP3). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). Development iQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH &RXQFLO¶V XUEDQ GHVLJQ principles (BP12). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13). Detailed planning guidance Whilst the Urban Design Framework sets out some guidance regarding the future redevelopment of these sites, the council considers that given the complexity of site ownerships and future scale and mix of development a planning brief should be prepared.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 203

Page 213 Agenda Item 4

Flood Risk Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: The site is subject to surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%) to a potential depth greater than 500mm. Flood risk assessment and appropriate Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required. Potential for Decentralised Energy The site is located within the Sutton WRZQ FHQWUH µ'HFHQWUDOLVHG (QHUJ\ 2SSRUWXQLW\$UHD¶$FFRUGLQJO\WKH&RXQFLOZLOOVHHNWRHQDEOHIXWXUHFRQQHFWLRQ to any planned district heating network serving the town centre. Waste Water Infrastructure The existing sewerage network capacity is unlikely to be able to support the demand anticipated from this development accordingly any developer would be required to fund an impact study. Connection to the 229mm foul sewer to the north of the site would require an impact study. No building works are permitted within 3 metres of the public sewers crossing the site to the south. Indicative Phasing: April 2010 ± March 2015/April 2020 ± March 2025 (This is a large and complex site and therefore given discussions with landowners regarding deliverability it is likely that parts of the site will not be delivered until the last Phase). Indicative Housing Capacity 362 units. This assumes that the Gas Holders are decommissioned and that Health and Safety Executive PADHI guidance does not apply. Expected units on the Gas Holders and Magnet sites are based on the Gillespies UDF and capacities for the Zurich, Fabric Warehouse and Dex sites are based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Central (310 units/ha) applied to 70% of the site areas.

Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Retail (A-Classes): 7,726 sq m; Office (B1): 2,258 sq m; Small-scale workshops: 1,663 sq m; Commercial Leisure: 4,013 sq m. This assumes that the Gas Holders are decommissioned and that Health and Safety Executive PADHI guidance does not apply. Delivery Mechanism The site owners have indicated to the Council that they may consider redeveloping the site.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 204

Agenda Item 4 Page 214

STC N3: BLOCKBUSTER SITE, 341 HIGH STREET, SUTTON

Site Description: The site is located in the northern end of the town centre and has frontage to the High Street and Vale Road and adjoins Sutton Green to the north. Buildings in the surrounding area include the vacant 10 storey Zurich building (corner of the High Street and Crown Road) and Helena House, a 6 storey building on the eastern side of the High Street. A 2 storey terrace with retail at ground floor and residential above adjoins the site to the south-east and a 2 storey residential terrace adjoins the site to the west. Site Area: 0.15ha Current Land Use: Retail and associated car park Ownership: Private Public Transport: Level 5 Proposals Map: Secondary Shopping Frontage; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Area of Taller Building Potential. Relevant Planning History: Planning application B2007/59028 refused for the demolition of existing buildings and the erection of a part 3, part 5 storey building with retail at ground floor and residential above.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 205

Page 215 Agenda Item 4

STC N3: BLOCKBUSTER SITE, 341 HIGH STREET, SUTTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RETAIL, RESIDENTIAL, COMMUNITY and OFFICE Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: Providing a new landmark building, up to 8 storeys in height with frontage to the High Street and Sutton Green Providing buildings of between 3 and 4 storeys in height fronting Vale Road Providing active frontages at ground floor levels Providing retail uses at ground floor with food and drink uses fronting Sutton Green Providing community uses at ground floor fronting Sutton Green Respecting and enhancing the setting of Sutton Green Protecting land for Tramlink along the High Street frontage Providing high quality public realm improvements including the provision of gateway features on Sutton Green to mark the entry into the town centre The need to contact the Health and Safety Executive with reference to the current storage of gas in close proximity to the site (see Site STC N1)

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). Development in DFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKH&RXQFLO¶VXUEDQGHVLJQSULQFLSOHV %3 $UHDRI7DOOHU Building Potential (BP13). Flood Risk Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: Most of the site is subject to surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%) up to a potential depth of 400mm. Flood risk assessment and appropriate Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required. Potential for Decentralised Energy 7KH VLWH LV ORFDWHG ZLWKLQ WKH 6XWWRQ WRZQ FHQWUH µ'HFHQWUDOLVHG (QHUJ\ 2SSRUWXQLW\ $UHD¶ $FFRUGLQJO\ WKH &RXQFLO ZLOO VHHN WR HQDEOH IXWXUH connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre.

Waste Water Infrastructure No known concerns regarding waste water capability Indicative Phasing: April 2020 ± March 2025 Indicative Housing Capacity 26 units, assuming 70% residential Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Retail (A-Classes): 360 sqm; Office (B1): 360 sqm; Community uses: 360 sqm

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 206

Agenda Item 4 Page 216

Delivery Mechanism The site owners have indicated to the Council that they may consider redeveloping the site.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 207

Page 217 Agenda Item 4

STC N4: BURGER KING SITE, 330 ± 332 HIGH STREET, SUTTON

Site Description: The site is located to the northern end of the town centre and is currently occupied by a vacant single storey building. A grade II listed building is located to the north of the site, the southern boundary adjoins shops and the eastern boundary, to the rear of the site, partially adjoins dwellings gaining access from Lewis Road. Site Area: 0.19ha Current Land Use: Vacant Ownership: Private Public Transport: Level 5 Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Area of Taller Building Potential. Relevant Planning History: Planning application B2007/57717 for the demolition of the existing building and the construction of a four-storey building with retail on ground floor and 18 residential units above which was refused by the Council.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 208

Agenda Item 4 Page 218

STC N4: BURGER KING SITE, 330 ± 332 HIGH STREET, SUTTON The site is allocated for RESIDENTIAL-LED MIXED USE and RETAIL Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: Providing buildings of between 4 and 5 storeys in height Providing active frontages at ground floor, particularly along the High Street Creating a strong building line along the High Street (unless required for public transport) Protecting land for Tramlink along the High Street frontage Providing high quality public realm improvements including the provision of gateway features on Sutton Green to mark the entry into the town centre The need to contact the Health and Safety Executive with reference to the current storage of gas in close proximity to this site (see Site STC N1) Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies: Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town FHQWUH 303 'HYHORSPHQWLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKH&RXQFLO¶VXUEDQGHVLJQ principles (BP12). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13). Flood Risk Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: Most of the site is subject to surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%) up to a potential depth of 200mm. Flood risk assessment and appropriate Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required. Potential for Decentralised Energy The sLWH LV ORFDWHG ZLWKLQ WKH 6XWWRQ WRZQ FHQWUH µ'HFHQWUDOLVHG (QHUJ\ 2SSRUWXQLW\ $UHD¶ $FFRUGLQJO\ WKH &RXQFLO ZLOO VHHN WR HQDEOH IXWXUH connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre. Waste Water Infrastructure No known concerns regarding waste water capability Indicative Phasing : April 2015 ± March 2020 Indicative Housing Capacity 24 units. Assuming 70% residential. Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Retail (A-Classes): 964 sq m Delivery Mechanism The site owners have indicated to the Council that they are in the process of selling the site.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 209

Page 219 Agenda Item 4

STC C1: NORTH OF LODGE PLACE, SUTTON

Site Description: The site is located on the corner of Throwley Way and Lodge Place, directly to the east of the High Street. A single storey GRFWRU¶V surgery and a single storey office building occupy the site and a bus stop and lay-by are located on Lodge Road.

Site Area: 0.22ha Current Land Use: Medical and Office uses Ownership: Private Public Transport: Level 6 Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Primary Shopping Area; Primary Shopping Frontage (Lodge Place); Secondary Shopping Frontage (Throwley Way, Manor Place); Area of Taller Building Potential. Relevant Planning History: Planning permission B2000/46952 for office use at Windsor House. Planning application B2009/61421 for demolition of existing building and construction of a new part 4, 5 and 6 storey building with 27 residential units and retail at ground floor withdrawn. A similar planning application, B2010/62741, with office at ground floor was refused. The decision has now been appealed. No recent planning history relating to the Old Court House surgery.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 210

Agenda Item 4 Page 220

STC C1: NORTH OF LODGE PLACE, SUTTON The site is allocated for MIXED USE: HEALTH, RETAIL, RESIDENTIAL and OFFICE or COMMERCIAL LEISURE Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: The guidance in the Lodge Place Planning Brief Supplementary Planning Document (Lodge Place SPD) Providing buildings of between 3 and 6 storeys in height Providing active frontages at ground / first floor levels Protecting land for Tramlink along the Throwley Way frontage Securing the pedestrianisation of Lodge Place Providing high quality public realm improvements on Lodge Road Designing high quality buildings that respect the curvature of Lodge Place Ensuring design proposals comprehensively cover the entire site, leaving QRµOHIW-RYHU¶VSDFH

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town FHQWUH 303 'HYHORSPHQWLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKH&RXQFLO¶VXUEDQGHVLJQ principles (BP12). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13).

Flood Risk Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: The site is largely unaffected by surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%).

Potential for Decentralised Energy 7KH VLWH LV ORFDWHG ZLWKLQ WKH 6XWWRQ WRZQ FHQWUH µ'HFHQWUDOLVHG (QHUJ\ 2SSRUWXQLW\ $UHD¶ $FFRUGLQJO\ WKH &RXQFLO ZLOO VHHN WR HQDEOH IXWXUH connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre.

Waste Water Infrastructure No known concerns regarding waste water capability

Indicative Phasing: April 2015 ± March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity 20 units. Based on the guidance contained in the Lodge Place SPD.

Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Health uses: 2,730 sq m; Retail (A-Classes): 720 sq m; Office (B1) or Commercial Leisure: 2,850 sq m.

Delivery Mechanism The Council understands that the developers have appointed a team of consultants to take forward development proposals.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 211

Page 221 Agenda Item 4

STC C2: SOUTH OF LODGE PLACE, SUTTON

Site Description: The site is located to the south of Lodge Place with frontages to the High Street, Lodge Place and Throwley Way. The site comprises two large format shops and associated surface parking areas and four shop units fronting the High Street. Site Area: 0.4ha Current Land Use: Retail and Car park Ownership: Private Public Transport: Level 6 Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Primary Shopping Area; Primary Shopping Frontage (High Street, Lodge Place); Secondary Shopping Frontage (Throwley Way). Relevant Planning History: Planning application B2004/53161 for a ten- storey mixed use development was lodged and subsequently withdrawn. A similar application, B2005/54590, was submitted in 2005 and was refused by the Council. An outline application, B2006/55542, was lodged in 2006 and was refused by the Council.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 212

Agenda Item 4 Page 222

STC C2: SOUTH OF LODGE PLACE, SUTTON The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RETAIL, RESIDENTIAL and OFFICE or COMMERCIAL LEISURE Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: The guidance in the Lodge Place Planning Brief Supplementary Planning Document (Lodge Place SPD) Providing buildings of between 3 and 6 storeys in height Providing active frontages at ground / first floor levels Protecting land for Tramlink along the Throwley Way frontage Securing the pedestrianisation of Lodge Place Providing high quality public realm improvements on Lodge Road Designing high quality buildings that respect the curvature of Lodge Place Ensuring design proposals comprehensively cover the entire site, leaving QRµOHIW-RYHU¶VSDFH Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies: Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town FHQWUH 303 'HYHORSPHQWLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKH&RXQFLO¶VXUEDQGHVLJQ principles (BP12). Flood Risk: Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: The site is largely unaffected by surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%). Potential for Decentralised Energy 7KH VLWH LV ORFDWHG ZLWKLQ WKH 6XWWRQ WRZQ FHQWUH µ'HFHQWUDOLVHG (QHUJ\ 2SSRUWXQLW\ $UHD¶ $FFRUGLQJO\ WKH &RXQcil will seek to enable future connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre. Waste Water Infrastructure No building works are permitted within 3 metres of the public sewers crossing the site Indicative Phasing: April 2020 ± March 2025 Indicative Housing Capacity 95 units. Based on the guidance contained in the Lodge Place SPD. Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Retail (A-Classes): 3,238 sq m; Office (B1) or Commercial Leisure: 2,950 sq m. Delivery Mechanism The current landowners have indicated to the Council an intention to redevelop the site.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 213

Page 223 Agenda Item 4

STC C3: KWIKFIT SITE, THROWLEY ROAD, SUTTON

Site Description: The site is located on the eastern side of Throwley Way and accommodates a single storey building fronting onto the gyratory road. A row of two-storey semi-detached houses back on to the site and a pedestrian/cycle path is located to the south of the site, adjacent to Times Square MSCP, linking Throwley Way to Lenham Road behind. Site Area: 0.07ha Current Land Use: Car repair and maintenance Ownership: Council Public Transport: Level 6a Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Community Priority Regeneration Area; Area of Taller Building Potential. Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 214

Agenda Item 4 Page 224

STC C3: KWIKFIT SITE, THROWLEY ROAD, SUTTON

The site is allocated for (i) HOTEL or other TOWN CENTRE USE, or (ii) RESIDENTIAL-LED MIXED USE and RETAIL Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: Providing buildings of between 3 and 5 storeys in height, stepping down near residential properties to the east Providing active frontages at ground floor level including possible café/ restaurant uses Providing high quality public realm improvements, particularly along the link between Manor Lane and Throwley Way. Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies: Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Improving access to housing, employment, health and social facilities in Community Regeneration Areas (PMP3). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). Development in DFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKH&RXQFLO¶VXUEDQGHVLJQSULQFLSOHV %3 $UHDRI7DOOHU Building Potential (BP13) Flood Risk: Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: The site is subject to very small, isolated areas of surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%), to a depth of up to 200mm. However Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required. Potential for Decentralised Energy 7KH VLWH LV ORFDWHG ZLWKLQ WKH 6XWWRQ WRZQ FHQWUH µ'HFHQWUDOLVHG (QHUJ\ 2SSRUWXQLW\ $UHD¶ $FFRUGLQJO\ WKH &RXQFLO ZLOO VHHN WR HQDEOH IXWXUH connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre. Waste Water Infrastructure No known concerns regarding waste water capability Indicative Phasing: April 2010 ± March 2015 Indicative Housing Capacity: Subject to the site not being developed as a hotel, 15 units, assuming 70% residential. Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Hotel: 1,984 sq m. Or Retail (A-Classes): 595 sq m. Delivery Mechanism: The Council intends to bring this site forward for redevelopment.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 215

Page 225 Agenda Item 4

STC C6: NORTH OF GREENFORD ROAD, SUTTON

Site Description: The site is located on the northern side of Greenford Road and is comprised of a vacant yard and workshop to the east and to the west, on the corner of St Nicholas Way, a private residence and converted offices. Immediately adjoining to the east is a row of 4 shops fronting the High Street with residential above. Two large retail buildings are in close proximity to the subject site; the 4 storey St Nicholas Centre is located across Greenford Road and the 5 storey Asda building adjoins the site to the north. Site Area: 0.07ha Current Land Use: Dwelling, Office and Vacant yard Ownership: Private Public Transport: Level 5 Proposals Map: Secondary Shopping Frontage; Archaeological Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Community Priority Regeneration Area; Area of Taller Building Potential. Relevant Planning History: Outline application B2010/62289 for a part one- storey, part two-storey development comprising office, retail and residential units.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 216

Agenda Item 4 Page 226

STC C6: NORTH OF GREENFORD ROAD, SUTTON The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL, RETAIL and OFFICE Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: Providing buildings of between 3 and 6 storeys in height Providing active frontages at ground floor to Greenford Road and St Nicholas Way Providing high quality public realm improvements Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies: Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Improving access to housing, employment, health and social facilities in Community Regeneration Areas (PMP3). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). Development in DFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKH&RXQFLO¶VXUEan design principles (BP12). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13). Flood Risk: Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: The site is subject to very small, isolated areas of surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%), to a depth of up to 200mm. Flood risk assessment and Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required. Potential for Decentralised Energy 7KH VLWH LV ORFDWHG ZLWKLQ WKH 6XWWRQ WRZQ FHQWUH µ'HFHQWUDOLVHG (QHUJ\ 2SSRUWXQLW\ $UHD¶ Accordingly, the Council will seek to enable future connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre. Waste Water Infrastructure No known concerns regarding waste water capability Indicative Phasing: April 2020 ± March 2025 Indicative Housing Capacity 17 units, assuming 70% residential. Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Retail (A-Classes): 450 sq m; Office (B1): 225 sq m. Delivery Mechanism The Council understands that the site owners intend to submit further applications relating to the eastern part of the site.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 217

Page 227 Agenda Item 4

STC CW1: CIVIC CENTRE SITE, ST NICHOLAS WAY, SUTTON

Site Description: The site is located on the corner of St Nicholas Way and Cheam Road and accommodates a four-storey, U-shaped building with a range of civic uses. A pedestrian underpass under St Nicholas Way links the site and the High Street. Site Area: 0.9ha Current Land Use: Council offices, library, educational facilities, shop/community facility units, surface car park Ownership: Council Public Transport: Level 6a Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Community Priority Regeneration Area; Secondary Shopping Frontage; Site of Importance for Nature Conservation opposite; Area of Taller Building Potential. Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 218

Agenda Item 4 Page 228

STC CW1: CIVIC CENTRE SITE, ST NICHOLAS WAY, SUTTON The site is allocated for MIXED USE: CIVIC, COMMUNITY, CULTURAL, RETAIL and RESIDENTIAL Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: Creating a more permeable and legible site, with the development of a series of individual building blocks Providing a new landmark building, up to 10-storeys in height at the south- west corner Providing other buildings of up to 6-storeys in height, stepping down to 3-4 storeys adjacent to the St Nicholas Churchyard Providing a new contemporary Civic Square with high quality public art Providing active frontages at ground floor, particularly to the Civic Square Protecting land for Tram link along the St Nicholas Way frontage Enhancing pedestrian connections from the High Street to the west, including the pedestrian/cycle environment of Gibson Road, St Nicholas Road, Hill Street and St Nicholas Way Respecting and enhancing the setting of the listed St Nicholas Church and Church yard Respecting the settings of the listed Trinity Methodist Church and Sutton Baptist Church Including a range of uses: theatre; dance studio; community space; cafés; bars; and restaurants. Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies: Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Improving access to housing, employment, health and social facilities in Community Regeneration Areas (PMP3). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). Development in DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH &RXQFLO¶V XUEDQ GHVLJQ SULQFLSOHV DQG SURWHFWLRQ DQG enhancement of heritage assets (BP12). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13). Flood Risk Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: Parts of the site are subject to surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%) to a depth greater than 500mm. Flood risk assessment and appropriate Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required. Potential for Decentralised Energy 7KH VLWH LV ORFDWHG ZLWKLQ WKH 6XWWRQ WRZQ FHQWUH µ'HFHQWUDOLVHG (QHUJ\ 2SSRUWXQLW\ $UHD¶ $FFRUGLQJO\ WKH &RXQFLO ZLOO VHHN WR HQDEOH IXWXUH connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre. Waste Water Infrastructure The existing sewerage network capacity is unlikely to be able to support the demand anticipated from this development accordingly any developer would be required to fund an impact study. Connection to the 229mm foul sewer would require an impact study. No building works are permitted within 3 metres of the public sewers crossing the site. Indicative Phasing: April 2020 ± March 2025 Indicative Housing Capacity: 31 units, assuming 10% residential. Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Civic uses (including office): 10,806 sq m; Community/Cultural uses: 10,806 sq m; Retail (A-Classes) 4,912 sq m.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 219

Page 229 Agenda Item 4

Delivery Mechanism: The Council intends to bring this site forward for redevelopment.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 220

Agenda Item 4 Page 230

STC CW2: SECOMBE THEATRE SITE, CHEAM ROAD, SUTTON

Site Description: The site is located to the west of the town centre on Cheam Road and is occupied a theatre in a 2-storey converted church with a brick façade and later additions to the rear. The site is surrounded by a mix of uses and building heights. Site Area: 0.28ha Current Land Use: Theatre Ownership: Council Public Transport: Level 5 Proposals Map: Site Allocation; Area of Taller Building Potential. Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 221

Page 231 Agenda Item 4

STC CW2: SECOMBE THEATRE SITE, CHEAM ROAD, SUTTON The site is allocated for RESIDENTIAL-LED MIXED-USE and OFFICE Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: Providing buildings of between 4 to 6 storeys in height Creating active frontages along Cheam Road and Gibson Road Providing high quality streetscape and public realm improvements along Cheam Road and Gibson Road The replacement of cultural uses in the town centre Providing a strong frontage to Cheam Road at a key town centre gateway location

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies: Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Improving access to housing, employment, health and social facilities in Community Regeneration Areas (PMP3). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). Development in DFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKH&RXQFLO¶VXUEDQGHVLJQSULQFLSOHV %3 $UHDRI7DOOHU Building Potential (BP13). Flood Risk: Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: The site is largely unaffected by surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%). Appropriate Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required. Potential for Decentralised Energy The site is located within the Sutton town cenWUH µ'HFHQWUDOLVHG (QHUJ\ 2SSRUWXQLW\ $UHD¶ $FFRUGLQJO\ WKH &RXQFLO ZLOO VHHN WR HQDEOH IXWXUH connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre. Waste Water Infrastructure No known concerns regarding waste water capability Indicative Phasing: April 2020 ± March 2025 Indicative Housing Capacity: 33 units, assuming 70% residential. Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Office (B1): 1,348 sq m. Delivery Mechanism: The Council intends to bring this site forward for redevelopment.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 222

Agenda Item 4 Page 232

STC CW3: BEECH TREE PLACE / WEST STREET, SUTTON

Site Description: This site is located on the western side of St Nicholas Way, immediately north of the St Nicholas Churchyard. It comprises residential properties along Beech Tree Place and two pairs of semi-detached houses immediately to the north, on West Street. Most of the properties are owned by the Council and used as sheltered and supported housing. Two houses on West Street are Council owned and leased to voluntary groups. Site Area: 0.37ha Current Land Use: Sheltered and supported housing, with residential and community uses on West Street. Ownership: Council/Private Public Transport: Level 6a Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Community Priority Regeneration Area; Secondary Shopping Frontage; Site of Importance for Nature Conservation opposite; Area of Taller Building Potential. Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 223

Page 233 Agenda Item 4

STC CW3: BEECH TREE PLACE / WEST STREET, SUTTON The site is allocated for MIXED USE: SOCIAL, COMMUNITY, RESIDENTIAL and OFFICE / SMALL BUSINESS UNITS Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: Providing building heights up to 6 storeys along St Nicholas Way, stepping down to 3-4 storeys along West Street, to complement the existing houses, and towards St Nicholas churchyard to respect the setting of the church Providing active frontages along the roads and the church yard Protecting land for Tramlink along the St Nicholas Way frontage Providing high quality public realm improvements, particularly along St Nicholas Way Replacing social and community uses Replacing existing hostel accommodation/sheltered housing where required to meet an identified housing need

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies: Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town FHQWUH 303 'HYHORSPHQWLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKH&RXQFLO¶VXUban design principles (BP12). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13). Flood Risk: Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: The site is subject to very small, isolated areas of surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%), to a depth of up to 200mm. However, Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required. Potential for Decentralised Energy: The site is located within the Sutton WRZQFHQWUHµ'HFHQWUDOLVHG(QHUJ\2SSRUWXQLW\$UHD¶$FFRUGLQJO\Whe Council will seek to enable future connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre. Waste Water Infrastructure The existing sewerage network capacity is unlikely to be able to support the demand anticipated from this development accordingly any developer would be required to fund an impact study. Connection to the 152mm foul sewer would require an impact study. No building works are permitted within 3 metres of the public sewers crossing the site. Indicative Phasing: April 2015 ± March 2020 Indicative Housing Capacity: 60 units, assuming 50% residential. Indicative Non-Residential Capacities: Social/Community uses: 5,310 sqm; Office/Small Business uses: 500 sqm. Delivery Mechanism: The Council intends to bring this site forward for redevelopment.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 224

Agenda Item 4 Page 234

STC S2: NORTH OF SUTTON COURT ROAD, SUTTON

Site Description: The site is located on the northern side of Sutton Court Road and comprises two sites: Watermead House office building and a vacant site at 17 Sutton Court Road. The site adjoins Sutton Police Station to the north and east, and Bank House to the west which has recently been refurbished for residential use. Site Area: 0.21ha Current Land Use: Office and Vacant site Ownership: Private Public Transport: Level 6 Proposals Map: Secondary Shopping Frontage; Archaeological Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Community Priority Regeneration Area; Area of Taller Building Potential. Relevant Planning History: Planning application B2008/60359 for a building up to seventeen-storeys comprising retail, café and gymnasium uses at lower floors and 82 residential units above is yet to be determined by the Council.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 225

Page 235 Agenda Item 4

STC S2: NORTH OF SUTTON COURT ROAD, SUTTON The site is allocated for OFFICE-LED MIXED USE Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: Providing active shopping frontages at ground floor along Sutton Court Road Providing buildings of between 7 and 10 storeys in height and possibly over 11 storeys to complement the proposed cluster of taller buildings around the station. Retaining the existing 9 storey office building (Watermead House) Protecting land for Tramlink along the Sutton Court Road frontage Providing high quality public realm improvements including greening and traffic calming measures on Sutton Court Road The guidance in the Development Framework for Sutton Station and Adjacent Land Supplementary Planning Document and associated JXLGDQFHLQWKH*LOOHVSLHV¶6XWWRQ8UEDQ'HVLJQ)UDPHZRUN Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies: Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Improving access to housing, employment, health and social facilities in Community Regeneration Areas (PMP3). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). Development in DFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKH&RXQFLO¶VXUEDQGHVLJQSULQFLSOHV %3 $UHDRI7DOOHU Building Potential (BP13) Flood Risk Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: The site is subject to very small, isolated areas of surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%), to a depth of up to 200mm. Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required. Potential for Decentralised Energy 7KH VLWH LV ORFDWHG ZLWKLQ WKH 6XWWRQ WRZQ FHQWUH µ'HFHQWUDOLVHG (QHUJ\ 2SSRUWXQLW\ $UHD¶ $FFRUGLQJO\ WKH &RXQFLO ZLOO VHHN WR HQDEOH IXWXUH connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre. Waste Water Infrastructure The existing sewerage network capacity is unlikely to be able to support the demand anticipated from this development accordingly any developer would be required to fund an impact study. Indicative Phasing: April 2010 ± March 2015 Indicative Housing Capacity 26 units, assuming 30% residential. Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Office (B1): 8,063 sq m; Retail (A-Classes): 1,056 sq m. Delivery Mechanism The planning application B2008/60359 is currently under consideration.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 226

Agenda Item 4 Page 236

STC S3: SOUTH OF SUTTON COURT ROAD, SUTTON

Site Description: The site is located to the south of Sutton Court Road and is adjoined by Sutton Railway Station and railway tracks. The site comprises: a vacant 16 storey office building, two vacant lots on both sides and the site of six subdivided/demolished houses to the east. Site Area: 0.85ha Current Land Use: Vacant office building, Vacant sites, Subdivided/ demolished dwellings Ownership: Private Public Transport: Level 6 Proposals Map: Archaeology Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor and transport interchange (Tramlink); Community Priority Regeneration Area; Pedestrian Links to Sutton Railway Station; Area of Taller Building Potential. Relevant Planning History: The applicants have applied to extend the time limit for the implementation of planning permission B2005/55077, for the erection of two 13-14 storey residential buildings and the refurbishment of the existing 16-storey office building on the western portion of the site.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 227

Page 237 Agenda Item 4

STC S3: SOUTH OF SUTTON COURT ROAD, SUTTON The site is allocated for MIXED USE: OFFICE, RESIDENTIAL, RETAIL and LEISURE Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: Providing active shopping frontages at ground floor along Sutton Court Road Providing buildings of between 4 and 11 storeys in height, stepping down to the east Providing a public transport interchange on Sutton Court Road Protecting land for Tramlink along the Sutton Court Road frontage Securing pedestrian connections from Sutton Court Road through to Sutton Railway Station and The Quadrant Providing high quality public realm improvements including greening and traffic calming measures on Sutton Court Road, the pedestrian connection through to Sutton Station and the creation of a new public space outside Sutton Station. The guidance in the Development Framework for Sutton Station and Adjacent Land Supplementary Planning Document and associated JXLGDQFHLQWKH*LOOHVSLHV¶6XWWRQ8UEDQ'HVLJQ)UDPHZRUN Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies: Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Improving access to housing, employment, health and social facilities in Community Regeneration Areas (PMP3). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). Development in DFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKH&RXQFLO¶VXUEDQGHVLJQSULQFLSOHV %3 $UHDRI7DOOHU Building Potential (BP13). Flood Risk Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: Large parts of the site are subject to surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%) to a potential depth greater than 500mm. Flood risk assessment and appropriate Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required. Potential for Decentralised Energy 7KH VLWH LV ORFDWHG ZLWKLQ WKH 6XWWRQ WRZQ FHQWUH µ'HFHQWUDOLVHG (QHUJ\ 2SSRUWXQLW\ $UHD¶ $FFRUGLQJO\ WKH &RXQFLO ZLOO VHHN WR HQDEOH IXWXUH connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre. Waste Water Infrastructure The existing sewerage network capacity is unlikely to be able to support the demand anticipated from this development accordingly any developer would be required to fund an impact study. Connection to the 229mm foul sewer would require an impact study. No building works are permitted within 3 metres of the public sewers crossing the site. Indicative Phasing: April 2015 ± March 2020 Indicative Housing Capacity: 278 units, based on the lapsed planning permission for the western portion of the site, and assuming 50% residential on the eastern portion of the site.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 228

Agenda Item 4 Page 238

Indicative Non-Residential Capacities: Office (B1): 10,810 sq m; Retail (A- Classes): 1,138 sq m; Leisure uses: 562 sq m. Delivery Mechanism: The application for the extension of time for planning application B2005/55077 is currently under consideration.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 229

Page 239 Agenda Item 4

STC S4: SUTTON STATION AND CAR PARK, SUTTON

Site Description: The site is located at the southern end of Sutton town centre and is comprised on Sutton Station in the western portion of the site, fronting the High Street, and a surface car park in the eastern portion of the site, accessed from Brighton Road via the Quadrant. The station building is single storey at street level and steps down at the rear to track level. Site Area: 1.3ha Current Land Use: Railway station, Retail, Surface Car Park Ownership: Utility Company Public Transport: Level 6a Proposals Map: Area of Taller Building Potential Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 230

Agenda Item 4 Page 240

STC S4: SUTTON STATION AND CAR PARK, SUTTON The site is allocated for MIXED USE: OFFICE, RETAIL, RESIDENTIAL, CAR PARK, LEISURE and OTHER TOWN CENTRE USES Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: The guidance in the Development Framework for Sutton Station and Adjacent Land Supplementary Planning Document and associated JXLGDQFHLQWKH*LOOHVSLHV¶6XWWRQ8UEDQ'HVLJQ)UDPHZRUN Providing a new landmark building of up to 20-25 storeys in height, located over the railway station and with frontage to a new town square Providing buildings of between 4-6 storeys at podium level and rising up to between 8 and 16 storeys on the car park portion of the site to the east Securing a new town square fronting the High Street Providing active frontages at ground floor level Securing pedestrian connections from Sutton Station through to Sutton Court Road and The Quadrant Providing high quality public realm improvements along the High Street and on the pedestrian connection through to Sutton Court Road/The Quadrant The guidance in the Development Framework for Sutton Station and Adjacent Land Supplementary Planning Document and associated JXLGDQFHLQWKH*LOOHVSLHV¶6XWWRQ8UEDQ'HVLJQ)UDPHZRUN Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies: Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town FHQWUH 303 'HYHORSPHQWLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKH&RXQFLO¶VXUEDQGHVLJQ principles (BP12). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13). Flood Risk Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: Parts of the site are subject to surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%) to a potential depth of up to 400mm. Flood risk assessment and appropriate Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required. Potential for Decentralised Energy 7KH VLWH LV ORFDWHG ZLWKLQ WKH 6XWWRQ WRZQ FHQWUH µ'HFHQWUDOLVHG (QHUJ\ 2SSRUWXQLW\ $UHD¶ $FFRUGLQJO\ WKH &RXQFLO ZLOO VHHN WR HQDEOH IXWXUH connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre. Waste Water Infrastructure The existing sewerage network capacity is unlikely to be able to support the demand anticipated from this development accordingly any developer would be required to fund an impact study. Connection to the 400mm foul sewer would require an impact study. No building works are permitted within 3 metres of the public sewers crossing the site.

Indicative Phasing: April 2020 ± March 2025 Indicative Housing Capacity: 454 units, assuming 50% residential. Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Office (B1): 10,000 sq m; Retail (A-Classes): 1926 sq m; Car park: 17,477 sq m; Leisure and Other town centre uses: 13,711 sq m. Delivery Mechanism Discussions with Network Rail are ongoing

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 231

Page 241 Agenda Item 4

STC S5: SHOPS OPPOSITE STATION

Site Description: The site is located at the junction of Mulgrave Road, Brighton Road and the High Street and is directly opposite Sutton Station. It comprises a parade of shops, partially on the bridge over the railway tracks, and some with office units above. Site Area: 0.18ha Current Land Use: Retail Ownership: Private and Utilities Company Public Transport: Level 6a Proposals Map: Site Allocation; Community Priority Regeneration Area; Area of Taller Building Potential. Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 232

Agenda Item 4 Page 242

STC S5: SHOPS OPPOSITE STATION The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RETAIL, RESIDENTIAL, OFFICE and HOTEL Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: Providing buildings of between 4 to 6 storeys in height along Mulgrave Road and up to 10 storeys elsewhere on the site Providing active retail frontages at ground floor level Creating a new road link through the site to the north and connecting to Grove Road Providing high quality public realm improvements along the High Street and Mulgrave Road Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies: Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). Development LQDFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKH&RXQFLO¶VXUEDQGHVLJQ principles (BP12). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13). Flood Risk:

UFluvial (river) Flooding:U Flood Zone 1: Low Risk

USurface Water Flooding: U Small isolated pockets of the site are subject to surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%) to a potential depth of up to 500mm. Flood risk assessment and appropriate Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required. Potential for Decentralised Energy The site is located within the 6XWWRQ WRZQ FHQWUH µ'HFHQWUDOLVHG (QHUJ\ 2SSRUWXQLW\ $UHD¶ $FFRUGLQJO\ WKH &RXQFLO ZLOO VHHN WR HQDEOH IXWXUH connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre. Waste Water Infrastructure The existing sewerage network capacity is unlikely to be able to support the demand anticipated from this development accordingly any developer would be required to fund an impact study. Connection to the 299mm foul sewer would require an impact study. Indicative Phasing: April 2020 ± March 2025 Indicative Housing Capacity 41 units. Assuming 30% residential. Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Retail (A-Classes): 1,771 sq m; Office (B1): 3,858 sq m; Hotel: 3,464 sq m. Delivery Mechanism Discussions with Network Rail are ongoing

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 233

Page 243 Agenda Item 4

STC S6: SUTHERLAND HOUSE, BRIGHTON ROAD, SUTTON

Site Description: The site is located on Brighton Road to the south of Sutton Station and to the north of Cedar Road. The existing building is comprised of two main components; the main Sutherland House Tower (12 storeys) and the front podium (3 storeys). The ground floor of the podium building is occupied by retail uses and vacant units. Site Area: 0.26ha Current Land Use: Vacant offices Ownership: Private Public Transport: Level 6a Proposals Map: Allocated Site; Secondary Shopping Frontage; Area of Taller Building Potential. Relevant Planning History: A part 22-storey building was proposed under a previous planning application (B2007/57947) that was accepted by the Planning Inspector on design grounds but dismissed due to insufficient Section 106 contributions. A similar planning application (B2009/60941) was undetermined as of February 2011.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 234

Agenda Item 4 Page 244

STC S6: SUTHERLAND HOUSE, BRIGHTON ROAD, SUTTON The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL, OFFICE, HOTEL, RETAIL and LEISURE Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: Providing for the redevelopment and extension of the existing office building, part of the building potentially up to 22 storeys. Providing active frontages at ground floor levels Providing high quality public realm improvements including the provision of gateway features to mark the entry into the town centre and greening and traffic calming measures on Brighton Road Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). Development in DFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKH&RXQFLO¶VXUEDQGHVLJQSULQFLSOHV %3 $UHDRI7DOOHr Building Potential (BP13). Flood Risk Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk. Surface Water Flooding: Parts of the site are subject to surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%) to a potential depth greater than 500mm. Flood risk assessment and appropriate Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required. Potential for Decentralised Energy 7KH VLWH LV ORFDWHG ZLWKLQ WKH 6XWWRQ WRZQ FHQWUH µ'HFHQWUDOLVHG (QHUJ\ 2SSRUWXQLW\ $UHD¶ $FFRUGLQJO\ WKH &RXQFLO ZLOO VHHN WR Hnable future connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre. Waste Water Infrastructure No known concerns regarding waste water capability Indicative Phasing April 2015 ± March 2020 Indicative Housing Capacity 96 units. Based on planning application B2007/57947 and B2009/60941. Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Office (B1): 1,612 sq m; Hotel: 3,268 sq m; Retail (A-Classes) and Leisure: 1,436 sq m. Delivery Mechanism The planning application B2009/60941 is currently under consideration.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 235

Page 245 Agenda Item 4

STC S7: BRIGHTON ROAD SITES, SUTTON

Site Description: These sites are located on the western side of Brighton Road, at the southern end of the town centre and comprise a part 4, part 5 storey car parking building, a petrol service station and a small parade of shops with office uses above. The sites adjoin railway tracks to the west and residential units to the south. Existing buildings in the area range in height from 3 to 11 storeys and are mainly residential. Sutherland House, a 12 storey vacant office building, is located across Brighton Road to the north east of the site. Site Area: 0.86ha Current Land Use: Car Park, Petrol Station, Retail and Office uses Ownership: Council and Private Public Transport: Level 6a Proposals Map: Secondary Shopping Frontage; Green Corridor adjoining; Area of Taller Building Potential. Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 236

Agenda Item 4 Page 246

STC S7: BRIGHTON ROAD SITES, SUTTON These sites are allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL, OFFICE, RETAIL, CAR PARK, PETROL STATION Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: Providing buildings of between 4 and 6 storeys in height Providing active frontages at ground floor, particularly along Brighton Road Retaining car parking provision on-site Retaining a petrol-filling station on-site Providing high quality public realm improvements along Brighton Road Ensuring integration of all development proposals on all the adjoining land ownerships within this allocation. Where redevelopment of the sites cannot be brought forward together, development on individual sites must not prejudice future redevelopment of the adjoining sites. Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies: Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre 303   'HYHORSPHQW LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH &RXQFLO¶V XUEDQ GHVLJQ SULQFLSOHV (BP12). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13). The council considers that given the complexity of site ownerships and future scale and mix of development a planning brief should be prepared. Flood Risk Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk. Surface Water Flooding: The eastern half of the site is subject to surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%) to a potential depth greater than 500mm. Flood risk assessment and appropriate Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required. Potential for Decentralised Energy: These sites are located within the Sutton town FHQWUHµ'HFHQWUDOLVHG(QHUJ\2SSRUWXQLW\$UHD¶$FFRUGLQJO\WKH&RXQFLOZLOOVHHNWR enable future connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre. Waste Water Infrastructure No known concerns regarding capability assuming connection is to the 450mm foul sewer. No building works are permitted within 3 metres of the public sewers crossing the site. Indicative Phasing: April 2020 ± March 2025 Indicative Housing Capacity: 63 units. Expected units on the northern portion of the site are based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Central (310 units/ha). Expected units on the southern portion of the site are based on the LQIRUPDWLRQ FRQWDLQHG ZLWKLQ *LOOHSVLHV¶ 8UEDQ 'HVLJQ )UDPHZRUN DVVXPLQJ  residential. Indicative Non-Residential Capacities: Office (B1): 4,485 sq m; Retail (A- Classes): 2,550 sq m; Car park: 7,550 sq m; Petrol Station: 269 sq m. These sites are a possible suitable location for a hotel which could be achieved as part of the mix on site within the identified non-residential capacities. Delivery Mechanism: The current landowners for the northern portion of the site have indicated to the Council an intention to redevelop. The Council intends to bring the southern part of this site forward for redevelopment.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 237 Page 247 Agenda Item 4

Implementation 5.2 In order to ensure policies are implemented and sites are developed, the Council will work FIVE with key organisations, businesses and individuals. The Council has consulted with stakeholders on a regular basis in the preparation of this document and is committed to Implementation and further partnership working through The Sutton Partnership, Monitoring which is responsible for delivering the Sutton Strategy 5.1 Planning Policy Statement 1 2008-2020, and through strong Delivering Sustainable µ relationships at an officer-to- requires that, 'HYHORSPHQW¶ officer level. when preparing spatial plans,

local authorities should set a ³ 5.3 The key partners working in co- clear vision for the future operation with the Council pattern of development, with include: clear objectives for achieving

that vision and strategies for delivery and implementation. The Sutton Partnership Planning should lead and focus National Government and on outcomes. Plan policies government agencies, such must be set out clearly, with as the Environment Agency indicators against which and the Homes and progress can be measured. Communities Agency Plans should guide patterns of The Greater London Authority development and seek to and regional agencies, manage changes to the areas including Transport for WKH\FRYHU´ SDUDgraph 32). The London purpose of this chapter is to Local agencies, such as the describe how the policies and Sutton and Merton Primary site allocations from the earlier Care Trust chapters will be implemented in Infrastructure providers, such general terms since the details as Thames Water of each site contains Neighbouring local information on a specific authorities, such as LB delivery mechanism. This Croydon, LB Merton and RB chapter also outlines how the Kingston upon Thames policies will be monitored to Landowners and potential ensure Council objectives are developers being met. Registered Social Landlords Existing businesses and business organisations Community and voluntary sector organisations Local residents

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 238 Agenda Item 4 Page 248

developers for regeneration 5.4 In order to implement policies purposes. The general structure and develop sites, the Council is that the public body puts a has identified six potential package of its property assets mechanisms it can influence: into the LABV and the private sector partner puts cash into 1. Developers and the the LABV that is equivalent to Development Management the value of the property assets. Procedure The development management 3. Joint Working across procedure is the main method Council Departments for implementing the policies A number of sites are being and developing the sites. The proposed as allocations for policies provide clarity and services that will be delivered consistency for stakeholders as by the Council. As the Council regards the granting of planning will retain site ownership and permission. Meanwhile, the will be the site operator, once allocation of sites provides clear again, there is a degree of guidelines on what sort of surety that these sites will be development on sites the delivered. Council would find acceptable. Furthermore, the Council 4. Council acting as a provides a significant amount of Coordinator of Funding pre-application advice to ensure Streams the efficient operation of A number of sites could be development management developed and policies could be across the Borough. implemented in conjunction with public-sector funding sources, 2. The Council acting as a such as gaining funding from Landowner Transport for London for A number of the sites which highway improvements and the have been suggested as public/private Building Schools allocated sites are currently in for the Future scheme. The Council ownership and the Council will act as a coordinator Council has indicated that they and facilitator for gaining these are no longer likely to be funds and implementation. required for Council purposes. This gives a certain degree of 5. Planning Obligations surety as regards development and/or the Community on these sites, subject to Infrastructure Levy achieving satisfactory disposal The Council has produced arrangements. Furthermore, the µ3ODQQLQJ2EOLJDWLRQV¶63' Council is currently (2006) which sets out the investigating the feasibility of a &RXQFLO¶VDSSURDFh to Local Asset Backed Vehicle developer contributions. The (LABV) to take forward the document outlines what types development of Council-owned of obligations will be sought and sites. An LABV is a special in which circumstances as well purpose scheme formed in as a process for negotiating and partnership with private securing planning obligations.

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 239 Page 249 Agenda Item 4

Therefore, the SPD provides a authorities with the opportunity framework for overcoming to see whether the aims and delays in agreeing S106 issues, policies of the development one of the most frequent plan are being achieved. Table obstacles to delivery. 5.1 shows how the Council Furthermore the type of intends to measure the effects planning obligations that will be of its development management sought will also contribute to the policies. The table sets out what delivery of a number of the indicators will be used to development management measure policy effectiveness policies. The Council is and the Borough and London monitoring advice from national Plan targets that the policy government in respect of the measures would be expected to introduction of the Community meet. In addition, it explains Infrastructure Levy. how the indicators will be reported and it outlines how the 6. Compulsory Purchase development management The Council has legal powers to policies are linked to initiatives compulsorily purchase land to in the Sutton Strategy and the assist with development. While policies of the Core Planning the Council is generally Strategy. reluctant to use these powers and instead will seek to assemble sites through negotiation, it is accepted that there may be instances where these powers may be required to facilitate development. The Council may, therefore, use its compulsory purchase powers to achieve the SODQ¶VREMHFWLYHV Monitoring 5.5 As PPS1 µ'HOLYHULQJ 6XVWDLQDEOH'HYHORSPHQW¶ states, the monitoring of policies is a key part of the plan process and it provides local

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 240

Agenda Item 4

Table 5.1: Development Management Policies within the LDF Monitoring Framework London Plan Reporting Sutton Strategy Strategic Objective Policy References Indicator Borough Target Target

Improving the Streetscene and Living Environment SO16: To safeguard the DM Policies (60) Character Assessment (60) To maintain and n/a Sutton Annual n/a distinctive suburban DM4: Historic Study of Borough (part of LDF enhance the quality of urban Monitoring Report character of the Borough Environment evidence base) townscape within each (AMR) local indicator by maintaining a diverse DM32: Tele- character area SA Framework Indicator mix of residential areas, communications 2.1: Built Design and including Conservation Townscape Areas and ASLCs, within Core Policies (61) Number, area and quality of (61) To maintain and n/a AMR local indicator n/a local neighbourhoods PMP2: Suburban Conservation Areas within the enhance the quality of SA Framework Indicator Heartlands Borough (Conservation Area Conservation Areas within 2.2: Historic BP1: Housing Density Appraisal criteria) the Borough by achieving Environment

Conservation Area Page 250 London Plan Management Plan targets Policy 3A.3 (62) Proportion of buildings at (62) To reduce the proportion Reduction in proportion AMR local indicator n/a risk as a percentage of the total of buildings at risk as a of buildings at risk as a SA Framework Indicator number of listed buildings in the percentage of the total percentage of total listed 2.2: Historic Borough number of listed buildings in buildings in London Environment London (Indicator 25) (Indicator 25) 51 SO17: To promote a safe DM Policies (63) The proportion of new (63) Borough targets to be n/a AMR COI H6: Housing n/a and attractive living DM1: Character and GZHOOLQJVUHDFKLQJµYHU\JRRG¶ established Quality: Building for Life environment for all by Design µJRRG¶µDYHUDJH¶DQGµSRRU¶ Assessments ratings against the Building for improving the design and DM2: Protecting 50 layout of buildings and Amenity Life Criteria

public spaces throughout DM3: Maintaining and

the Borough Enhancing the Streetscene (64) Number and proportion of (64) 100% of major n/a SA Framework Indicator n/a major developments within the developments within the 2.1: Built Design and Core Policies %RURXJKDGRSWLQJµ6HFXUHGE\ %RURXJKDGRSWLQJµ6HFXUHG Townscape 'HVLJQ¶ E\'HVLJQ¶ BP12:Principles of Good Design BP13: Taller Buildings London Plan Policies 4B.1, 4B.3, 4B.8 & 4B.9

50 New Government-endorsed criteria for well designed homes and neighbourhoods developed by CABE and funded by the Housing Corporation (launched 13 March 2008)

51 Government COIs or µ&RUH2XWSXW,QGLFDWRUV¶IRU$05V DUHVHWRXWLQµ5HJLRQDO6SDWLDO6WUDWHJ\DQG&RUH2XWSXW,QGLFDWRUV± 8SGDWH¶ &/*-XO\

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 241

London Plan Reporting Sutton Strategy Strategic Objective Policy References Indicator Borough Target Target Achieving Environmental Sustainability

SO5: To make the fullest DM Policies (18) Per capita carbon dioxide (18) To reduce per capita CO2 To reduce CO2 emissions AMR local indicator NI186 under contribution to the DM6: Climate Change (CO2) emissions from all emissions in the Borough from below 1990 levels by: SA Framework Environmental mitigation of and Mitigation sources 5.3 k tonnes pa in 2007-08 to: 5% by 2010; Indicators: 4.1 Energy Sustainability adaptation to climate DM8: Climate Change 4.92 in 2009-10; and 20% by 2015; Efficiency, and 5.1 Air change within the Adaptation 4.72 in 2010-11. 25% by 2020; and Pollution Borough and minimise 30% by 2025 (Ind 22) carbon dioxide emissions Core Policies (19) Renewable energy (19) To achieve an increase in 945GWh of energy from n/a from new development by AMR COI E3: Renewable BP6: One Planet Living generation by installed capacity energy generated from renewables by 2010 promoting built energy Energy Generation PMP7: Hackbridge and type. renewable sources including at least six large efficiency, the efficient SA Framework Indicator wind turbines (Ind 23) supply of energy, and London Plan 4.2: Renewable Energy renewable sources of Policies 4A1 to 4A7 (20) Net CO2 emissions from all (20) All new development n/a SA Framework: 4.1 n/a energy. energy used in new dwellings or ZLWKLQ+DFNEULGJHWREHµ]HUR Energy Efficiency; and non-residential buildings FDUERQ¶E\ 4.2 Renewable Energy (defined in SAP200552)  µ(FRORJLFDOIRRWSULQW¶RI  7RUHGXFHµHFRORJLFDO n/a AMR local indicator NI186 under Borough residents global ha per footprint to 3 global ha per Environmental SA Framework Page 251 person SHUVRQE\IURPµ-SODQHW¶ Indicators: 4.1 Energy Sustainability baseline of 5.4 global ha/ pp, Efficiency; and 4.2 NI188 Adapting and 6XWWRQWREHDµ2QH3ODQHW Renewable Energy to Climate /LYLQJ¶%RURXJKE\ Change SO6: To achieve the DM Policies (22) Sustainability ratings for new (22) 100% of new residential n/a AMR local indicator NI186 under highest standards of DM5: Sustainable residential developments under developments to achieve a SA Framework Indicator Environmental sustainable design and Design & Construction the Code for Sustainable Homes sustainability rating of at least Sustainability 53 54 4.3: Sustainable Design construction in all new dev DM9: Water Supply, (CLG , 2007) 3 under the Code : and Construction by addressing climate Water Quality and by 2011 Code for NI188 Adapting change, minimising flood Sewerage Sustainable Homes Level 4; to Climate risks, promoting water & Infrastructure by 2014: Code for Change resource efficiency, DM11: Contaminated Sustainable Homes Level 6. minimising pollution, Land protecting and enhancing local habitats and DM12: Noise and biodiversity, creating Vibration inclusive environments DM13: Light Pollution and reducing reliance on DM14: Hazardous private vehicles Substances

52 Standard Assessment Procedure Agenda Item 4

53 Department for Communities and Local Government

54 as required by the &RXQFLO¶V,QWHUim Planning Guidance (IPG) on Sustainable Design and Construction (May, 2008)

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 242

Agenda Item 4

London Plan Reporting Sutton Strategy Strategic Objective Policy References Indicator Borough Target Target Core Policies (23) Sustainability ratings for (23) 100% of major non- AMR local indicator NI186 under BP6: One Planet Living non- residential developments residential developments to SA Framework Indicator Environmental against the appropriate achieve a rating of BREEAM Sustainability BP7: Flood Risk and 55 4.3: Sustainable Design Climate Change BREEAM Scheme µ([FHOOHQW¶E\DQGWR and Construction Adaptation DFKLHYHWKHµ]HUR-FDUERQ¶ NI188 Adapting PMP7: Hackbridge standard and BREEAM to Climate µ2XWVWDQGLQJ¶E\17. Change London Plan Policies 4A9 to 4A15 (24) Water efficiency in new (24) To limit water n/a AMR local indicator n/a development (litres per person consumption in existing SA Framework Indicator per day) development to 105 litres per 6.3: Water Resources person per day (residential) and 15 litres per full time employee per day (non residential) (25) EA river quality (25) To achieve a year on year n/a AMR local indicator NI197 Improved classifications from A (very good) improvement in river quality for SA Framework Indicator local Biodiversity Page 252 to F (bad) for biology, chemistry all watercourses within the 5.2: Water Quality ± active man of and nutrients. Borough as monitored by EA local sites. From river quality classifications. 52% to 74% by 2010-11 (26) Number and area of (26) To reduce and minimise n/a AMR local indicator n/a contaminated sites requiring number and area of SA Framework Indicator remediation (or sites of potential contaminated sites requiring 6.1: Sustainable Waste concern) remediation Management (27)The proportion of secondary (27)The maximise the n/a AMR COIs: M1 n/a aggregates used in the proportion of secondary Production of Primary construction of new development aggregates used in the Aggregates; and M2 construction new development Secondary/ Recycled Aggregates SA Framework Indicator: 6.2 Minerals SO7: To ensure that DM Policies (28) Number of planning (28) To ensure that no n/a AMR COI: E2 NI188 Adapting new development is not DM7: Flood Risk permissions granted contrary to planning permissions are Permissions Granted to Climate exposed to DM8: Climate Change EA advice on either flood granted contrary to the advice Contrary to EA advice Change unacceptable risks of Adaptation defence or water quality grounds. of the Environment Agency on SA Framework Indicator flooding and avoids, either flood defence or water 6.3: Flood Risk manages and reduces Core Policies quality grounds the potential risks of

55 Building Research Establishment Environmental Assessment Method

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 243

London Plan Reporting Sutton Strategy Strategic Objective Policy References Indicator Borough Target Target (29) Developments located within (29) To avoid or minimise the No net loss of functional AMR local indicator NI188 Adapting EA Flood Zones 2 (Medium number of development within flood plan within SA Framework Indicator to Climate Risk), 3a (High Risk) and 3b higher flood risk areas through referable applications 6.3 Flood Risk Change (Functional Floodplain) application of the PPS25 (Indicator 24) µ6HTXHQWLDO7HVW¶ (30) Developments including (30) To ensure that 100% of n/a AMR local indicator NI188 Adapting 56 SUDS and appropriate climate developments include SUDS SA Framework to Climate change adaptation measures and appropriate climate Indicators: 2.1 Built Change change adaptation measures Design and Townscape; where possible and 4.3 Sustainable Design and Construction SO8: To provide sufficient Objective to be met (31) Tonnage of municipal (31) To manage the London 75% (16 million tonnes) AMR: COI W2: Amount n/a waste management through the South (MSW) and commercial & Plan apportionment for Sutton: RI/RQGRQ¶VZDVWH of Municipal waste facilities within the London Joint Waste industrial (C&I) waste managed 199,000 tonnes by 2010: treated or disposed of arising, and managed, 57 Borough as part of the Plan (in preparation) within the Borough and South 263,000 tonnes by 2015; within London by 2010, by the WPA South London Waste Plan London (total and proportion of rising to 80% by 2015 310,000 tonnes by 2020. SA Framework Indicator area to achieve self- Core Policies total arisings against the London and 85% by 2020. 6.1: Sustainable Waste sufficiency by 2020, BP8: Waste Reduction Plan apportionment) Management

To contribute towards the Page 253 maximise waste and Management combined apportionment for minimisation, recycling South London of: and composting and London Plan 854,000 tonnes by 2010 recover maximum value Policies 4A21 to 4A.29 from residual waste. (72% self-sufficiency); 1,130,000 tonnes by 2015 (89% self-sufficiency); 1,332,000 tonnes by 2020 (97% self-sufficiency). (32) Number, site area (ha) and (32) To ensure that sufficient Allocations of additional AMR: COI W1: Capacity n/a capacity (tonnes) of new licensed waste sites and facilities are waste management sites of New Waste waste facilities by type and waste provided within the Borough to in DPDs to achieve Management Facilities stream PDQDJH/%6XWWRQ¶VVKDUHRI apportioned tonnages of SA Framework Indicator the combined South London waste in each Borough. 6.1: Sustainable Waste apportionment by 2020 (Indicator 20) Management Agenda Item 4

56 Sustainable Urban Drainage Systems

57 Waste Planning Authority

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 244

Agenda Item 4

London Plan Reporting Sutton Strategy Strategic Objective Policy References Indicator Borough Target Target (33) The proportion of municipal (33) To increase the proportion To increase municipal AMR local indicator n/a waste arisings recycled or of municipal waste arisings waste recycled or SA Framework Indicator composted (%) recycled or composted to at composted to at least: 6.1 Sustainable Waste least: 35% by 2010; Management 35% by 2010; 45% by 2015 45% by 2015 (Indicator 19) (34) The proportion of (34) To increase the proportion To increase proportion AMR local indicator n/a commercial and industrial waste of commercial & industrial RI/RQGRQ¶VFRPPHUFLDO SA Framework Indicator arisings recycled or composted waste arisings recycled or & industrial waste 6.1 Sustainable Waste (%) composted to at least 70% by recycled or composted Management 2015: to at least 70% by 2015: (35) The proportion of (35) To increase the To increase the proportion AMR local indicator n/a construction and demolition proportion of construction RI/RQGRQ¶VFRQVWUXFWLRQ SA Framework waste recycled on-site (%) and demolition waste arisings and demolition waste Indicators 6.1: recycled on-site to at least arisings recycled on-site Sustainable Waste 95% by 2015: to at least 95% by 2015: Management; and 6.2: Page 254 Mineral Resources SO9: To control urban DM Policies (36) Area of Green Belt, (36) No loss of Green Belt Maintain at least 96% of AMR: COI H3: n/a sprawl and protect green DM15: Green Belt/ Metropolitan Open Land and Metropolitan Open Land or new residential New/ Converted belt and metropolitan Metropolitan Open public open space (hectares). public open space development to be on Dwellings on Previously open land, backgardens Land PDL and no net loss of Developed land and rivers, to improve open space designated DM16: Open Space SA Framework Indicator the provision and quality for protection in DPDs due DM17: Biodiversity, 3.1: Strategic Open of open spaces, and, to to development (Indicator Habitats and Species Land protect and enhance 3) DM18: Agricultural biodiversity and habitats (37) Area of public open space (38) To ensure that the overall n/a AMR local indicator n/a throughout the Borough. Land and Diversity within LB Sutton with unrestricted Borough-wide target of public DM30: Backgarden SA Framework Indicator access per 1,000 population open space with unrestricted 3.2: Public Open Space Land access of 2.88 ha per 1,000 population is maintained Core Policies (38) Number, area and condition (39) To maintain and enhance No net loss of designated AMR: COI E2: Change NI197 Improved PMP5: Wandle Valley of regionally or locally designated nationally, regionally and SINCs over the plan in Areas of Biodiversity local Biodiversity 58 PMP9: The Open Space wildlife sites, including SINCs of locally designated wildlife sites period (Indicator 18) Importance ± active man of network local/ metropolitan importance & local sites. From LNRs59 52% to 74% by 2010-11

58 Sites of Interest for Nature Conservation

59 local nature reserves

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 245

London Plan Reporting Sutton Strategy Strategic Objective Policy References Indicator Borough Target Target London Plan (39) Change in priority habitats (39) Targets for priority No net loss of AMR local indicator NI197 Improved 60 Policies 3D.8 to 3D.17 and population of Sutton BAP habitats within the Borough are designated SINCs over SA Framework 3.3: local Biodiversity species set out in the Sutton BAP the plan period (Indicator Landscape Quality; and ± active man of 18) 3.4: Biodiversity and local sites. From Habitats 52% to 74% by 2010-11 (40) Quality and extent of Green (40) To maintain the quality n/a n/a Corridors and extent of Green Corridors Promoting Sustainable Transport & Accessibility SO14: To reduce car DM Policies (54) Car journeys by Borough (54) To reduce car journeys n/a AMR local indicator NI198 Children dependence, congestion DM10: Air Quality residents compared to 2006 by Borough residents by 5- SA Framework Indicator travelling to school and the impacts of air DM21: New levels 10% on 2006 levels by 2009 1.1: Traffic Reduction (mode of transport). pollution on the Development and the (trps) Reduce from 28.5% %RURXJK¶VHQYLURQPHQW. Highway Network to 25.5% by 2010- 11 DM22: Parking (55) Proportion of children (55) To reduce car use n/a Core Policies AMR local indicator travelling to school by car amongst children travelling to SA Framework Indicator Policy BP9: Enabling school by 22.5% by 2010-11 Smarter Travel Choices 1.1 Traffic Reduction Page 255 ± an Area-Based (56) Monitored traffic levels in (56) To reduce traffic growth From 2001-«WUDIILF AMR local indicator NI198 Children Approach million vehicle kilometres per by one-third from 7.5% to 5% growth in outer London SA Framework Indicator travelling to school annum from 2001-11 and achieve a reduced to no more than 1.1 Traffic Reduction (mode). Reduce

reduction in traffic growth in 5%. (trips) from 28.5% to Sutton Town Centre of 1%. (Indicator 13) 25.5% by 2010-11 London Plan (57) Location of B1, B2 and B8 (57) Maintain at least 50% of Maintain at least 50% of AMR local indicator n/a Policies 3C.1 - 3C.4, development in relation to B1 development in PTAL B1 devt in PTAL zones 61 SA Framework Indicator 3C.14 and 3C.17 - PTAL zones zones 5-6 and at least 90% 5-6 and at least 90% of 3C.24 of B2 and B8 development in B2 and B8 in zones 0-2 zones 0-2 (Indicator 17) (58) Monitored air quality against (58) To comply with national Low Emission Zone AMR local indicator NI198 Children national standards (e.g. NOx and air quality standards for SA Framework travelling to school PM10s), including within particulates (PM10s), NOx, (mode of transport). 62 Indicator 1.3: Local Air AQMAs carbon monoxide, benzene Quality Reduce from 28.5% etc, particularly within AQMAs to 25.5% by 2010- 11

60

Biodiversity Action Plan Agenda Item 4

61 Public Transport Accessibility Levels

62 Air Quality Management Areas

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 246

Agenda Item 4

London Plan Reporting Sutton Strategy Strategic Objective Policy References Indicator Borough Target Target SO15: To provide the DM Policies (59) Length of walking and (59) To increase the length of AMR local indicator n/a necessary level of DM19: Promoting cycling routes including the walking and cycling routes SA Framework Indicator community infrastructure Sustainable Transport Borough Cycle Network and and to complete the 3 strategic 1.2 Sustainable Modes and transport to support DM20: Assessing the London Cycle Network (LCN+), LCN+ routes, together with the economic development Transport Impact of the Wandle Trail, and London Wandle Cycle Route which is and housing growth. New Development Outer Orbital Path. part of the National Cycle Network DM41: Site Allocations

Core Policies BP10: Transport ± Strategic and Borough- wide Proposals London Plan Policies 3C.1 - 3C.4, 3C.14 and 3C.17- 3C.24 Page 256 Creating Active and Inclusive Communities SO1: To meet the future DM Policies (1) Net additional dwellings (1) Completion of at least 3,450 Completion of at least AMR Core Output n/a local need for housing and DM23: Loss of completed to 2016-17 (total and net additional dwellings by 30,500 net additional Indicators (COI): H1 WKH%RURXJK¶VVKDUHRI Residential Land/ per annum) 2016-17 or 345 net additional dwellings a year within Housing Targets; H2(a) 63 /RQGRQ¶VQHHG Buildings dwellings per annum London (Indicator 4) Net Additional Dwellings; DM24: Conversions H2(b) Net Additional DM41: Site Allocations Dwellings; Core Policies (2) Net additional dwellings (2) Completion of at least: Completion of at least H2(c) Net Additional n/a PMP1: Housing completed (total and per annum) 1,725 net additional units 30,500 net additional Dwellings; in Future Provision from: 2009-10 to 2013-14; dwellings a year within Years; and H2(d) 2009-10 to 2013-14; PMP3: Community 1,725 net additional units London (Indicator 4) Delivery Target. 2013-14-to 2018-19; from 2014-15 to 2018-19; Regeneration Areas SA Framework Indicator 2019-24; 1,725 net additional units 10.1: Housing Provision BP1 Housing Density Total over 15 years: from 2019-20 to 2023-24; 15 year total: 5,175.

63 and any further target approved by the Mayor for the period up to 2026

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 247

London Plan Reporting Sutton Strategy Strategic Objective Policy References Indicator Borough Target Target London Plan (3) Distribution of net additional (3) To achieve a distribution of Completion of at least Policies 3A.1, 3A.2, dwellings completed over the additional new dwellings over 30,500 net additional 3A.3, 3A.17 and 4B.1 Plan period within: the Plan period as follows: dwellings a year within Sutton Town Centre (%); Sutton Town Centre: 40% London (Indicator 4) Hackbridge (%); (2,000 to 2,150); Wallington (%); Hackbridge: 20% (1,000 to Other District Centres (%); and 1,100); Remainder of the Borough (%). Wallington: 10% (500 - 550); Other District Centres ± 10% (500 to 550); and Remainder of the Borough: 20% (1,000 to 1,100). (4) Density of new residential (4) To achieve a minimum Over 95% of development AMR local indicator NI 158 Percentage development (habitable rooms densities of 150 habitable to comply with the London SA Framework Indicator of decent homes: per ha) rooms per ha, in all new 3ODQ¶VKRXVLQJGHQVLW\ 10.1 % of non-decent residential development64 matrix (Indicator 2) stock is 28% by 2010-11 (5) Density of new residential (5) To accord with the range of Over 95% of development AMR local indicator NI 158 Percentage

development (habitable rooms densities within the following to comply with London SA Framework Indicator of decent homes. Page 257 per ha) within the following settings as defined in the 3ODQ¶V'HQVLW\0DWUL[ 10.1 Proportion of non- settings as defined in the London London Plan density matrix: (Indicator 2) decent stock is 28% Plan density matrix: central areas: core area of by 2010-11 central areas; Sutton Town Centre65; urban areas; and urban areas: areas within suburban areas. 800m walking distance of 6XWWRQ7&¶VPDLQVKRSVDQG services and within 400m walking distance of district centre boundaries; suburban area - the rest of the Borough SO2: To provide good DM Policies (6) Number and proportion of (6) 50% of all new housing Completion of 50% of AMR COI H5: Gross NI155: Number of quality and affordable DM25: Maxmising new dwellings (all sources) that from all sources to be new homes as Affordable Housing Affordable Homes housing throughout the Affordable Housing are affordable. affordable. affordable homes each Completions Delivered Borough, including Provision year between 2004-16 SA Framework Indicator (LAA target under accommodation for DM26: Housing Mix (Indicator 5) 10.2: Affordable Housing µ(FRQRPLFDQG people with care and +RXVLQJ5HQHZDO¶  Agenda Item 4

64 lower densities may be necessary to respect and enhance the low density suburban character of surrounding residential areas, particularly within some areas of designated heritage value

65 to be refined in the Sutton Town Centre Area Action Plan

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 248

Agenda Item 4

London Plan Reporting Sutton Strategy Strategic Objective Policy References Indicator Borough Target Target support needs, to meet DM27: Communal (7) Proportion of affordable (7) To ensure that new 70% of affordable the needs of all social Accommodation dwellings which are: affordable dwellings consist of: dwellings for social rent groups and achieve DM28: Gypsy Site for social rent; and 70% for social rent; and and 30% for intermediate balanced communities. Provision intermediate 30% intermediate provision provision (Indicator 5 and framework for Policy 3A.9) DM29: Housing Standards (8) Proportion of all (8) To ensure that 100% of Completion of 50% of developments of 10 + which developments of 10 or more new homes as DM41: Site Allocations include affordable housing dwellings include an element affordable homes each of affordable housing year between 2004-16 Core Policies (Indicator 5) PMP3: Community (9) Net additional pitches for (9) Borough target to Future target to be AMR COI: H4 Additional Regeneration Areas gypsies and traveller within the replicate the London Plan established based on Pitches BP2: Affordable Borough and caravan counts target the London-wide Gyspy SA Framework Indicator Housing and Traveller 11.3 BP3: Gypsy and Accommodation Needs Traveller Sites Assessment (10) The number and proportion (10) All new housing is built All new housing is built AMR local indicator n/a Page 258 London Plan RIQHZGZHOOLQJVEXLOWWRµ/LIHWLPH WRµ/LIHWLPH+RPHV¶ WRµ/LIHWLPH+RPHV¶ SA Framework Policies 3A.5, 3A8 - +RPHV¶6WDQGDUGV Standards. Standards. Indicators 10.2: 3A11, 3A.14 and Affordable Housing; and 3A.17. 11.3: Balanced Communities (11) Proportion of dwellings (11) To ensure that at least To ensure that at least AMR local indicator n/a designed to be wheelchair 10% of new housing is 10% of new housing is SA Framework Indicator accessible, or easily adaptable designed to be wheelchair designed to be 11.1: Accessibility for wheelchair users. accessible or easily adaptable wheelchair accessible or for residents who are easily adaptable for wheelchair users. residents who are wheelchair users. SO3: To promote social DM Policies (12) Number of primary schools (12) To ensure that sufficient n/a AMR local indicator n/a inclusion by ensuring DM31: Social and and secondary school places primary and secondary school SA Framework Indicator equality of opportunity and Community within the Borough places are provided to serve 9.2: Education and accessibility to essential Infrastructure the general increase in Training local services and DM41: Site Allocations primary school age population facilities including high across the Borough quality health and Core Policies education and places of BP4: Education and worship, throughout the Skills Borough

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 249

London Plan Reporting Sutton Strategy Strategic Objective Policy References Indicator Borough Target Target BP5: Improving Health (13) Development of additional (13) To develop additional n/a AMR local indicator NI51 Effectiveness . and Well-Being local healthcare facilities in local healthcare facilities in SA Framework Indicator of child and BP11: Leisure and partnership with the PCT to meet partnership with the PCT to 12.1: Health adolescent mental Cultural Development local needs within Wallington and meet local needs as set out in health services Hackbridge, St Helier and in the the Infrastructure Priority List PMP3: Community south and west of the Borough (Appendix 4). Including: NI55 Obesity Regeneration Areas (see Infrastructure priority List in amongst primary Shotfield Primary Care Appendix 4) school aged London Plan Facilities; children in reception Policies 3A.3, 3A.14, Primary Care Facilities at Hackbridge; and year. 10.25% by 3A.17, 3A.21 - 3A.25 2010-11 and 3D.6 Improving primary care facilities in the western and southern Wards. (14) Number and type of all (14) To retain and improve all n/a AMR local indicator NI8 Participation in sports facilities, playing pitches sports facilities, playing SA Framework Sport. 22.8% by DQGFKLOGUHQ¶VSOD\VSDFHVZLWKLQ SLWFKHVDQGFKLOGUHQ¶VSOD\ Indicators 12.1: Health; 2010-11. the Borough spaces throughout the and 12.3: Community Borough. Identity Page 259 (15) Scores and rankings of (15) To reduce the extent n/a AMR local indicator NI163 Working age individual super output areas and local concentration of SA Framework pop qualified (SOAs) and Wards against the social deprivation within the Indicators 11.2 Social to level 2 (baseline Indices of Deprivation ID2007. Borough and the number of Deprivation; 10.1 71.3%) Increase by (i) Index of Multiple Deprivation SOAs ranked within the 20% Housing; 9.1 Local 3.5% by 2010-11. (IMD) (ii) Employment (iii) ealth most deprived SOAs Employment; and 9.2 NI152 Working age & Disability (iv) Education, skills nationally (for IMD and each Education people claiming out and training; and (v) Barriers to domain) of work benefits. housing and services Reduce from 8.5% to 7.5% by 2010-11 SO4: To promote health Core Policies (16) Percentage of adults (16) To increase the % of N/a AMR local indicator NI8 Participation in and well-being and BP5: Improving Health participating in at least 30 adults participating in at least SA Framework Indicator Sport. 22.8% by prevent ill-health of and Well Being minutes moderate intensity sport 30 minutes moderate intensity 12.1 Health 2010-11. people within the PMP3: Community and active recreation, three or sport and active recreation, Borough. Regeneration Areas more times a week three or more times a week, from 18.8% to 22.8% by 2012. London Plan (17) Scores and rankings of (17) To reduce the number of AMR local indicator NI121 Mortality rate Policies 3A.17, 3A.18, individual SOAs and Wards SOAs within LB Sutton SA Framework from all circulatory 3A.20, 3A23 and 3D.6 against Indices of Deprivation ranked within the 20% most Indicators 11.2 Social disease at ages ID2007 in terms of (i) Health & deprived SOAs nationally (for Deprivation; and 12.2 under 75. Target of Disability (ii) Crime and disorder; each domain) Community Safety 69.08/100,000 Agenda Item 4 and (iii) Living environment DSR. Encouraging Enterprise and Employment

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 250

Agenda Item 4

London Plan Reporting Sutton Strategy Strategic Objective Policy References Indicator Borough Target Target SO10: To make provision DM Policies (41) Total amount of additional (41) To make provision for Net increase in the AMR COI BD1: Total n/a 2 for sufficient employment DM33: Strategic and employment floorspace (m ) sufficient employment land proportion of London Amount of Additional 66 land and premises to Established Industrial developed by type: and premises to support residents working in jobs Employment support economic Locations B1(a) Offices; economic prosperity. in London over the plan Floorspace by Type prosperity. DM34: Other Land in B1(b) R&D; period SA Framework Indicator Industrial Use B1(c) Light Industry (Indicator 6) 7.1 Local Economy DM36: Office Provision B2 Gen Industry; through Mixed Use B8 Storage & Dist. Conversions DM41: Site Allocations Core Policies (42) Total amount of additional (42) Total amount of n/a AMR COI BD2: n/a PMP4: Main Locations employment floorspace on additional employment Employment floorspace for Industry and Waste previously developed land by floorspace on previously on Previously Developed 2 2 Management type (m ) developed land by type (m ) Land PMP8: Other District

Centres Page 260 London Plan Policies 2A.6, 2A.8 and 3B.11 SO11: To strengthen role Core Policies (43) Percentage of the Felnex (43) To retain 25% of the n/a AMR local indicator n/a of the Borough in relation PMP5 Wandle Valley Trading Estate, Land adjacent to Felnex Trading Estate, 30% of SA Framework Indicator to South London economy PMP4: Locations for Hackbridge Station and Wandle the Land adjacent to 7.1 Local Economy by securing investment for Industry and Waste Valley Trading Estate Extent Hackbridge Station and 40% of infrastructure within the Management retained for employment uses the Wandle Valley Trading Wandle Valley Corridor. Estate Extent for employment SO12: To enhance Sutton DM Policies (44) Net additional dwellings (44) Sutton Town Centre to Completion of at least AMR COIs: H2(c) Net n/a 7RZQ&HQWUH¶V DM35: Development completed accommodate 40% of the 30,500 net additional Additional Dwellings in attractiveness as a in Town Centres in Sutton TC per annum and over %RURXJK¶V housing growth dwellings a year within Future Years shopping centre and the next 15 years as a % of the over the next 15 years (2,000 London SA Framework Indicator: encourage growth as a Core Policies %RURXJK¶VKRXVLQJJURZWK to 2,150 net additional (Indicator 4) 10.1 Housing Provision major shopping, PMP1: Housing dwellings from 2009-10 to commercial and Provision 2023-24). residential location in PMP6: Sutton Town South London Centre

66 net and gross additional floorspace

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 251

London Plan Reporting Sutton Strategy Strategic Objective Policy References Indicator Borough Target Target . London Plan (45) Total amount of additional (45) 90%-95% of the predicted Stock of office planning AMR COI: BD1 Total n/a 2 67 Policies 2A.8, 3A.1- floorspace (m ) developed growth in comparison permissions to be at Amount of Additional 3A.3, 3A.17 and 3D.1 within Sutton TC by type: floorspace within the Borough least three times the Employment Floorspace B1(a) Offices, A1 Retail, A2 to be provided in Sutton Town rate of starts over the by Type Financial and Professional Centre previous three years SA Framework Services, A3 Restaurants and (Indicator 7) Indicator 8.1: Sutton Cafes; A4 Drinking Town Centre Establishments; and A5 Takeaways. (46) Vitality and viability of Sutton (46) To improve the vitality n/a AMR local indicators n/a Town Centre as measured by and viability of Sutton Town SA Framework PPS4 Town Centre Health Check Centre as measured by Indicator: 8.1: Sutton Indicators PPS4 Town Centre Health Town Centre Check Indicators SO13: To promote the DM Policies (47) Net additional dwellings (47) Wallington district centre n/a AMR COIs: H2(b): Net n/a role of district and local DM37: Shopping completed within Wallington to accommodate 10% of the Additional Dwellings; centres in providing a Frontages in Town district centre per annum and %RURXJK¶VKRXVLQJJURZWK SA Framework sufficient range of shops, Centres over the next 15 years as a over the next 15 years (500 Indicators 8.2: District social and community DM38: Promoting SURSRUWLRQRIWKH%RURXJK¶V to 550 net additional and Local Centres; and Page 261 facilities and leisure Local Shopping housing growth. dwellings from 2009-10 to 10.1 Housing Provision activities to meet the Provision 2023-24). needs of local residents. (48) Net additional dwellings (48) Other district centres n/a n/a DM39: Local Shops AMR COIs: H2(b): Net completed within other district apart from Wallington to outside Town and 68 Additional Dwellings; Local Centres centres per annum and over the accommodate 10% of the SA Framework next 15 years as a proportion of %RURXJK¶VKRXVLQJJURZWK DM41: Site Allocations Indicators 8.2: District WKH%RURXJK¶VKRXVLQJJURZWK over the next 15 years (500 and Local Centres; and to 550 net additional 10.1 Housing Provision Core Policies dwellings from 2009-10 to PMP1: Housing 2023-24). Provision (49) Growth in comparison and (49) Between 5-10% of the n/a AMR COIs: H2(b): Net n/a PMP3: Community convenience floorspace within predicted comparison Additional Dwellings; Regeneration Areas Wallington as a proportion of the floorspace growth and 10% of SA Framework Indicator PMP7: Hackbridge predicted growth within the the predicted convenience 8.2 District and Local PMP8: Other District Borough floorspace growth to be Centres and Local Centres accommodated within Wallington district centre Agenda Item 4

67 net and gross additional floorspace

68 Rosehill, Worcester Park, North Cheam, Cheam and Carshalton,

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 252

Agenda Item 4

London Plan Reporting Sutton Strategy Strategic Objective Policy References Indicator Borough Target Target London Plan (50) Total amount of additional Target not set n/a AMR COIs: H2(b): Net n/a 2 69 Policies 2A.6, 2A.8, 3A.1 floorspace (m ) developed Additional Dwellings; - 3A.3 and 3A.17 within district centres by type: SA Framework Indicator B1(a) Offices; 8.2 District and Local A1 Retail; Centres A2 Fin & Prof. Services; A3 Restaurants etc; A4 Drinking Establishments; A5 Takeaways. (51) Vitality and viability of district (51) To improve the vitality and n/a AMR COIs: H2(b) Net n/a centres PPS4 Town Centre viability of Sutton Town Centre Additional Dwellings Health Check Indicators. as measured by PPS4 Town SA Framework Indicator Centre Health Check 8.2 District and Local Indicators (see above) Centres (52) Net additional dwellings (52) Hackbridge to n/a AMR COI: H2(c) Net n/a

completed within Hackbridge per accommodate 20% of the Additional Dwellings in Page 262 annum and over the next 15 %RURXJK¶VKRXVLQJJURZWK Future Years; years as a proportion of the over the next 15 years (1,000 SA Framework %RURXJK¶VKRXVLQJJURZWK to 1,100 net additional Indicators 8.2: District dwellings from 2009-10 to and Local Centres; and 2024-25). 10.1 Housing 150 Provision (53) The range and quality of (53) To achieve an increase in n/a AMR COI: H2(b): Net n/a retail facilities within Hackbridge the range and quality of retail Additional Dwellings; local centre, including facilities within Hackbridge SA Framework convenience and comparison local centre, including Indicators 7.1 Local retail, complementary dining, convenience and comparison Economy: and 8.2 entertainment and service uses retail, complementary dining, District and local centres (m2) entertainment and service uses;

69 net and gross additional floorspace completed

Site Development Policies ± Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 253